H04N21/45—Management operations performed by the client for facilitating the reception of or the interaction with the content or administrating data related to the end-user or to the client device itself, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies, resolving scheduling conflicts

H04N21/462—Content or additional data management, e.g. creating a master electronic program guide from data received from the Internet and a Head-end, controlling the complexity of a video stream by scaling the resolution or bit-rate based on the client capabilities

H04N21/4622—Retrieving content or additional data from different sources, e.g. from a broadcast channel and the Internet

Abstract

A multi-functional display device and method for displaying content on the same are disclosed herein. The method may include displaying broadcast content on a first multi-functional display device, transmitting a request to display the content on a second multi-functional display device. The second multi-functional display device may accept the request and display the content on the second multi-functional display device. The first and second multi-functional display devices may display the content at the same time. The first multi-functional display device may be associated with a first social network service (SNS) account of a first individual and the second multi-functional display device may be associated with a second SNS account of a second individual. The request to concurrently view the content may be generated using account information of the SNS accounts.

Description

Translated from Chinese

多功能显示装置及在其上显示内容的方法 Display apparatus and method in which the contents of the multifunction display

[0002] 多功能显示装置及在其上显示内容的方法是已知的。 [0002] The multifunction display apparatus and method in which the display contents are known.然而，它们受到各种缺点的影响。 However, they suffer from various disadvantages.

附图说明 BRIEF DESCRIPTION

[0003] 参照以下附图详细描述实施方式，附图中同样的附图标记指示同样的元件，并且在附图中： [0003] reference to the following detailed description of embodiments of the drawings, like reference numerals in the drawings denote like elements, and in which:

[0004] 图I是例示了根据本发明的广播系统的一个示例性实施方式的结构的示意图； [0004] FIG. I is a schematic view illustrating a configuration of a broadcasting system according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention embodiment;

[0005] 图2是例示了根据本发明的服务器的一个示例性实施方式的结构的框图； [0005] FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating a structure according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, a server;

[0006] 图3是例示了根据本发明的电子装置的一个示例性实施方式的结构的框图； [0006] FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of an exemplary embodiment of an electronic device in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention;

[0007] 图4是例示了显示社交网络业务（SNS)的网页的画面的一个示例性实施方式的图； [0007] FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating an exemplary embodiment of a display embodiment of a social network service (SNS) is a web page screen;

[0016] 图13是例示了构造根据本发明的人员频道地图的方法的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0016] FIG. 13 is a flowchart illustrating a configuration process executed in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the human channel map of a method;

[0017] 图14是例示了构造根据本发明的人员频道地图的方法的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0017] FIG. 14 is a flowchart illustrating a process of performing a configuration of another exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the human channel map of a method;

[0019] 图16是例示了显示人员频道地图和所选择的人员频道的内容的画面的另一个示例性实施方式的图； [0019] FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating another exemplary embodiment of the embodiment of FIG art display content of the selected channel map and the human channel screen;

[0020] 图17是例示了显示人员频道地图和所选择的人员频道的内容的画面的又一个示例性实施方式的图；[0021] 图18是例示了根据本发明的提供人员频道业务的方法的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图； [0020] FIG. 17 is a diagram illustrating yet another view of an exemplary embodiment of a display content of a human channel map and the selected human channel screen; [0021] FIG. 18 is a diagram illustrating a method for providing a human channel service according to the invention FIG execution of a procedure according to the exemplary embodiment;

[0023] 图20是例示了接收人员频道的内容的方法的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图； [0023] FIG. 20 is a diagram illustrating an implementation procedure of another exemplary embodiment illustrating a content receiving method for a human channel;

[0024] 图21是例示了接收人员频道的内容的方法的又一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图； [0024] FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating a method for receiving content of another human channel performing a procedure of FIG exemplary embodiment;

[0025] 图22是例示了设置两个电子装置之间的连接的方法的图； [0025] FIG. 22 is a diagram illustrating a method for setting connection between two electronic devices of Figure 1;

[0026] 图23是例示了根据本发明的广播系统的另一个示例性实施方式的结构的示意图； [0026] FIG. 23 is a diagram illustrating a schematic structure according to another exemplary embodiment of the broadcasting system according to the invention;

[0028] 图25是例示了服务器中记录的地址匹配表的一个示例性实施方式的图； [0028] FIG. 25 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of an exemplary embodiment of an address matching table recorded in the server;

[0029] 图26是例示了设置两个电子装置之间的连接的方法的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图； [0029] FIG. 26 is a diagram illustrating an implementation procedure is provided a method of connection between two electronic devices according to an exemplary embodiment of the embodiment;

[0036] 图33是例示了广播频道、人员频道和应用（App)频道被拖到图31显示的⑶I的频道号码区域上的状态的画面的图； [0036] FIG. 33 is a diagram illustrating a broadcast channel, and application of human channel (the App) channels are dragged FIG state on the screen channel number display area 31 of FIG ⑶I;

[0037] 图34A和34B是例示了构造根据本发明的频道地图的方法的又一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0037] FIGS. 34A and 34B are a flow chart illustrating another exemplary process performed in the embodiment constructed in accordance with the present invention, the channel map method;

[0038] 图35是例示了显示人员频道地图的广播画面的一个示例性实施方式的图； [0038] FIG. 35 is a diagram illustrating an exemplary embodiment of a display screen of a broadcast channel map art embodiment;

[0039] 图36是例示了邀请观看一个频道的画面的一个示例性实施方式的图； [0039] FIG. 36 is a diagram view of an exemplary invitation to view a screen of an embodiment of channel embodiment;

[0040] 图37是例示了根据本公开的广播系统的另一个示例性实施方式的结构的示意图； [0040] FIG. 37 is a diagram illustrating a schematic structure according to another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure of a broadcast system;

[0041] 图38是例示了频道邀请包的一个示例性实施方式的结构的图； [0041] FIG. 38 is a diagram illustrating a configuration of an exemplary embodiment of the packet channel invitation;

[0042] 图39是例示了邀请观看一个频道时显示的画面的一个示例性实施方式的图； [0042] FIG. 39 is a diagram illustrating an exemplary embodiment of the exemplary embodiment of FIG invitation displayed when viewing a picture of the channel;

[0043] 图40是例示了针对邀请观看一个频道的引导消息的一个示例性实施方式的图； [0043] FIG. 40 is a diagram illustrating a guidance message for invitation to view a channel of the exemplary embodiment;

[0044] 图41是例示了针对邀请观看一个频道的引导消息的另一个示例性实施方式的图； [0044] FIG. 41 is a diagram illustrating a guidance message for invitation to watch the channel to another exemplary embodiment of the embodiment;

[0045] 图42是例示了针对邀请观看一个频道的引导消息的又一个示例性实施方式的图； [0045] FIG. 42 is a diagram illustrating still another exemplary embodiment of FIG Invite guidance message for viewing of a channel;

[0046] 图43A和43B是例示了接受邀请观看一个频道时显示的画面的一个示例性实施方式的图； [0046] FIGS. 43A and 43B are diagrams illustrating an embodiment of an exemplary embodiment invitation displayed when viewing a picture of the channel;

[0047] 图44是例示了频道匹配表的一个示例性实施方式的图；[0048] 图45是例示了根据本公开的邀请观看一个频道的方法的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图； [0047] FIG. 44 is a diagram illustrating an exemplary embodiment of a channel matching table embodiment; [0048] FIG. 45 is a diagram illustrating execution of the method of viewing a channel in accordance with the present disclosure invite an exemplary embodiment;

[0049] 图46是例示了根据本公开的邀请观看一个频道的方法的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图；以及 [0049] FIG. 46 is a flowchart illustrating a procedure performed to watch another exemplary embodiment of a method embodiment of the present disclosure channel invitation; and

[0050] 图47是例示了根据本公开的处理邀请观看一个频道的方法的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0050] FIG. 47 is a flowchart illustrating a method of execution of a viewing channel invitation process according to the present disclosure to an exemplary embodiment of the embodiment;

[0051] 图48是例示了显示内容的画面的一个实施方式的图； [0051] FIG. 48 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of a display screen contents;

[0052] 图49是例示了以同时观看模式显示内容的画面的一个实施方式的图； [0052] FIG. 49 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of the embodiment of FIG screen displayed content in the simultaneous viewing mode;

[0053] 图50是例示了以同时观看模式显示内容的画面的另一个实施方式的图； [0053] FIG. 50 is a diagram illustrating another embodiment of a screen of the display content in the simultaneous viewing mode;

[0054] 图51是例示了以同时观看模式显示内容的画面的又一个实施方式的图； [0054] FIG. 51 is a diagram illustrating still another embodiment of the content displayed in the simultaneous viewing mode screen;

[0055] 图52是解释确认观看相同内容的方法的一个实施方式的图； [0055] FIG. 52 is an explanatory view of an embodiment confirm a same content viewing method;

[0056] 图53是解释检测用户表情（emotion)的方法的图； [0056] FIG. 53 is a diagram for explaining a method of detecting expression of a user (Emotion) a;

[0057] 图54是例示了映射到用户表情的轮廓（silhouette)的轮廓线（contour)的图； [0057] FIG. 54 is a diagram illustrating the mapping to a user profile of expression (Silhouette) contour line (Contour) a;

[0058] 图55是例示了显示取决于用户表情的不同轮廓的画面的一个实施方式的图； [0058] FIG. 55 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of a screen displayed depends on the user's expression of different profiles;

[0059] 图56是解释了注册面部图像的过程的图； [0059] FIG. 56 is a diagram explaining a process of the registration face image;

[0061] 图58是解释了检测用户动作（motion)的方法的图； [0061] FIG. 58 is an explanatory diagram of a method of detecting a user action (Motion); and

[0062] 图59A到59D是解释了在内容上反映画面效果的方法的图； [0062] FIGS. 59A to 59D is a diagram explaining a reflecting screen effect on the content of the method;

[0063] 图60是例示了与同时远程观看内容的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0063] FIG. 60 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of an exemplary embodiment related to a method for remotely viewing the content simultaneously embodiment;

[0064] 图61是例示了与同时远程观看内容的方法相关的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0064] FIG. 61 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of another exemplary embodiment related to a method for remotely viewing the content simultaneously embodiment;

[0065] 图62是例示了与同时远程观看内容的方法相关的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0065] FIG. 62 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of another exemplary embodiment related to a method for remotely viewing the content simultaneously embodiment;

[0067] 图64是例示了与确认观看相同内容的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0067] FIG. 64 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of an exemplary embodiment related to a method of viewing the same content to confirm the embodiment;

[0068] 图65是例示了与确认观看相同内容的方法相关的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0068] FIG. 65 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of another exemplary embodiment related to a method of viewing the same content to confirm the embodiment;

[0069] 图66是例示了与提供观看列表的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0069] FIG. 66 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of an exemplary embodiment of viewing list associated with providing a method embodiment;

[0070] 图67是例示了与显示轮廓的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0070] FIG. 67 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of an exemplary embodiment of a method associated with the display of the contour of the embodiment;

[0071] 图68是例示了与显示轮廓的方法相关的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0071] FIG. 68 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of another exemplary embodiment of a display method associated with the embodiment of the profile;

[0072] 图69是例示了与将轮廓显示为3D图像的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0072] FIG. 69 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of an exemplary embodiment of a method of 3D image display associated with the contour of the embodiment;

[0073] 图70是例示了与共享画面效果的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0073] FIG. 70 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of an exemplary embodiment of a method associated with the shared screen effect of the embodiment;

[0074] 图71是例示了显示频道地图的一个示例性实施方式的广播画面的图； [0074] FIG. 71 is a graph illustrating an exemplary embodiment of a broadcast screen displaying a channel map of the embodiment;

[0075] 图72是例示了显示频道地图的另一个示例性实施方式的广播画面的图； [0075] FIG. 72 is another diagram illustrating an exemplary embodiment of the broadcast screen displaying a channel map;

[0076] 图73是例示了显示频道地图的又一个示例性实施方式的广播画面的图； [0076] FIG. 73 is a graph illustrating another exemplary embodiment of a broadcast screen displaying a channel map of the embodiment;

[0077] 图74是例示了显示全频道地图的一个示例性实施方式的画面的图； [0078] 图75是例示了显示全频道地图的另一个示例性实施方式的画面的图； [0077] FIG. 74 is a screen diagram illustrating an exemplary embodiment of a display of the full channel map; [0078] FIG. 75 is a diagram illustrating a screen according to another exemplary embodiment of displaying a full channel map;

[0079] 图76是例示了显示全频道地图的另一个示例性实施方式的画面的图； [0079] FIG. 76 is a diagram illustrating a screen according to another exemplary embodiment of displaying a full channel map;

[0083] 图80是例示了显示全频道地图的又一个示例性实施方式的画面的图； [0083] FIG. 80 is a diagram showing a screen of a further exemplary embodiment of displaying a full channel map;

[0084] 图81A到81D是解释了人员频道的所有者的连接状态的图；以及 [0084] FIGS. 81A to 81D is an explanatory view of a connection state of the owner of the human channel; and

[0085] 图82是例示了根据本公开的提供频道地图业务的方法的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0085] FIG. 82 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of a process according to an exemplary embodiment provides channel map service method of the present disclosure is performed;

[0086] 图83是例示了与根据本发明的用户注册方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0086] FIG. 83 is a flowchart illustrating an exemplary process of the embodiment related to user registration method according to the present invention is performed;

[0087] 图84是例示了接收用户注册信息的GUI的一个实施方式的图； [0087] FIG. 84 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of the receiving user registration information of a GUI;

[0089] 图86是例示了接收SNS站点的认证信息的⑶I的一个实施方式的图； [0089] FIG. 86 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of the reception authentication information of the SNS site of ⑶I;

[0090] 图87是例示了确认执行频道扫描的⑶I的一个实施方式的图； [0090] FIG. 87 is a diagram illustrating one embodiment of an acknowledgment of ⑶I perform channel scanning;

[0091] 图88是例示了与根据本公开的提供频道扫描界面的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0091] FIG. 88 is a flowchart illustrating an exemplary process of the embodiment related to the present disclosure a method for providing an interface of a channel scan is performed;

[0092] 图89是例示了选择扫描方法的GUI的一个实施方式的图； [0092] FIG. 89 is a diagram illustrating the scanning method of selecting a GUI showing one embodiment;

[0093] 图90是例示了选择业务类型的⑶I的一个实施方式的图； [0093] FIG. 90 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of the embodiment of FIG ⑶I service type selection;

[0097] 图94是例示了与根据本公开的扫描人员频道的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0097] FIG. 94 is a flowchart illustrating a procedure of an exemplary embodiment of the method according to related art channel scanning performed disclosed;

[0098] 图95是例示了与根据本公开的构造频道地图的方法相关的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0098] FIG. 95 is a flowchart illustrating a procedure of another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure related to a configuration method for performing a channel map;

[0099] 图96是例示了显示具有与频道号码相关联的人员地址的朋友的其他人员地址的⑶I的一个实施方式的图； [0099] FIG. 96 is a diagram showing an embodiment of ⑶I other persons who address associated with the address number associated with the channel friends;

[0101] 图98是例示了与根据本公开的提供人员频道业务的方法相关的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0101] FIG. 98 is a flowchart illustrating a procedure of another exemplary embodiment related to the present disclosure a method for providing channel service person is performed;

[0103] 图100是例示了显示人员频道地图和所选择的人员频道的内容的画面的另一个实施方式的图；[0104] 图101是例示了显示根据本公开的人员频道的电子节目指南（EPG)的画面的一个实施方式的图； [0103] FIG. 100 is a diagram illustrating another embodiment of a screen displaying content human channel map and the selected human channel embodiment; [0104] FIG. 101 is a diagram illustrating a display an electronic program guide of the present disclosure human channel of ( a diagram of an embodiment EPG) screen;

[0105] 图102是例示了显示与在根据本公开的电子节目指南上显示了事件有关的详细信息的画面的一个实施方式的图； [0105] FIG. 102 is a diagram illustrating a display embodiment in FIG embodiment shows detailed information about the event in accordance with the present disclosure is an electronic program guide in a screen;

[0106] 图103是例示了在根据本公开的电子节目指南上选择了频道号码的画面的一个实施方式的图； [0106] FIG. 103 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment in accordance with the selected channel number of the present disclosure an electronic program guide screen;

[0107] 图104是例示了显示人员频道的内容的画面的一个实施方式的图； [0107] FIG. 104 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of the embodiment of FIG human channel display contents of a screen;

[0108] 图105到107是例示了拖动根据本公开的电子节目指南的一个实施方式的图； [0108] FIGS. 105-107 illustrate that the drag is a view of an electronic program guide embodiment of the present disclosure;

[0109] 图108是例示了在根据本公开的电子节目指南上显示内容列表的画面的一个实施方式的图； [0109] FIG. 108 is a diagram illustrating one embodiment of a content list screen that is displayed on an electronic program guide of the present disclosure;

[0110] 图109是例示了显示从图108的内容列表当中选择的内容的预览的画面的一个实施方式的图； [0110] FIG. 109 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of a display screen selected from the content list 108 from among the preview content;

[0111] 图110是例示了显示生成事件的图形用户界面的画面的一个实施方式的图； [0111] FIG. 110 is a diagram illustrating one embodiment of generating a graphical user interface display screen of the event;

[0112] 图111是例示了显示输入到图110的图形用户界面中的事件的画面的一个实施方式的图； [0112] FIG. 111 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of a graphical user interface to a display input 110 in FIG event screen;

[0113] 图112A和112B是例示了显示根据本公开的反映了图111中输入的事件的电子节目指南的画面的图； [0113] FIGS. 112A and 112B are diagrams illustrating a screen showing the present disclosure reflects the input event in FIG. 111 is an electronic program guide;

[0114] 图113是例示了与根据本公开的提供业务信息的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图； [0114] FIG. 113 is a diagram illustrating an exemplary procedure of an exemplary embodiment related to the present disclosure a method for providing service information is executed;

[0115] 图114是例示了与根据本公开的构造业务信息的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图； [0115] FIG. 114 is a diagram illustrating an exemplary procedure of an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure related to a method of performing service information configuration;

[0116] 图115是例示了与根据本公开的显示业务信息的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图；以及 [0116] FIG. 115 is a diagram illustrating an exemplary procedure of an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure related to a display method according to an execution service information; and

[0117] 图116是例示了与根据本公开的生成事件的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图。 [0117] FIG. 116 is a diagram illustrating an exemplary procedure of an exemplary embodiment of the method according to the associated event generated disclosed performed.

具体实施方式 Detailed ways

[0118] 这里公开的电子装置可以是多功能显示装置。 [0118] The electronic device disclosed herein may be a multifunction display apparatus.多功能显示装置可以是包括广播接收机的电视或者智能TV。 Multifunctional display apparatus may be a television broadcast receiver or a smart TV.广播接收机例如可以包括用于接收和处理用户可观看的广播图像的功能。 The broadcast receiver may include, for example, for receiving and processing a broadcast image viewable by a user.广播接收机可以在显示器上显示用户在从广播站发送的广播信号当中选择的广播。 Broadcast receiver may display a broadcast signal transmitted from a user in the broadcast from a broadcasting station selected from among displayed on the display.广播可以从模拟广播转变为数字广播。 Broadcast can be converted from analog broadcasting to digital broadcasting.

[0120] 除提供数字广播之外，广播接收机可以提供社交网络业务（SNS)。 [0120] In addition to providing a digital broadcast outside broadcast receiver may provide a social network service (SNS).SNS可以是指在各个体之间建立并保持在线社交网络的业务，并且可以进行个人媒体和信息共享。 SNS may need to set up and maintain an online social network services among individuals, and can be personal media and information sharing.SNS是示例可以包括在美国广泛使用的Twitter、MySpace和facebook以及在韩国使用的Cyworld和Me2Day等。 SNS is an example of Twitter may include widely used in the US, MySpace and Cyworld and Me2Day facebook and the like used in South Korea.SNS可以用于用户之间的通信和信息共享。 SNS can be used for communication and information sharing among users.SNS协助用户建立与其他用户的新连接或者加强与其他用户的现有连接。 SNS help users establish new connections with other users or strengthen existing connections with other users.[0121] 例如，这里所述的电子装置是除广播接收功能外配备有计算机支持功能的智能电子装置。 [0121] For example, where the electronic device is a broadcast receiving function in addition to the intelligent electronic device equipped with a computer support.由于对广播接收功能添加了互联网功能，所以该电子装置可以具有比手写输入装置、触摸屏、触摸板或遥控器更加便利的接口。 Since the broadcast receiving function is added to an Internet function, so that the electronic device may have an interface than handwriting input device, a touch screen, a touch pad, or more convenient to remote control.此外，由于电子装置支持有线或无线互联网，所以当连接到互联网或者计算机时，该电子装置可以包括电子邮件发送/接收、网页浏览、银行业务和游戏功能等。 Further, since the electronic device supports a wired or wireless Internet, so that when connected to the Internet or a computer, the electronic device may include e-mail sending / receiving, web browsing, banking, gaming functions and the like.为实现这些功能，电子装置可以基于标准的、通用操作系统（OS)进行操作。 To achieve these functions, the electronic device may be based on a standard, general-purpose operating system (OS) operates.

[0122] 例如，可以向根据本公开的电子装置的通用OS内核添加各种应用，或者从根据本公开的电子装置的通用OS内核删除各种应用。 [0122] For example, various applications may be added to general-purpose OS kernel according to the present disclosure is an electronic device, according to the general OS kernel or deleted from the various applications of the electronic devices disclosed.因此，该电子装置可以执行多种用户友好的功能。 Accordingly, the electronic device can perform a variety of user-friendly functions.该电子装置可以是网络TV、混合广播宽带TV(HBBTV)、智能TV、开放混合TV(OHTV)等，并且必要时可应用于智能电话、个人计算机（PC)或家电。 The electronic device may be a network TV, a hybrid broadcast broadband TV (HBBTV), a smart TV, an open mixing TV (OHTV) and the like, and can be applied to a smart phone, a personal computer (PC) or appliances as necessary.

[0123] 将参照附图详细描述本公开的实施方式，但应当理解的是，它们只是对本公开的例示，并且不应当解释为对本公开的范围的限制。 [0123] A detailed description with reference to the embodiment of the present disclosure, it should be understood that they are merely illustrative of the present disclosure, and should not be construed as limiting the scope of the present disclosure.[0124] 此外，尽管本公开中使用的术语是从公知或者通常使用的术语中选择，但是申请人谨慎选择了本公开的描述中提到的一些术语，在这里的说明书的相关部分中描述了其详细含义。 [0124] In addition, although the terms used in the present disclosure is selected from known or commonly used term, applicants carefully selected some of the terms mentioned in the description of the present disclosure are described in relevant parts of the description herein the detailed meanings.此外，不能简单地通过所使用的实际术语而必须通过其中各术语的含义来理解本发明。 Further, while the present invention must be understood by the meaning of each term we can not simply by the actual terms used.因此，不应当简单通过所使用的实际术语而应当通过其中的含义和这里公开的说明书来理解这里使用的术语。 Therefore, should not simply by the actual terms used but should be understood that the terminology used herein and through which the meaning of the specification disclosed herein.

[0125] 图I是例示了根据本公开的广播系统的一个示例性实施方式的结构的示意图。 [0125] FIG. I is a schematic view illustrating a configuration of a broadcast system according to the present exemplary embodiment disclosed exemplary embodiment.

[0126] 参照图1，根据本公开的广播系统I可以包括第一服务器10、第二服务器20、第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140。 [0126] Referring to FIG 1, a broadcast system according to the present disclosure may include a first server I 10, the second server 20, the first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal 140 .第一服务器10、第二服务器20、第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140可以通过网络2彼此连接。 A first server 10, second server 20, the first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal 140 may be connected to each other via a network 2.除图I中所示的示例之外,广播系统I还可以包括其它适当类型的多功能显示装置。 In addition to the example shown in FIG. I, I broadcast system may also include other suitable type of multi-function display device.

[0128] 第一服务器10可以提供第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140之间的连接的服务。 [0128] The first server 10 may provide a first digital TV 100, the service 140 is connected between the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal.第一服务器10可以提供用户数据报协议（M)P)打孔（hole punching)。 The first server 10 may provide a user datagram protocol (M) P) punching (hole punching).此外，第一服务器10可以具有静态IP地址。 In addition, the first server 10 may have a static IP address.第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140可以利用该静态IP地址连接到第一服务器10。 The first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal 140 may use a static IP address of the server 10 connected to the first.

[0129] 第二服务器20可以向第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140提供人员频道（human channel)业务。 [0129] The second server 20 can TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal 140 provides a human channel (human channel) to a first digital services.这里,人员频道指的是用于由个体提供的内容的传输的通信频道。 Here, the human channel refers to the communication channel for the content provided by the individual transmission.人员频道针对用户可以指用于识别通信频道的识别符号（sign)，并且针对装置可以指与映射到人员地址的频道号码相对应的通信频道，即，利用人员地址可接入的通信频道。 Human channel for the user can refer to an identification code for identifying the communication channel (Sign), and may refer to the number of the person mapped to the channel address corresponding to a communication channel for the device, i.e., the use of human address accessible communication channel.如这里所广泛描述的，人员频道业务例如可以包括用于提供由社交网络业务（SNS)提供商在多功能显示器的一个频道上提供的SNS业务的接入的业务（例如，社交网络频道业务或SNS频道业务）。 As broadly described herein, may comprise, for example, channel service personnel for providing SNS service (SNS) provider in a multi-function display channel by the social networking service access service (e.g., a social network or channel service SNS channel business).人员频道可以是多功能显示装置（例如，数字TV)上用于访问个体或团体的SNS帐户的特定频道。 The human channel may be specific channel device (eg, digital TV) SNS account access for individual or group on the multifunction display.人员频道还可以称为社交网络频道或SNS频道。 The human channel may also be referred to SNS social networking channels or channel.人员频道可以与多功能显示装置（例如，数字TV)上的传统广播频道类似的频道号码相关联，但与广播频道不同，人员频道还与识别SNS帐户的人员地址相关联。 Art channel may broadcast channel on a conventional means (e.g., a digital TV) channel number associated with a similar, but different from the broadcast channel, also with the identified human channel SNS account art address associated with the multifunction display.[0130] 这里广泛描述的人员地址指的是用于人员或个体的识别的识别字符串。 [0130] address art broadly described herein refers to the identification strings for identifying a person or an individual.人员地址还可以在这里称为SNS识别符或用户识别符。 Human address may also be referred to herein as SNS identifier or user identifier.人员地址可以对应于分配给个体、一组个体或者团体的频道，并且可以称为SNS频道名称。 Person assigned address may correspond to an individual, a group of channels or groups of individuals, and may be referred to as SNS channel name.人员地址可以包括电子邮件地址、帐号名称、姓、会话发起协议-统一资源定位符（SIP-URL)中的至少一个，或者另一适当类型的识别符或地址。 Human address may include an email address, an account name, last name, a Session Initiation Protocol - Uniform Resource Locator (SIP-URL) at least one, or another suitable type of identifier or address.人员地址可以是给予人员或者个体的地址或识别符，并且与分配给电子装置的地址不同。 Person or persons address may be an address or an individual identifier, and different from the address assigned to the electronic device.例如，人员地址可以包括个体或用户的SNS地址（例如，社交网络地址或者SNS地址）。 For example, an individual person or a user address may include an SNS address (e.g., a social network address or addresses SNS).此外，人员地址可以包括特定用户的多个SNS地址（例如，用户的facebook或twitter帐号），或者一组用户的多个SNS地址（例如,爸爸的facebook帐号和妈妈的facebook帐号)。 In addition, human address may include a plurality of SNS addresses a particular user (e.g., user account twitter or facebook), or a group of users of a plurality of SNS addresses (e.g., facebook account and facebook account of the father and mother).如上所述，人员频道业务可以指用于提供至少一个个体的人员频道的业务。 As described above, it may refer to a service channel service personnel for providing at least one channel of an individual person.第二服务器20可以是传统的社交网络业务（SNS)服务器。 The second server 20 may be a traditional social network service (SNS) server.

[0132] 个人计算机系统120可以是台式计算机、膝上型计算机、平板计算机、手持计算机 [0132] the personal computer system 120 may be a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a tablet computer, a handheld computer,

坐寸ο Sit inch ο

[0133] 移动终端140可以是蜂窝电话、智能电话、数字多媒体广播（DMB)终端、个人数字助理（PDA)、便携式多媒体播放器（PMP)、导航仪等。 [0133] The mobile terminal 140 may be a cellular phone, a smart phone, a digital multimedia broadcasting (DMB) terminal, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a portable multimedia player (PMP), navigators and the like.

[0134] 第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140不仅可以用作提供人员频道业务的对象（subject)，而且可以用作第二服务器20或另一个第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140的人员频道业务执行的目标（object)。 An object (subject) [0134] The first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal 140 may be used to provide not only channel service personnel, and may be used as the second server 20 or other of the first digital TV 100, a target (object) the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal 140 of the channel service personnel performed.

[0135] 第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140可以具有静态IP地址或者动态IP地址，或者可以具有私用IP地址。 [0135] The first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal 140 may have a static IP address or dynamic IP address, or may have a private IP address.

[0136] 如果用于提供人员频道的装置具有动态IP地址或者私用IP地址，则第一数字TV100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140可以从第一服务器10接收该动态IP地址或者私用IP地址。 [0136] If the apparatus for providing a human channel having a dynamic IP address or private IP address, the first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal 140 from a first server 10 receives the dynamic IP address or private IP addresses.

[0137] 另选地，如果该装置具有静态IP地址，则用户可以将该静态IP地址输入到第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140。 [0137] Alternatively, if the apparatus has a static IP address, the user may enter the static IP address to the first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal 140.

[0138] 图2是例示了根据本公开的服务器的一个示例性实施方式的结构的框图。 [0138] FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration according to an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure server.

[0139] 参照图2，服务器200可以用作第一服务器10或第二服务器20，或者可以执行第一服务器10和第二服务器20两者的功能。 [0139] Referring to FIG 2, the server 200 may be used as the first server 10 or the second server 20, or may perform both the first server 20 and second server 10 functions.服务器200可以包括通信单元210、控制器220和存储单元230 (或存储装置）。 Server 200 may include a communication unit 210, a controller 220, and storage unit 230 (or storage).

[0140] 通信单元210可以接收通过网络2发送的包，并且可以将包通过网络2发送给第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140。 [0140] The communication unit 210 may receive a packet sent by the network 2, and may be the first packet to the network 2 through the digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal 140.这些包可以通过会话发起协议（SIP)、用户数据报协议（UDP)和传输控制协议（TCP)发送。 These packages may Initiation Protocol (SIP) through the session, User Datagram Protocol (UDP) and Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) transmission.这些包可以包括注册请求信号、响应信号、连接请求信号、连接建立信号、运动图像流、网页和文件。 These packages may include a registration request signal, response signal, a connection request signal, connection establishment signals, a moving image stream, web pages and documents.

[0141] 控制器220可以通过通信单元210基于SIP、简单邮件传输协议（SMTP)、超文本传输协议（HTTP)、文件传输协议（FTP)、实时流传输协议（RTSP)和多媒体流传输（MMS)中的至少一个协议控制这些包的传输。 [0141] The controller 220 may be based on SIP through the communication unit 210, Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (the SMTP), Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP), File Transfer Protocol (FTP), Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) streaming and multimedia (MMS at least one of these transport packet protocol control) was added.

[0142] 控制器220可以响应于所接收到的注册请求信号来控制将发送该注册请求信号的电子装置的地址和该注册请求信号中包含的人员地址存储到存储单元230中。 [0142] The controller 220 in response to the received registration request signal to control the art address the memory address of the electronic apparatus transmits the registration request signal and the registration request signal contained in the storage unit 230.可以彼此相关联地存储电子装置的地址和人员地址。 And human address with each address can be stored in association with the electronic device.控制器220可以从注册请求信号中或者从包含注册请求信号的包中提取电子装置的地址。 The controller 220 may request signal from the register or from the registration request signal contains the address of the packet to extract the electronic device.电子装置的地址可以包括媒体访问控制（MAC)地址、IP地址、端口号、域名系统（DNS)名称和URL中的至少一个。 Address of the electronic device may include a media access control (MAC) address, IP address, port number, the domain name system (DNS) name and at least one URL.IP地址可以包括静态IP地址、动态IP地址和私用IP地址。 IP addresses can include a static IP address, dynamic IP addresses and private IP addresses.

[0143] 控制器220可以响应于所接收到的连接请求信号来从存储单元230中读取与该连接请求信号中包含的人员地址相关联的电子装置的地址。 [0143] The controller 220 may respond to the received connection request signal to the address of the electronic device by a person associated with the address contained in the request signal storing unit 230 reads from the connector.控制器220控制将读取的电子装置的地址发送给发出该连接请求信号的电子装置。 The controller 220 controls the read address of the electronic device is transmitted to the electronic device issuing the connection request signal.而且，控制器220可以控制向地址被读取的电子装置发送发出该连接请求信号的电子装置的地址。 Further, the controller 220 may control the electronic device to read address to send the connection request issues an address signal to the electronic device.

[0144] 存储单元230可以存储电子装置的地址和人员地址。 [0144] The storage unit 230 may store the address and the address of the electronic apparatus art.可以彼此相关联地存储电子装置的地址和人员地址。 And human address with each address can be stored in association with the electronic device.

[0145] 图3是例示了根据本公开的电子装置的一个示例性实施方式的结构的框图。 [0145] FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of an electronic apparatus according to the present exemplary embodiment disclosed exemplary embodiment.

[0146] 参照图3，电子装置300可以用作第一广播接收机100、第二广播接收机110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140中的至少一个。 [0146] Referring to FIG 3, the electronic device 300 may be used as the first broadcast receiver 100, 140 at least a second broadcast receiver 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal.

[0148] 调谐器305从通过天线发送的射频（RF)广播信号中选择与用户选择的频道相对应的RF广播信号，并将所选择的RF广播信号转换为中频（IF)信号或基带视频或音频信号。 [0148] The tuner 305 selects from a radio frequency transmitted by the antenna (RF) broadcast signal RF broadcast signal selected by the user corresponding to a channel, RF broadcast signal and converts the selected intermediate frequency (IF) signal or a baseband video or audio signal.

[0149] 解调器310接收由调谐器305转换的数字IF(DIF)信号，并且对该DIF信号进行解调。 [0149] The demodulator 310 receives the digital IF converted by the tuner 305 (DIF) signal and demodulate the DIF signal.

[0150] 解调器310还可以执行频道解码。 [0150] The demodulator 310 may also perform channel decoding.对此，解调器310可以包括用于执行Trellis解码、解交织和Reed Solomon解码的Trellis解码器、解交织器和Reed Solomon解码器。 In this regard, the demodulator 310 may include means for performing Trellis decoding, deinterleaving and Reed Solomon decoding Trellis decoder, a deinterleaver and a Reed Solomon decoder.

[0151] 解调器310可以在执行解调和频道解码之后输出传输流（TS)信号。 [0151] The demodulator 310 may output a Transport Stream (TS) signal after performing demodulation and channel decoding.可以在TS信号中复用音频信号、视频信号或数据信号。 You may be multiplexed audio signal, a video signal or data signal in the TS signal.

[0152] 解复用器315可以从解调器310、网络接口320和外部信号输入单元325接收流信号。 [0152] The demultiplexer 315 may be 310, the network interface 320 and the external signal input unit 325 receives the stream signal from the demodulator.解复用器315可以将接收到的流信号解复用成视频信号、音频信号和数据信号，以将解复用的信号输出到视频解码器330、音频解码器335和控制器340。 The demultiplexer 315 may be received stream signal multiplexed solution into a video signal, an audio signal and a data signal to output the demultiplexed signals to the video decoder 330, audio decoder 335 and the controller 340.

[0153] 视频解码器330从解复用器315接收视频信号，并恢复接收到的视频信号，以将恢复的视频信号输出到定标器350。 [0153] Video decoder 330 receives a video signal demultiplexer 315, and restores the video signal received from the restored video signal to the scaler 350 output.视频信号可以包括3D视频信号。 The video signal may include a 3D video signal.[0154] 音频解码器335从解复用器315接收音频信号，并恢复接收到的音频信号，以将恢复的音频信号输出到显示器302或定标器350。 [0154] The audio decoder 335 receives an audio signal from the demultiplexer 315, and restores the received audio signal to output the restored audio signal to the display 302 or the scaler 350.

[0155] 网络接口320从网络2接收包，以及将包发送到网络2。 [0155] The network interface 320 receives packets from the network 2, and transmits the packet to the network 2.网络接口320可以向服务器10发送注册请求信号和连接请求信号，并且可以从服务器10接收针对所发送的注册请求信号和连接请求信号的响应信号。 The network interface 320 may request signal and the connection request signal transmitted to the registration server 10, and may receive the request signal and the connection request response signal for registration transmitted from the server 10.注册请求信号可以包括人员地址、电子装置300的地址、识别符（ID)和密码。 Registration request signal may include a human address, address of the electronic device 300, an identifier (ID) and password.连接请求信号可以包括人员地址。 Connection request signal may include the address of the art.

[0156] 网络接口320可以通过网络2从第二服务器20、第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140接收内容。 [0156] Network interface 320 may receive content 130 the computer 140 and the mobile terminal 2 from the second network server 20, the first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120.内容可以包括应用、运动图像流、运动图像文件、音乐文件和图片文件。 Content can include applications, the moving picture stream, moving image files, music files and image files.内容可以通过特定人员频道提供。 Content may be provided by a specific person channels.

[0157] 网络接口320还可以通过网络2从服务提供商接收用于发送广播数据的IP包。 [0157] Network interface 320 may also be used to send broadcast data packets through the IP network 2 receives from the service provider.广播数据可以是实时广播业务数据和互联网业务数据。 Broadcast data can be broadcast in real-time business data and Internet traffic data.

[0158] 如果IP包包括流信号，则网络接口320可以从该IP包中提取流信号，以将该流信号输出到解复用器315。 [0158] If the IP packet includes a stream signal, the network interface 320 can be extracted from the IP packet stream signal, the signal is output to the stream to the demultiplexer 315.流信号可以从第二服务器20、第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140发送。 The second server 20 may stream signal, the first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal 140 transmits.流信号可以通过特定人员频道提供。 Stream signal may be provided through a particular channel art.

[0159] 网络接口320可以将所接收到的信号和内容输出到控制器340。 [0159] Network interface 320 may be the received signal is output to the controller 340 and content.

[0160] 外部信号输入单元325可以提供用户界面和能够使外部装置和电子装置300彼此连接的接口。 [0160] The external signal input unit 325 may provide a user interface and an external device and enables the electronic device 300 interfacing with each other.外部装置可以是各种类型的视频或音频输出装置，例如，数字多功能盘（DVD)播放器、蓝光播放器、游戏装置、摄像机和计算机（例如，笔记本计算机）。 The external device may be various types of video or audio output device, e.g., a digital versatile disc (DVD) player, a Blu-ray player, a game device, a camera and a computer (e.g., computer).电子装置300可以显示从外部信号输入单元325发送的视频和音频信号，并且可以存储或者使用数据信号。 The electronic device 300 can display video and audio signals external signal input unit 325 from the transmitted, stored or used and may be a data signal.

[0161] 外部装置可以是图像拍摄装置301。 [0161] The external device may be an image capture device 301.图像拍摄装置301可以包括多个摄像头。 The image capture device 301 may include a plurality of cameras.图像拍摄装置301可以拍摄人的图像。 Image capture device 301 may capture an image of a person.在一个示例中，图像拍摄装置301可以通过放大来识另O、对焦和拍摄人的手形（hand shape)。 In one example, the image capture device 301 may identify other amplification by O, focusing and shooting human hand (hand shape).这里，所拍摄的手形可以识别为空间手势。 Here, the captured hand gesture may be identified as a space.更具体地说，控制器340将所拍摄的手形识别为空间手势，并且可以执行用于执行与识别出的空间手势相关联的操作的命令。 More specifically, the controller 340 stores the captured gesture spatial recognize hand shape, and may perform a command operation is performed with the identified space associated with the gesture.空间手势可以定义为从映射到一个或更多个特定计算操作并且从图像拍摄装置301发送的视频帧或者图像识别出的手势。 Space can be defined as the gesture from the mapping to one or more specific computing operations and the video frame transmitted from the image recognition or image capture device 301 of gesture.

[0162] 在一些实施方式中，电子装置300可以包括图像拍摄装置301。 [0162] In some embodiments, the electronic device 300 may include an image capture device 301.

[0163] 外部信号输入单元325可以是触摸板或触摸屏。 [0163] The external signal input unit 325 may be a touch pad or a touch screen.触摸屏可以与显示器302集成形成或者可以是独立元件。 The touch screen may be integrally formed with the display 302 or may be a separate element.如果触摸屏与显示器302集成形成，则显示器302可以称为触摸屏显示器。 If the touch screen display 302 integrally formed with, the display 302 may be called a touch screen display.触摸屏设置在显示器302的前面，这使得用户能够直接操作屏幕上显示的图形用户界面（GUI)。 A touch screen disposed in front of the display 302, which enables a user to directly operate a graphical user interface (GUI) displayed on the screen.例如，用户可以将其手指置于要控制的对象上。 For example, a user may place his finger on an object to be controlled.

[0164] 对于触摸板，触摸板独立地置于与显示器302不同的平面上。 [0164] For the touch panel, a touch panel placed on a separate display 302 different planes.例如，显示单元302通常位于垂直平面上，而触摸板通常位于水平平面上。 For example, the display unit 302 is typically located in a vertical plane and the touchpad is typically located in a horizontal plane.从而，触摸板直观性较差，因此，与触摸屏相比难以使用。 Thus, less intuitive touch panel, therefore, difficult to use in comparison with the touch screen.

[0165] 触摸板和触摸屏可以是多点输入装置。 [0165] The touch pad and the touch screen may be a multipoint input device.

[0166] 控制器340可以识别施加于外部信号输入装置325的触摸手势，并且可以基于该触摸手势控制电子装置300。 [0166] The controller 340 can recognize the touch gesture is applied to the external signal input unit 325, and may control the electronic device 300 based on the touch gesture.触摸手势可以定义为与外部信号输入单元325的程式化交互，并且映射到一个或更多个特定计算操作。 Touch gesture may be defined as a stylized interaction with an external signal input unit 325, and mapped to one or more specific computing operations.触摸手势可以通过手（具体地说，手指移动）来实现。 Touch gesture by hand (specifically, the movement of the finger) is achieved.另选地或者附加地，触摸手势可以通过输入笔实现。 Alternatively or additionally, a touch gesture can be achieved by the input pen.实现触摸手势的物体（例如，手指或输入笔）被称为对象。 An object (e.g., finger or stylus) to achieve touch gesture is called an object.

[0167] 外部信号输入单元325接收触摸手势，而控制器340执行用于执行与该触摸手势相关联的操作的命令。 [0167] The external signal input unit 325 receives the touch gesture, the controller 340 executes the command for performing the operations associated with the touch gesture.存储单元345可以包括可以作为操作系统的一部分或辅助应用程序的手势操作程序。 The storage unit 345 may include as part of the operating system or application program of an auxiliary gesture operation program.手势操作程序包括用于识别手势的发生（例如，触摸手势或者空间手势）和用于通知一个或更多个软件代理有关该手势和/或响应于该手势应当采取什么动作的一系列命令。 Occurred for gesture operation program includes recognizing a gesture (e.g., gesture or spatial touch gesture), and for notifying the one or more software agents of the gestures and / or series of commands in response to the gesture about what action should be taken.

[0168] 当用户执行一个或更多个手势时，外部信号输入装置325将手势信息发送给控制器340。 [0168] When the user performs one or more gestures, the external signal input means 325 to the controller 340 transmits information about the gesture.控制器340利用来自存储单元345的命令，更具体地说，利用手势操作程序，来分析触摸手势，然后控制电子装置300的不同构成元件，例如，显示器302、解复用器315、网络接口320、外部信号输入单元315、存储单元345、定标器350、合成器360、格式器370和声音传感器390。 Controller 340 with the command from the storage unit 345, more specifically, by using the gesture operation program, to analyze touch gesture, and then control the different elements constituting the electronic device 300, e.g., a display 302, a demultiplexer 315, a network interface 320 , an external signal input unit 315, a storage unit 345, a scaler 350, a synthesizer 360, the formatter 370 and the acoustic sensor 390.手势可以识别为用于执行存储单元345中存储的应用程序的操作的命令、用于纠正显示器302上呈现的⑶I对象和存储单元345中存储的数据的命令和用于执行复用器315、网络接口320、定标器350350、合成器360和格式器370中的操作的命令。 Gesture may be recognized as a command operation for executing the application program storage unit 345, a command for correcting the data presented on the display 302 ⑶I object and the storage unit 345 and a multiplexer 315 for performing network interface 320, 350 350, commands the scaler 360 and the operation of the synthesizer 370 in the format.在一个示例中，这些命令可以与放大、摇摄（panning)、滚动、排页、旋转、定标、视频频道切换、内容接收、互联网连接等相关联。 In one example, these commands may be enlarged, panning (panning), rolling, exhausting, rotation, scaling, video channel switching, content reception, Internet connection, etc. associated.

[0169] 在另一个示例中，这些命令可以与指定频道号码、指定人员地址、选择显示的对象、拖动显示的对象、放下显示的对象、切换频道、显示频道地图、切换显示的频道地图、发送频道观看请求信号、启动特定程序、请求特定GUI、打开文件或文档、查看菜单、选择菜单、执行命令、登入互联网站点、允许经认证的人访问受限系统区域、加载与桌面上的用户偏好设置相关联的用户配置文件等相关联。 [0169] In another example, the commands may specify the channel number, address of the designated person, select an object displayed drag object displayed in the object display down, switching a channel, the channel map display, the map display switching channels, send channel viewing request signal, launching a particular program, requests a particular GUI, open a file or document, viewing a menu, select the menu, execute commands, sign in to the Internet site that allows certified people access to restricted system areas, load a favorite with users on the desktop set the associated user profiles, etc. associated.显示的对象可以包括图像、频道地图上列出的频道、⑶I上选择的区域、菜单项目和显示的内容。 Objects displayed may include image channels listed on the channel map, selected on the ⑶I area, menu items and content displayed.

[0170] 可以使用各种不同的触摸手势。 [0170] may use various touch gestures.例如，触摸手势可以包括单点或多点手势、静态或动态手势、连续或分段手势等。 For example, the touch gesture may include a single point or multipoint gestures, static or dynamic gestures, continuous or segmented gestures and the like.可以通过单个接触点执行单点手势。 Single point of contact can be performed by a single point gesture.例如，利用单个手指、手掌或输入笔通过单个触摸执行该单点手势。 For example, with a single finger, a palm or a stylus touching a single execution of the single point gesture.可以通过多个点执行多点手势。 You can perform multi-point gesture by multiple points.例如，通过利用多个手指、手指和手掌、手指和输入笔、多个输入笔和/或它们的组合来执行多点手势。 For example, by using a plurality of fingers, fingers and palms, a finger and a stylus, pen plurality of input and / or combinations thereof to perform a multi-point gesture.静态手势不包含运动，而动态手势包含运动。 Static gesture does not contain movement, and dynamic gestures include motion.通过单个笔划执行连续手势，并且通过一序列独立步骤（st印）或笔划执行分段手势。 Continuous gestures performed by a single stroke, and by a sequence of individual steps (st printing) performs segmentation gesture or stroke.

[0171] 物体和触摸屏之间的接触通常具有各种不同的模式。 [0171] the contact between the object and the touch screen typically have a variety of different modes.例如，触摸屏上的单点手势包括向下事件和随后的向上事件，该向下事件和同一位置或几乎同一位置处发生的向上事件。 For example, a single point gesture on the touch screen includes a down event and the subsequent event upwardly, downwardly up event at the same location or event, and almost the same position occurs.触摸屏上的动态手势包括向下事件、该向下事件之后的至少一个拖动事件、和其它后续事件。 Dynamic gesture on the touch screen includes a down event, at least a downward drag event following the event, and other subsequent events.

[0172] 在一些实施方式中，使用参数来描述手指接近、接触并从触摸屏显示器移开的过程。 [0172] In certain embodiments, the parameters used to describe a finger close to and removed from contact with the touch screen display process.这些参数可以是手指和触摸屏显示器之间的距离、手指施加到触摸屏显示器上的压力、手指与触摸屏显示器之间的接触面积、手指与触摸屏之间的电压、手指与触摸屏显示器之间的电容或其它物理参数中的至少一个的数学函数。 These parameters can be the distance between the finger and the touch screen display, the finger pressure applied to the touch screen display, the capacitance between the voltage between the contact area between the finger and the touch screen display, the finger with the touch screen, finger and the touch screen display, or other mathematical function of the physical parameters of at least one.[0173] 在一些实施方式中，根据手指与触摸屏显示器之间的各个参数（例如，电容）的大小，当参数超过预定阈值时发生向下事件，当在参数超过预定阈值的同时与手指对应的光标的位置从位置A移动到位置B时发生拖动事件，而当参数下降到阈值以下时发生向上事件。 [0173] In some embodiments, according to various parameters between the finger and the touch screen display (e.g., capacitor) in size, down event occurs when the parameter exceeds a predetermined threshold value, when the finger corresponding to the same time parameter exceeds a predetermined threshold drag event occurrence position of the cursor moved from position a to position B, while the up event occurs when parameter drops below a threshold value.[0174] 控制器340执行命令，并且执行与电子装置300相关联的操作。 [0174] Run controller 340, and performs operations associated with the electronic device 300.例如，控制器340可以使用存储器345中找到的命令控制数据接收和处理以及电子装置300的构成元件之间的信号的输入和输出。 For example, the controller 340 may use the memory 345 in order to find the control input and output of signals between the constituent elements and data receiving and processing the electronic device 300.控制器340可以实现为单个芯片、多个芯片或多个电子部件。 The controller 340 may be implemented as a single chip, multiple chips or multiple electrical components.例如，包括专用或嵌入处理器、单用途处理器、控制器、专用集成电路（ASIC)等的各种体系结构可以用作控制器340。 For example, including dedicated or embedded processor, single purpose processor, controller, application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or the like may be used as various architectures controller 340.控制器340可以包括至少一个处理器。 The controller 340 may comprise at least one processor.

[0175] 控制器340可以检测用户动作，并且可以基于所检测到的用户动作控制电子装置300。 [0175] The controller 340 may detect a user action, and may control the electronic device 300 based on the detected user action.用户动作可以包括选择显示装置或遥控器的物理按钮、执行预定触摸手势或者选择触摸屏显示器上的软按钮、执行从通过图像拍摄装置拍摄的图像识别出的预定空间手势和通过识别由声音传感器390接收到的声音来产生预定声音。 User actions may include selecting a displayed physical button device or a remote controller, performs a predetermined touch gesture or selecting a soft button on a touch screen display is performed from the image recognition captured by the image pickup means a predetermined spatial gesture and received by the sound sensor 390 by identifying generating a predetermined sound to the sound.控制器340可以分析用户动作，作为至少一个可执行命令。 The controller 340 may analyze a user action, as at least one executable command.控制器340可以响应于至少一个分析出的命令控制电子装置300的构成元件。 In response to a command controller 340 may analyze the at least one control element constituting the electronic device 300.即，控制器340可利用该至少一个命令控制数据接收和处理以及电子装置300的构成兀件之间的信号的输入和输出。 That is, the controller 340 may utilize the at least one command control input and output signals between the member constituting Wu receiving and processing data and an electronic device 300.

[0176] 控制器340可以检测用于请求用于人员地址的指定的⑶I的用户动作，并且可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制显示用于人员地址的指定的GUI。 [0176] The controller 340 may detect a user action request to the address specified ⑶I person, and in response to a detected user action to control the display for human address specified GUI.控制器340可以检测用于指定人员地址的用户动作，并且可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制显示频道号码的指定的GUI。 The controller 340 may detect a user action addresses the designated person, and may specify a GUI in response to the detected user action to control the display of the channel number.控制器340可以检测指定频道号码的用户动作，并且响应于检测到的用户动作存储所指定的频道号码、所指定的人员地址和使所指定的频道号码和人员地址彼此关联到人员频道地图的信息。 The controller 340 may detect a user action to specify a channel number, and in response to a detected user action stored in the designated channel number, designated human address and channel number specified by the address associated with each other and to the personnel who channel map information .如这里广泛描述的人员频道地图可以是使频道与人员地址（或者SNS识别符）相关的频道地图。 The human channel map as broadly described herein may be that the person with the channel address (or identifier SNS) associated channel map.人员频道地图在这里还可以称为社交网络频道地图、SNS频道地图或者SNS频道列表，并且可以以与广播频道地图（例如，广播频道列表）类似的方式和格式显不O The human channel map may also be referred to herein social networking channel map, or the channel map SNS SNS channel list, and may map a broadcast channel (e.g., a broadcast channel list) in a similar manner and without significant format O

[0177] 控制器340可以检测用于指定频道号码的用户动作，可以响应于检测到的用户动作从人员频道地图读取与所指定的频道号码相关联的人员地址，并且可以基于读取的人员地址控制获取要访问的电子装置的地址。 [0177] The controller 340 may detect a user action to specify a channel number, in response to a detected user action is read from the map and the human channel designated human address associated channel number, and can be read by a person based on address control to obtain the address of the electronic device to be accessed.在一些实施方式中，控制器340可以基于来自存储单元345的人员地址读取电子装置的地址。 In some embodiments, the controller 340 may read address based on the address of the electronic device from the storage unit 345 of the art.在一些实施方式中，控制器340可以控制向服务器10发送包括所读取的人员地址的连接请求信号，并且可以从服务器10获取要访问的电子装置的地址。 In some embodiments, the controller 340 may control the transmission connection comprises a human address the read request signal to the server 10, and may acquire the address of the electronic device 10 to be accessed from the server.

[0178] 控制器340可以在启动时或者在检测到用于请求服务器注册的用户动作时控制向服务器10发送注册请求信号。 [0178] The controller 340 may control or upon detecting a user operation for requesting the server registered in the start request signal to the server 10 transmits registration.注册请求信号可以包括电子装置的地址、人员地址、ID和密码。 Registration request signal may include an address of the electronic device, human address, ID, and password.

[0179] 控制器340可以控制向另一电子装置发送连接建立信号。 [0179] The controller 340 may control to another electronic device transmits a connection setup signal.连接建立信号可以包括人员地址。 Connection establishment signal may include address personnel.当控制器340从另一电子装置接收到连接建立信号时，控制器340可以响应于接收到的连接建立信号初始化与发送该连接建立信号的电子装置的连接，并且可以向该电子装置发送响应信号。 When the controller 340 receives from another electronic device to the connection setup signal, the controller 340 in response to the received connection establishment transmits the connection signal to the initializing means is connected to establish an electronic signal, and may transmit a response signal to the electronic device .在初始化过程中，控制器340可以基于连接建立信号中包含的信息打开特定端口，并且可以发送包括该端口的端口号的响应信号。 During initialization, the controller 340 may establish a connection based on the information contained in the signal to open a specific port, and may transmit a response signal comprising a port number of the port.

[0180] 如果控制器340从电子装置接收到针对该连接建立信号的响应信号，则控制器340可以确认该响应信号是否包括特定端口号。 [0180] If the controller 340 receives a response from the electronic device to the signal for establishing the connection, the controller 340 can confirm whether or not the response signal including a specific port number.如果响应信号包括特定端口号，则控制器340可以通过与该特定端口号相对应的端口从该电子装置接收数据以及向该电子装置发送数据。 If the response signal includes a specific port number, the electronic controller 340 may receive data and transmit data via the specific port number corresponding to the port from the electronic device.在一个示例中，特定端口号可以对应于用于提供人员频道的端口。 In one example, it may correspond to a specific port number for the port to provide human channel.在这种情况下，电子装置300可以通过该端口接收人员频道的内容。 In this case, the content of the electronic device 300 can be received by the port channels through the person.

[0181] 控制器340可以利用包中包含的IP地址或者端口号中的至少一个来控制对发送到网络接口320的包进行路由。 [0181] The controller 340 may port number of the at least one control packet sent to the network interface 320 is routed using IP addresses, or included in the package.即，控制器340可以控制向解复用器315输出具有特定端口的包，并且可以控制将该包存储在存储单元345中。 That is, the controller 340 may control packet having a particular port output to the demultiplexer 315, and may control the packet is stored in the memory unit 345.

[0182] 控制器340可以提取包中包含的数据，并且可以利用该包中包含的IP地址或端口号中的至少一个执行对所提取的数据的路由。 [0182] The controller 340 may extract the data contained in the packet, and may utilize routing IP address or port number included in the packet of the at least one execution of the extracted data.即，控制器340可以控制向解复用器315输出具有特定端口的包，并且可以控制将该包存储在存储单元345中。 That is, the controller 340 may control packet having a particular port output to the demultiplexer 315, and may control the packet is stored in the memory unit 345.控制器340可以直接处理包中包含的数据，并且可以控制在屏幕上显示处理结果。 The controller 340 may process the data directly contained in the packet, and may control the processing result is displayed on the screen.

[0183] 控制器340与操作系统（OS) —起执行计算机代码，并生成和使用数据。 [0183] controller 340 and an operating system (OS) - starting to execute computer code and data generated and used.该OS是公知的，从而省略了其详细描述。 The OS is well known, detailed description thereof is omitted.OS的示例可以包括Window s OS、Unix、Linux、Palm OS、DOS、Android和Mac OS。 OS examples may include Window s OS, Unix, Linux, Palm OS, DOS, Android and Mac OS.OS、其它计算机代码和数据可以存在于与控制器340连接并且由控制器340操作的存储单元345内。 OS, other computer code and data may be present in connection with the controller 340 and the memory unit 345 operated by the controller 340.

[0184] 存储单元345通常存储由电子装置300使用的程序代码和数据。 [0184] Program code and data storage unit 345 stores commonly used by the electronic device 300.例如，存储单元345可以实现为只读存储器（ROM)、随机存取存储器（RAM)、硬盘驱动器等。 For example, the storage unit 345 may be implemented as a read only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a hard disk drive.程序代码和数据可以存储在可分离的存储介质中，而且如果需要，可以加载或安装到电子装置300上。 Program codes and data may be stored in the storage medium separable and, if necessary, can be loaded or installed onto the electronic device 300.可分离的存储介质可以包括CD-ROM、PC卡、存储卡、软盘、磁带和网络组件。 Detachable storage medium may include a CD-ROM, PC card, a memory card, a floppy disk, magnetic tape, and a network component.

[0185] 存储单元345可以存储人员频道地图。 [0185] The storage unit 345 may store a channel map art.存储单元345还可以捕捉连接到电子装置300的其它电子装置的端口号和地址。 The storage unit 345 may also capture the address and the port number of other electronic devices connected to the electronic device 300.可以与人员地址相关联地存储电子装置的端口号和地址。 Address and port number may be stored in association with the electronic device associated with the human address.如果重新显示与特定人员地址相关联的人员频道，则控制器340可以从捕捉到的电子装置的端口号和地址当中读取与特定人员地址相关联的电子装置的端口号和地址，并且可以利用所读取的电子装置的端口号和地址接收人员频道的内容。 If redisplay human channel associated with a particular person's address, the controller 340 may read port number and address of the electronic devices associated with a particular person and the address port number from the captured address to which an electronic device, and may utilize port number and address of the electronic device receiving the contents of the read channel art.

[0186] 定标器350执行对视频解码器330和音频解码器335中处理的信号的定标，以对这些信号提供适于通过显不器302或扬声器（未不出）输出的大小。 [0186] The scaler 350 performs scaling on the video signal decoder 330 and the audio decoder 335 is processed to provide a suitable (not not) output by substantially 302 or not the size of the speaker signals.

[0187] 定标器350根据要选择的内容的类型或者用户设定条件调整和输出GUI、视频信号和3D图像的长宽比中的至少两个的组合。 [0187] The scaler 350 is set to adjust the aspect ratio and the output conditions GUI, a video signal and a 3D image in accordance with a combination of at least two or the user to select the type of content.长宽比值可以是21 ： 9、16 : 9、4 : 3或3 ： 2。 Aspect ratio value may be 21: 9,16: 9,4: 3 or 3: 2.定标器350可以执行定标，以使水平画面长度与垂直画面长度的比具有特定值。 The scaler 350 may perform scaling, so that the horizontal screen length than a vertical length of the screen has a specific value.

[0188] 合成器360合成定标器350和控制器340的输出。 Output [0188] Synthesis of combiner 360 and the scaler 350 of the controller 340.

[0189] 格式器370改变从合成器360输出的音频和视频信号的格式，以适于显不器302。 [0189] The formatter 370 changes the format of audio and video signals output from the combiner 360, is not suitable to substantially 302.格式器370在显示2D图像时使输入信号通过而不实现格式改变功能。 The formatter 370 of the input signal by a 2D image is displayed without change to achieve function format.当显示3D图像时，格式器370可以用作3D格式器，用于在控制器340的控制下基于3D图像的格式和显示器302的输出频率将信号处理成3D视频信号。 When displaying a 3D image formatter 370 may be used as the 3D format, a 3D image based on the output frequency of the format and the display 302 into a 3D video signal processing signal under the control of the controller 340.

[0190] 格式器370可以向显示器302输出所得到的3D视频信号以形成3D图像，并且可以产生与该3D视频信号相关的同步信号，以向通信单元380输出该同步信号。 [0190] 3D video signal formatter 370 may output the resultant to the display 302 to form a 3D image, and may generate a synchronization signal associated with the 3D video signal, to output the synchronization signal to the communication unit 380.该同步信号是用于使左眼视点视频数据和右眼视点视频数据的显示时刻和快门眼镜303的左眼镜片和右眼镜片的开/关时刻同步的信号。 The synchronization signal is used to open the left-eye view video data and right eye view video data and the display time of the left lens of the shutter glasses 303 and the right-eye lens / off timing of the synchronization signal.

[0193] 声音传感器390可以接收声音并将接收到的声音输出到控制器340。 [0193] sound sensor 390 may receive sound and outputs the received voice to the controller 340.控制器340可以识别从声音传感器390输出的声音，并且可以基于识别出的声音控制电子装置300。 The controller 340 may identify sound outputted from the sound sensor 390, and may control the electronic device 300 based on the recognized voice.

[0194] 图4是例示了显示社交网络业务（SNS)的网页的画面的一个示例性实施方式的图。 [0194] FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating a display social network service (SNS) is a web page screen exemplary embodiment.

[0195] 参照图4，显示器302可以显示服务器200的网页400。 [0195] Referring to FIG 4, the display 302 may display a web page server 400 200.网络接口320可以从服务器200接收网页400，控制器340可以产生网页400的视频图像数据，以使得能够显示接收到的网页400，而定标器350可以调节产生的视频图像数据的分辨率。 The network interface 320 may be 400, the controller 340 may be generated from the web server 200 receives web page 400 of the video image data to enable display the received web page 400, the scaler 350 may adjust the resolution of image data generated video.显示器302可以显示分辨率已由定标器350进行了调节的视频图像数据400。 The display 302 may display resolution scaler 350 by the adjustment of the video image data 400.

[0197] 在一些实施方式中，可以提供指示器401，以对人员地址411、412和413和/或对应项目（例如，新闻输入）中的一个进行高亮显示。 [0197] In some embodiments, the indicator 401 may be provided to address personnel 411, 412 and 413 and / or corresponding items (e.g., input information) for one highlighted.一旦被高亮显示，可以选择该地址或项目来执行预定处理，例如，指定对应人员地址。 Once highlighted, the address or the item may be selected to perform predetermined processing, for example, specify addresses counterparts.可以通过遥控器通过按压特定按钮（例如，“0K”按钮）或者通过执行与选择相对应的空间手势来进行选择。 It may be (e.g., "0K" button) or be selected by performing a space corresponding to the selection gesture through a remote controller by pressing a particular button.可以通过其它方法，例如，触摸输入来进行选择。 By other methods, e.g., a touch input to be selected.

[0198] 图5是例示了显示人员地址的指定的⑶I的一个示例性实施方式的画面的图。 [0198] FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating a screen of an exemplary embodiment of a display of the designated person ⑶I of address.

[0199] 参照图5，如果电子装置300检测到用于指定人员地址的用户动作，则电子装置300可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示⑶I 510。 [0199] Referring to FIG 5, if the electronic device 300 detects a user operation for designating the address of the person, the electronic device 300 in response to the detected user action display ⑶I 510.⑶I 510可以是弹出窗口。 ⑶I 510 may be a pop-up window.

[0200] ⑶I 510可以包括用于频道注册的菜单项目511、用于频道切换的菜单项目513和用于频道编辑的菜单项目515。 [0200] ⑶I 510 may include a channel registration menu item 511 for menu items 513 and a channel switch 515 for the channel editing menu items.菜单项目511、513和515可通过指示器520选择。 Menu items 511, 513 and 515 may be selected by the pointer 520.

[0201] 如果电子装置300检测到用于选择菜单项目511的用户动作，则电子装置300可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示用于指定频道号码的⑶I。 [0201] If the electronic device 300 detects a user action for selecting the menu item 511, the electronic device 300 in response to the detected user action for a display ⑶I designating a channel number.

[0202] 如果电子装置300检测到用于选择菜单项目513的用户动作，则电子装置300可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示用于切换频道号码的⑶I。 [0202] If the electronic device 300 detects a user action for selecting the menu item 513, the electronic device 300 in response to a detected user action to display a channel number for switching ⑶I.

[0203] 而且，如果电子装置300检测到用于选择菜单项目515的用户动作，则电子装置300可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示用于编辑频道号码的⑶I。 [0203] Further, if the electronic device 300 detects a user action for selecting the menu item 515, the electronic device 300 in response to the detected user action for a display ⑶I editing a channel number.

[0204] 图6是例示了显示频道号码的指定的⑶I的一个示例性实施方式的画面的图。 [0204] FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating a screen of an exemplary embodiment of a display ⑶I specified channel number.

[0205] 参照图6，如果电子装置300检测到用于指定人员地址的用户动作，则电子装置300可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示⑶I 610。 [0205] Referring to FIG 6, if the electronic device 300 detects a user operation for designating the address of the person, in response to the electronic device 300 may display ⑶I 610 to the detected user action.而且，如果电子装置300检测到用于选择菜单项目511的用户动作，则电子装置300可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示⑶I 610。 Further, if the electronic device 300 detects a user action for selecting the menu item 511, the electronic device 300 in response to the detected user action display ⑶I 610.

[0206] ⑶I 610列出了从41到61的频道号码。 [0206] ⑶I 610 lists the channel numbers from 41 to 61.从41到61的频道号码可通过指示器620选择。 Channel numbers 41 to 61 can be obtained by selecting the indicator 620.⑶I 610可以显示频道号码使得与空频道号码区分开已分配了人员地址的频道号码。 ⑶I 610 may display the channel number that is separated from the empty area has been assigned a channel number in the channel number address personnel.在附图中，频道号码“41”、“43”到“45”、“48”到“55”、“58”、“59”和“61”是已分配了人员地址的频道号码，而其它频道号码“42”、“46”、“47”、“56”、“57”和“60”可以是空频道号码并且通过粗字体区分。 In the drawings, the channel number "41", "43" to "45", "48" to "55", "58", "59" and "61" is the person assigned channel number address, while the other channel number "42", "46", "47", "56", "57" and "60" may be empty and the channel numbers distinguished by bold font.控制器340可以利用存储单元345中存储的人员频道地图来确认频道号码以及人员地址是否已分配给了频道号码，并且可以基于确认结果产生⑶I 610。 The controller 340 may utilize a human channel map stored in the storage unit 345 to confirm whether the channel numbers and the address assigned to the art channel number, and may generate ⑶I 610 based on the confirmation result.

[0207] ⑶I 610中列出的频道号码可以是已分配了了人员地址的频道号码，或者可以是没有分配频道的频道号码。 [0207] Channel numbers listed ⑶I 610 may be assigned a channel number address personnel, or may not be assigned a channel number of a channel.

[0208] 在一些实施方式中，没有分配频道的频道号码可以是不属于无线电波广播频道、有线频道、IPTV频道或卫星频道中的任何一个的频道号码。 [0208] In some embodiments, the channel number is not allocated channel may be a channel not belong to any number of radio waves broadcast channels, cable channels, IPTV or satellite channel.因此，电子装置300可以同时执行无线电波广播频道、有线频道、IPTV或卫星频道中的一个和人员频道的浏览。 Thus, the electronic device 300 may perform channel browsing radio wave broadcast, Cable TV, IPTV, or a satellite channel and the human channel simultaneously.

[0209] 在一些实施方式中，没有分配频道的频道号码可以是属于包括广播频道和应用频道的一些类型的频道但是不属于人员频道的频道号码。 [0209] In some embodiments, the channel number is not assigned a channel belonging may include some type of channel use channel and a broadcast channel but does not belong to the channel number of the channel art.

[0210] 图7是例示了显示将人员地址分配给频道号码的结果的画面的一个示例的图。 [0210] FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an example of assigning addresses to the art results in a screen channel number.[0211] 参照图7，如果用户在指示器620位于⑶I 610中列出的从41到61的频道号码之一的状态下执行用于向指示器620发出选择命令的用户动作，则电子装置300可以检测用于指定频道号码的用户动作，并且可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示消息710。 [0211] Referring to FIG 7, if the pointer 620 is located at a user operation from a user in a state of one of the channel numbers from 41 to 61 is performed for issuing a selection command to the indicator 620 of ⑶I 610 listed in the electronic device 300 You may detect a user action for designating a channel number, and in response to the detected user action message 710 is displayed.消息710可以指示所指定的频道号码被分配给了所指定的人员地址。 Message 710 may indicate that the specified channel number is assigned to the address specified by the art.例如，消息710指示频道号码“60”被分配给了“Sally Brown”。 For example, message 710 indicates the channel number "60" is assigned to "Sally Brown".

[0212] 电子装置300可以响应于检测到的用户动作在人员频道地图中存储人员地址“Sally Biwn”、频道号码“60”和使人员地址“Sally 与频道号码“60”彼此关联的信息。 [0212] The electronic device 300 may be responsive to a user action is detected in the channel map stored in the personnel who address "Sally Biwn", the channel number "60" and the human address "Sally channel number" 60 "information associated with each other.

[0215] 如果用户执行用于选择菜单项目810的用户动作，则电子装置300可以检测用于选择菜单项目810的用户动作，并且可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示消息820。 [0215] If the user performs a user operation for selecting a menu item 810, the electronic device 300 may detect a user action for selecting the menu item 810, and in response to the detected user action 820 displays a message.

[0216] 图9是例示了显示人员地址的指定的⑶I的另一个示例性实施方式的画面的图。 [0216] FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating a screen according to another exemplary embodiment of a display of the designated person ⑶I the address.

[0217] 参照图9，如果用户执行用于选择按钮821的用户动作，则电子装置300可以检测用于选择按钮821的用户动作，并且可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示⑶I 910。 [0217] Referring to FIG. 9, if the user performs user action for selecting the button 821, the electronic device 300 may detect a user action for selecting the button 821, and in response to the detected user action display ⑶I 910.在另一个实施方式中，如果用户执行用于选择菜单项目810的用户动作，则电子装置300可以检测用于选择菜单项目810的用户动作，并且响应于检测到的用户动作显示GUI 910。 In another embodiment, if the user performs a user action for selecting the menu item 810, the electronic device 300 may detect a user action for selecting the menu item 810, and in response to a detected user action to display GUI 910.

[0218] 用户可以向⑶I 910输入IP地址。 [0218] The user can enter the IP address to ⑶I 910.在用户完成了用于输入IP地址的用户动作之后，电子装置300可以检测该用户动作，并且可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示⑶1610。 After the user completes the user action for inputting the IP address, the electronic device 300 may detect the user action, and may be detected in response to a user action to display ⑶1610.

[0219] 如果用户在指示器620位于⑶I 610中列出的从41到61的频道号码之一的状态下执行用于向指示器620发出选择命令的用户动作，则电子装置300可以检测用于指定频道号码的用户动作，并且可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示消息。 [0219] If the user is a user action from a state where one of the channel numbers from 41 to 61 is performed for issuing a selection command to the indicator 620 of ⑶I 610 listed in the indicator 620, the electronic device 300 can be used to detect user action to specify a channel number, and in response to the detected user action message displayed.该消息可以指示所指定的频道号码被分配给了所输入的IP地址。 The message may indicate that the specified channel number is assigned to the IP address entered.

[0220] 电子装置300可以响应于检测到的用户动作，在人员频道地图中存储所输入的IP地址、频道号码“60”和使所输入的IP地址与频道号码“60”彼此关联的信息。 [0220] The electronic device 300 may be in response to a detected user action, the information in the human channel map IP address, channel number stores the input "60" and that the input IP address and the channel number "60" associated with each other.

[0221] 在一些实施方式中，用户还可以通过⑶I 910输入人员地址“Sally Brown”。 [0221] In some embodiments, a user can also enter human address ⑶I 910 "Sally Brown".如果用户完成了用于输入人员地址“Sally Brown”和该IP地址的用户动作之后，电子装置300可以检测该用户动作，并且可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示⑶I 610。 If the user completes the user action for inputting the human address "Sally Brown" and the IP address, the electronic device 300 may detect the user action, and may be detected in response to a user action to display ⑶I 610.如果电子装置300检测到用于指定的所显示的频道号码当中的频道号码“60”的用户动作，则电子装置300可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示消息710。 If the electronic device 300 detects that a channel number specified among the displayed channel number "60" user action, the electronic device 300 in response to the detected user action message is displayed 710.电子装置300可以响应于检测到的用户动作在人员频道地图中存储人员地址“Sally Brown”、IP地址、频道号码“60”、使人员地址“SallyBrown”和IP地址彼此相关联的信息和使频道号码“60”与人员地址“Sally Brown”彼此关联的息。 The electronic device 300 in response to the detected user action in the human channel map stored human address "Sally Brown", IP address, channel number "60", human address "SallyBrown" and IP address information associated with each other and that the channels number "60" and the staff address "Sally Brown" information associated with each other.

[0222] 图10是例示了显示人员地址的指定的⑶I的另一个示例性实施方式的画面的图。 [0222] FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a screen according to another exemplary embodiment of a display of the designated person ⑶I the address.

[0223] 参照图10，如果用户执行用于选择菜单项目810的用户动作，则电子装置300可以检测用于选择菜单项目810的用户动作，并且可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示GUI1010。 [0223] Referring to FIG 10, if the user performs a user action for selecting the menu item 810, the electronic device 300 may detect a user action for selecting the menu item 810, and in response to the detected user action display GUI1010.

[0224] 用户可以向⑶I 1010输入人员地址。 [0224] The user can input ⑶I 1010 address to the art.人员地址可以包括电子邮件地址、帐号名称、姓或SIP-URL中的至少一个。 Human address may include e-mail address, account name, last name or SIP-URL at least one.如果用户完成了用于输入人员地址的用户动作之后，电子装置300可以检测该用户动作，并且可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示⑶1610。 If the user completes the user action for human address input, the electronic device 300 may detect the user action, and may be detected in response to a user action to display ⑶1610.[0225] 如果用户在指示器620位于⑶I 610的从41到61的频道号码之一的状态下执行用于向指示器620发出选择命令的用户动作，则电子装置300可以检测用于指定频道号码的用户动作，并且可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示消息。 [0225] If the user is a user action from a state where one of the channel numbers from 41 to 61 is performed for issuing a selection command to the indicator 620 of the indicator 620 ⑶I 610, the electronic device 300 can be used to specify the channel number detecting user action, and in response to the detected user action message displayed.该消息可以指示所指定的频道号码被分配给了所输入的人员地址。 The message may indicate that the specified channel number is assigned to the address input of the art.该消息可以是图7中例示的消息710。 The message may be a message 710 illustrated in FIG. 7.

[0226] 电子装置300可以响应于检测到的用户动作在人员频道地图中存储输入的人员地址、频道号码“60”和使输入的人员地址与频道号码“60”彼此关联的信息。 [0226] The electronic device 300 may be responsive to a user action information of the detected person input the address memory, the channel number "60" and the input channel number and the address of the art "60" associated with each other in the human channel map.

[0227] 图11是例示了显示人员地址的指定的⑶I的又一个示例性实施方式的画面的图。 [0227] FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating a screen still another exemplary embodiment to display the specified person ⑶I addresses.

[0228] 参照图11，如果用户执行用于选择菜单项目810的用户动作，则电子装置300可以检测用于选择菜单项目810的用户动作，并且可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示GUI1110。 [0228] Referring to FIG 11, if the user performs a user operation for selecting a menu item 810, the electronic device 300 may detect a user action for selecting the menu item 810, and in response to the detected user action display GUI1110.

[0229] 用户可以向⑶I 1110输入人员地址。 [0229] The user can input ⑶I 1110 address to the art.⑶I 1110可以是列出一个或更多个可选择的人员地址的下拉菜单等。 ⑶I 1110 may be listed in a pull-down menu or more selectable address of a person or the like.人员地址可以包括电子邮件地址、帐号名称或SIP-URL中的至少一个。 Human address may include e-mail address, account name or SIP-URL at least one.如果用户完成了用于输入人员地址的用户动作，则电子装置300可以检测该用户动作，并且可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示⑶I 610。 If the user completes the user input action for human address, the electronic device 300 may detect the user action, and may be detected in response to a user action to display ⑶I 610.

[0230] 在一些实施方式中，用户可以执行用于从⑶I 1110中列出的人员地址当中选择一个人员地址的用户动作。 [0230] In some embodiments, a user may perform to select a person from the person's address listed in the address ⑶I 1110 among the user action.如果用户完成了用于输入人员地址的用户动作，则电子装置300可以检测该用户动作，并且可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示GUI 610。 If the user completes the user input action for human address, the electronic device 300 may detect the user action, and may be detected in response to a user action to display GUI 610.

[0231] 如果用户在指示器620位于⑶I 610中列出的从41到61的频道号码之一的状态下执行用于向指示器620发出选择命令的用户动作，则电子装置300可以检测用于指定频道号码的用户动作，并且可以响应于检测到的用户动作显示消息。 [0231] If the user is a user action from a state where one of the channel numbers from 41 to 61 is performed for issuing a selection command to the indicator 620 of ⑶I 610 listed in the indicator 620, the electronic device 300 can be used to detect user action to specify a channel number, and in response to the detected user action message displayed.该消息可以指示所指定的频道号码被分配给了所输入的人员地址。 The message may indicate that the specified channel number is assigned to the address input of the art.该消息可以是图7中例示的消息710。 The message may be a message 710 illustrated in FIG. 7.

[0232] 电子装置300可以响应于检测到的用户动作，在人员频道地图中存储输入的人员地址、频道号码“60”和使输入的人员地址与频道号码“60”彼此关联的信息。 [0232] The electronic device 300 may be responsive to a user action is detected, the human channel map information stored in the address input of the art, the channel number "60" and the input channel number and the address of the art "60" associated with each other.

[0234] 参照图12，人员频道地图1210可以包括频道号码、人员地址和指针。 [0234] Referring to FIG. 12, the human channel map 1210 may include a channel number, and the address pointer staff.在人员频道地图中，频道号码、分配了该频道号码的人员地址、和与该人员地址相关联的指针可以排列在单个行上。 Human channel map, the channel number, address of the person assigned the channel number, and a pointer to the address associated with the person may be arranged on a single line.即，表示行的信息可以是使频道号码和人员地址彼此相关联的信息。 That is, the information indicating that the line may be a channel number and address information of personnel associated with each other.在一个示例中，由于频道号码“71”和人员地址“Zoe”位于第二行上，所以电子装置300可以确认频道号码“71”被分配给了人员地址“Zoe”。 In one example, since the channel number "71" and the human address "Zoe" on the second line, the electronic device 300 can confirm that the channel number "71" is assigned to the human address "Zoe."

[0235] 访问信息地图1230、1240、1250、1260和1270存储访问人员频道需要的信息。 [0235] Information Access Map 1230,1240,1250,1260 and 1270 channel storage access needs of people.访问信息地图1230、1240、1250、1260和1270可以根据其访问方法分别存储不同类型的信息。 Access information map 1230,1240,1250,1260 and 1270 may store various types of information based on their access methods.第一访问信息地图1230可以存储表示访问方法、IP地址、端口号和认证信息的类型信息。 The first access information map 1230 may store type information access, IP address, port number and authentication information.第二访问信息地图1240可以存储表示访问方法、SIP-URL和认证信息的类型信息。 The second access information map 1240 may store type information access, SIP-URL and authentication information.第三访问信息地图1250可以存储表示访问方法、IP地址、端口号、帐号和认证信息的类型信息。 The third access information map 1250 may store type information access, IP address, port number, account number and authentication information.第四访问信息地图1260可以存储表示访问方法、IP地址、端口号、电子邮件地址和认证信息的类型信息。 The fourth access information map 1260 may store type information access, IP address, port number, email address and authentication information.第五访问信息地图1270可以存储表示访问方法、快捷方式和认证信息的类型信息。 The fifth access information map 1270 may store type information access methods, shortcuts, and authentication information.访问信息地图1230、1240、1250、1260和1270中存储的信息可以由用户输入，或者可以从服务器10和服务器20发送。 1230,1240,1250,1260 information and access information map 1270 may be stored by a user input, or may be transmitted from the server 10 and the server 20.此外，可以在人员频道地图1210中存储使频道号码和人员地址彼此相关联的信息之前和之后，在访问信息地图中存储该信息。 In addition, the information is stored in the access information in the map information before the human channel map 1210 is stored in the channel number and the human address associated with each other and after.

[0236] 访问方法可以是利用IP地址和端口号的第一访问方法、利用SIP-URL的第二访问方法、用于访问服务器并接收与特定帐号相关联的业务的第三访问方法、用于访问SNS服务器并接收与特定电子邮件地址相关联的业务的第四访问方法、和利用快捷方式的第五访问方法中的一个。 [0236] The method may be accessed using the IP address and port number of the first access method by the second SIP-URL access method for accessing the server and receives the third service access method associated with a particular account, for the fourth method of accessing SNS access server and receive service with a specific e-mail addresses associated with, and fifth access methods use shortcuts in a.第一访问方法、第二访问方法、第三访问方法、第四访问方法和第五访问方法可以分别由类型I、类型2、类型3、类型4和类型5表示。 First access method and the second access method, method of accessing the third, fourth and fifth access methods can access methods, respectively, type 2, type 3, type 4 and type 5 are represented by Type I.

[0237] 指针可以指示存储与人员地址相关联的信息的位置。 [0237] pointer information may indicate the position storage address associated person.指针1221指示存储与“Me”相关联的信息的位置。 Storing pointer 1221 indicating "Me" location information associated.即，指针1221指示第一访问信息地图1230的第一行。 That is, the pointer 1221 indicating a first line of a first access information map 1230.与“Me”相关联的IP地址是127. OO 1，而与“Me”相关联的端口号是88。 And "Me" is the IP address associated 127. OO 1, with the "Me" is a port number associated 88.可以通过类型I表示的访问方法实现对“Me”的人员频道的访问。 We can achieve access to the "Me" of the human channel through the access method type I represented.指针1222指示存储与“Zoe”相关联的信息的位置。 Pointer 1222 indicating the storage location information associated with "Zoe".即，指针1222指示第一访问信息地图1230的第二行。 That is, the pointer 1222 indicating a first line of a second access information map 1230.与“Zoe”相关联的IP地址是210. I. 7. 29，而与“Zoe”相关联的端口号是545。 And "Zoe" IP address is associated with 210. I. 7. 29, with the "Zoe" port number 545 is associated.可以通过类型I表示的访问方法实现对“Zoe”的人员频道的访问。 Allows access to "Zoe" human channel through the access method type I represented.而且，指针1223指示存储与“Susan”相关联的信息的位置。 Further, the pointer 1223 indicating the storage location information associated with "Susan".S卩，指针1223指示第一访问信息地图1230的第三行。 S Jie, a pointer 1223 indicating a first access information map 1230 of the third row.与“Susan”相关联的IP地址是198. 10. 8. 102，而与“Susan”相关联的端口号是546。 And "Susan" IP address is associated 198. 10. 8.102, and with "Susan" a port number 546 is associated.可以通过类型I表示的访问方法实现对“Susan”的人员频道的访问。 Allows access to "Susan" by human channel access method type I represented.

[0238] 指针1225指示存储与“Chuck”相关联的信息的位置。 [0238] pointer 1225 indicates a position where "Chuck" associated information.S卩，指针1225指示第二访问信息地图1240的第一行。 S Jie, pointer 1225 indicating a first line of the second access information map 1240.与“Chuck”相关联的SIP-URL是chuckOTV. com。 And "Chuck" associated with the SIP-URL is chuckOTV. Com.可以通过类型2表示的访问方法实现对表示“Chuck”的人员频道的访问。 Allows access channel staff to represent "Chuck" by the access method type 2 represented.指针1226指示存储与“Dad”相关联的信息的位置。 Pointer 1226 indicating the storage location information associated with "Dad".即，指针1226指示第二访问信息地图1240的第二行。 That is, the pointer of the second row of the second access information map 1240 1226 instructions.与“Dad”相关联的SIP-URL是DadOTV. com。 And "Dad" associated with the SIP-URL is DadOTV. Com.可以通过类型2表示的访问方法实现对“Dad”的人员频道的访问。 Allows access to "Dad" by human channel access method type 2 represented.

[0239] 指针1224指示存储与“Sophie”相关联的信息的位置。 [0239] 1224 indicates a position where the pointer "Sophie" associated information.S卩，指针1224指示第三访问信息地图1250的第一行。 S Jie, pointer 1224 indicating a first line of the third access information map 1250.与“Sophie”相关联的IP地址是202. 131. 29. 70，与“Sophie”相关联的端口号是80，并且帐号名称是Sophie。 And "Sophie" IP address is associated with 202. 131. 29.70, and "Sophie" is the port number associated with 80, and the account name is Sophie.可以通过类型3表示的访问方法实现对“Sophie”的人员频道的访问。 Allows access to "Sophie" by the human channel access method type 3 represented.指针1227指示存储与“George”相关联的信息的位置。 Pointer 1227 indicating the storage location information associated with "George".即，指针1227指示第三访问信息地图1250的第二行。 That is, the pointer 1227 indicates the second row third access information map 1250.与“George”相关联的IP地址是209.62. 105. 13，而与“George”相关联的端口号是80。 And "George" IP address associated with a 209.62. 105.13, while the "George" is associated with a port number 80.可以通过类型3表示的访问方法实现对“George”的人员频道的访问。 Allows access to "George" human channel through the access method of Type 3.

[0242] 访问信息地图1230、1240、1250、1260和1270的认证信息可以包括存储的字符串以及ID和密码。 [0242] 1230,1240,1250,1260 and access information map 1270 may include authentication information stored strings as well as ID and password.此外，可以对认证信息进行编码和存储。 Further, it is possible to encode and store the authentication information.

[0243] 图13是例示了根据本发明的构造人员频道地图的方法的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0243] FIG. 13 is a flowchart illustrating a procedure performed in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention constructed art method of channel map.

[0244] 参照图13，显示器302显示用于指定人员地址的第一⑶I (S100)。 [0244] Referring to FIG 13, the display 302 displays a first ⑶I person for designating the address (S100).所显示的第一⑶I可以列出至少一个可选择的人员地址。 The first display may be listed ⑶I human address at least one selectable.列出的人员地址可以从第一服务器10和第二服务器20中的一个发送。 A person may be listed in the address sent from the first server 20 and second server 10.网络接口320可以从第一服务器10和第二服务器20中的一个接收人员地址。 The network interface 320 may be an address received from a person in the first 10 and second server 20 server.控制器340可以控制显示提供人员地址的第一⑶I。 The controller 340 may control a first display address ⑶I personnel.第一⑶I可以是图4中的网页400、图9中的⑶I 910、图10中的⑶I 1010和图11中的⑶I 1110中的一个。 The first web 400 may be ⑶I in FIG. 4, ⑶I 910 in FIG. 9, in FIG. 10 ⑶I 1010 in FIG. 11 ⑶I 1110 and one.

[0246] 显示器302响应于检测到的第一用户动作显示用于指定频道号码的第二⑶I(S120)。 A first user action [0246] The monitor 302 in response to detecting a second ⑶I display for designating a channel number (S120).所显示的第二⑶I可以列出多个可选择的频道号码。 The second display may be listed ⑶I plurality of selectable channel number.第二⑶I可以包括指示当前可用的频道号码的标记（indicia)。 The second indicator may include ⑶I currently available channel number (indicia).第二⑶I可以是图6中的⑶I 610。 The second ⑶I may ⑶I 610 in FIG. 6.

[0247] 控制器340检测用于指定频道号码的第二用户动作（S130)。 [0247] The controller 340 detects a second user action for designating a channel number (S130).

[0248] 控制器340响应于检测到的第二用户动作，在人员频道地图中存储人员地址、频道号码和使该人员地址与该频道号码彼此相关联的信息（S140)。 [0248] The controller 340 in response to a second user action is detected, the channel map store personnel who address, channel number and address information of the person and the channel number associated with each other (S140).人员频道地图可以是图12中的人员频道地图1210，或者可以包括如图12中例示的人员频道地图1210、第一访问信息地图1230、第二访问信息地图1240、第三访问信息地图1250、第四访问信息地图1260和第五访问信息地图1270。 The human channel map in FIG. 12 may be the human channel map 1210, or may include a channel map 1210 in FIG art 12 illustrated, a first access information map 1230, the second access information map 1240, a third access information map 1250, the four access information map 1260 and fifth access information map 1270.

[0249] 图14是例示了根据本发明的构造人员频道地图的方法的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0249] FIG. 14 is a flowchart illustrating a procedure according to another exemplary embodiment of the present invention is constructed art method of channel map is performed.

[0250] 参照图14，显示器302显示用于指定频道号码的第一⑶I (S200)。 [0250] Referring to FIG 14, the display 302 displays a first ⑶I (S200) for designating a channel number.所显示的第一⑶I可以列出多个可选择的频道号码。 The first display may be listed ⑶I plurality of selectable channel number.频道号码可以包括识别可用频道号码的标记，例如，高亮显示、粗体文本等。 It may include a channel number tag identification number of available channels, e.g., highlight, bold text and the like.第一⑶I可以是图6中的⑶I 610。 The first may be ⑶I ⑶I 610 in FIG. 6.

[0251] 控制器340检测用于指定频道号码的第一用户动作（S210)。 [0251] The controller 340 detects a first user action for designating a channel number (S210).

[0252] 显示器302响应于检测到的第一用户动作显示用于指定人员地址的第二⑶I(S220)。 A first user action [0252] The monitor 302 in response to detecting a display for designating a second ⑶I human address (S220).所显示的第二⑶I可以列出至少一个可选择的人员地址。 The second display may be listed ⑶I human address at least one selectable.列出的人员地址可以从第一服务器10和第二服务器20中的一个发送。 A person may be listed in the address sent from the first server 20 and second server 10.网络接口320可以接收从第一服务器10和第二服务器20中的一个发送的人员地址，并且控制器340可以控制显示提供所接收到的人员地址的第二⑶I。 The network interface 320 may receive a second ⑶I human address received from the first server 10 and a transmitted second human address server 20, and the controller 340 may control the display to provide.第二⑶I可以是图4中的网页400、图9中的⑶I 910、图10中的⑶I 1010和图11中的⑶I 1110中的一个。 The second web 400 may be ⑶I in FIG. 4, FIG 9 ⑶I 910, in FIG. 10 ⑶I 1010 in FIG. 11 ⑶I 1110 and one.

[0254] 控制器340响应于检测到的第二用户动作，在人员频道地图中存储人员地址、频道号码和使该人员地址与该频道号码彼此相关联的信息（S240)。 [0254] The controller 340 in response to a second user action is detected, the channel map store personnel who address, channel number and address information of the person and the channel number associated with each other (S240).人员频道地图可以是图12中的人员频道地图1210，或者可以包括如图12中例示的人员频道地图1210、第一访问信息地图1230、第二访问信息地图1240、第三访问信息地图1250、第四访问信息地图1260和第五访问信息地图1270。 The human channel map in FIG. 12 may be the human channel map 1210, or may include a channel map 1210 in FIG art 12 illustrated, a first access information map 1230, the second access information map 1240, a third access information map 1250, the four access information map 1260 and fifth access information map 1270.

[0257] 频道地图区域1510提供人员地址和映射到该人员地址的频道号码。 [0257] channel map region 1510 to provide personnel and mapped to the channel number of the personnel address.在一个示例中，频道地图区域1510提供人员地址“Me” (由附图标记1511表示)和映射到该人员地址“Me”的频道号码“00” (由附图标记1512表示)。 In one example, the channel map region 1510 provides a human address "Me" (denoted by reference numeral 1511) and mapped to the human address "Me" channel number "00" (represented by reference numeral 1512).控制器340可以利用人员频道地图的信息生成在人员地图区域1510上显示的图像。 The controller 340 can use the information to generate human channel map image displayed on map area 1510 persons.频道地图区域1510的人员地址和频道号码可以利用光标1501和指示器1502选择。 Channel map region 1510 and the channel number address art can use the cursor pointer 1501 and 1502 to select.例如，当光标1501位于特定人员地址（例如，由附图标记1513表示的人员地址“Sophie”和由附图标记1514表示的频道号码“72”）上时，指示器1502可以位于所指定的人员地址和频道号码上，如图15所示。 For example, when the cursor 1501 is located in a particular person addresses (e.g., human address represented by reference numerals 1513 "Sophie" and the channel number 1514 represented by reference numeral "72"), the indicator 1502 may be located persons designated the address and the channel number, as shown in Figure 15.光标1501可以是指针、箭头等，而指不器1502可以是闻売显不、粗体文本等。 The cursor 1501 may be a pointer such as an arrow, and 1502 may be a means not significant not smell bai, bold text and the like.

[0258] 频道显示区域1520可以显示与所指定的频道号码相对应的人员频道。 [0258] channel display region 1520 may display the specified channel number corresponding to a channel art.在图15中，由于指示器1502和光标1501位于频道号码“72”上，所以所指定的频道号码是72，从而频道显示区域1520显示与频道号码“72”相对应的人员频道。 In FIG 15, since pointer 1502 and the cursor 1501 is located on the channel number "72", the designated channel number is 72, so that the channel display region 1520 displays the channel number "72" corresponding to the channel art.与频道号码“72”相对应的人员频道是映射到频道号码“72”的人员地址的人员频道。 And the channel number "72" corresponding to the human channel is mapped to the channel number human channel "72" of the human address.S卩，频道显示区域1520显示“Sophie”的人员频道。 S Jie, channel display area 1520 displays "Sophie" human channel.

[0259] 内容列表区域1530提供由与所指定的频道号码相对应的人员频道提供的内容列表。 [0259] Content list region 1530 provides a list of the content specified by a channel number corresponding to a channel provided by a person.内容列表区域1530可以提供内容的缩略图。 Contents list region 1530 may provide a thumbnail of the content.如果检测到从内容列表区域1530中提供的内容当中选择特定内容的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作对控制在频道显示区域1520上显示所选择的内容。 If it is detected to select specific content from the content list region 1530 provided among the user action, the controller 340 in response to the detected user action to control the display content of the selected channel display region 1520.此外，可以区分频道显示区域1520上显示的内容和内容列表区域1530上显示的内容。 Furthermore, the channel can be distinguished and displayed so that the contents of the content list display area 1530 on the display 1520 region.为此，例如，可以在内容列表区域1530中高亮显示频道显示区域1520上显示的内容。 For this purpose, for example, can highlight content displayed on the channel display region 1520 in the contents list region 1530.

[0260] 人员显示区域1540显示具有与所选择的频道号码相关联的人员地址的人员。 [0260] art display area 1540 displays personnel having an address associated with the channel number of the selected.人员显示区域1540可以显示指示器1501指示的人员频道的所有者的图片。 Staff display area 1540 can display pictures of the owner of the human channel indicated by the pointer 1501.

[0261] 图16是例示了显示人员频道地图和所选择的人员频道的内容的画面的另一个示例性实施方式的图。 [0261] FIG. 16 is a diagram of another embodiment of an exemplary embodiment and the human channel map display content of the selected channel are displayed in the art.

[0262] 参照图16，控制器340可以检测用于请求频道切换到频道73的用户动作。 [0262] Referring to FIG 16, the controller 340 may detect a channel switch request to the user action of channel 73.用于请求频道切换的用户动作可以包括执行用于请求频道递增的空间手势或者按压遥控器的用于请求频道递增的按钮。 User action for requesting channel switch may include a button for performing spatial gesture requesting channel increment or the remote controller is pressed for requesting channel increment.

[0263] 控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制显示画面1600。 [0263] The controller 340 may be responsive to the detected user action to control the display screen 1600.在频道地图区域1610中，指示器1601位于由用户动作指定的频道号码“73”处。 In the channel map region 1610, the indicator 1601 is located designated by the user operation of the channel number "73" at.频道显示区域1620显示与频道号码“73”对应的人员频道，S卩，人员频道“Chuck”。 Channel display region 1620 displays the channel number "73" corresponding to the human channel, S Jie, human channel "Chuck."内容列表区域1630显示由映射到频道号码“73”的人员频道提供的内容列表。 List area 1630 displays a list of contents provided by the content mapped to the channel number "73" of the human channel.

[0265] 参照图17，控制器340可以检测用于请求频道切换到频道75的用户动作。 [0265] Referring to FIG 17, the controller 340 may detect a channel switch request to the user action of channel 75.控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制显示画面1700。 The controller 340 may in response to detecting the user action to control the display screen 1700.在频道地图区域1710中，指示器1701位于由用户动作指定的频道号码“75”处。 In the channel map region 1710, an indicator 1701 is located in the action specified by the user channel number "75" at.频道显示区域1720显示与频道号码“75”对应的人员频道，即，人员频道“Susan”。 Channel display region 1720 displays the channel number "75" corresponding to the human channel, i.e., channel art "Susan."内容列表区域1730显示由映射到频道号码“75”的人员频道提供的内容列表。 Content list area 1730 displays a list of content provided by the mapping to the channel number "75" human channel.

[0266] 图18是例示了根据本发明的提供人员频道业务的方法的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图。 [0266] FIG. 18 is a diagram illustrating a process according to an exemplary embodiment of a method of providing channel service personnel performing the present invention.

[0267] 参照图18，控制器340检测用于指定频道号码的用户动作（S300)。 [0267] Referring to FIG 18, the controller 340 detects a user action to specify a channel number (S300).步骤S300可以在显示器302显示人员频道、广播频道或应用频道中的至少一个的同时执行。 Step S300 may be performed simultaneously displaying at least one human channel, a broadcast channel or channels in a display application 302.例如，控制器340可以在显示器302显示图15的画面1500、图16的画面1600或图17的画面1700的同时检测用于指定频道号码的用户动作。 For example, the controller 340 may display a screen display 302 a screen 1500 in FIG. 15, a screen 1600 in FIG. 16 or 1700 of FIG. 17 while detecting a user action to specify a channel number.广播频道可以包括无线电波广播频道、有线频道、卫星频道或IPTV频道中的至少一个。 The broadcast channel may include a radio wave broadcast channels, cable channels, satellite channels, or at least one IPTV channel.[0268] 控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作接收由所指定的频道号码指示的人员频道的内容（S310)。 Human channel contents [0268] controller 340 in response to the detected user action is received by the designated channel number indication (S310).该内容可以是由人员频道提供的内容列表的第一内容或者介绍该人员频道的初始内容。 The contents of the first content may be provided by a person or a channel list describes the initial content of the human channel.

[0269] 控制器340控制显示所接收到的内容（S320)。 [0269] The controller 340 controls the display content (S320) to the received data.显示器302可以显示图15的画面1500、图16的画面1600或图17的画面1700。 The display 302 may display a screen 1500 in FIG. 15, a screen 1600 in FIG. 16 or 1700 of FIG. 17.

[0271] 参照图19，控制器340从人员频道地图读取与所指定的频道号码相关联的人员地址（S400)。 [0271] Referring to Figure 19, controller 340 reads the address of the art associated with the channel number designated (S400) from a human channel map.人员频道地图可以是图12中的人员频道地图1210，或者可以包括如图12中例示的人员频道地图1210、第一访问信息地图1230、第二访问信息地图1240、第三访问信息地图1250、第四访问信息地图1260和第五访问信息地图1270。 The human channel map in FIG. 12 may be the human channel map 1210, or may include a channel map 1210 in FIG art 12 illustrated, a first access information map 1230, the second access information map 1240, a third access information map 1250, the four access information map 1260 and fifth access information map 1270.

[0272] 控制器340基于所读取的人员地址读取要访问的电子装置的地址（S410)。 Human address read read address (S410) to access the electronic device [0272] Based on the controller 340.要访问的电子装置可以是第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140中的一个或者另一合适类型的多功能显示装置。 The electronic device may be the first to access digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, one or another suitable type of the computer 140 of the mobile terminal 130 and the multifunction display apparatus.要访问的电子装置的地址可以存储在图12中所示的访问信息地图1230中。 Address of the electronic apparatus to be accessed may be stored in the access information 12 shown in FIG map 1230.要访问的电子装置的地址可以包括IP地址和端口号。 To access the address of the electronic device may include an IP address and port number.

[0273] 网络接口320利用所读取的电子装置的地址从电子装置接收内容（S420)。 Address of the electronic device [0273] using the network interface 320 receives the content read from the electronic device (S420).电子装置300可以利用在步骤S410中读取的电子装置的地址建立与该电子装置的通信，并且可以从该电子装置接收人员频道的内容。 The electronic device 300 can be established using the communication address of the electronic device in step S410 is read and the electronic device, and the electronic apparatus can be received from the contents channel art.该内容可以基于诸如SMTP、HTTP、FTP、RTSP或MMS的协议发送。 The content may be sent based on protocols such as SMTP, HTTP, FTP, RTSP or the MMS.

[0274] 图19中例示的接收人员频道的内容的方法可以作为参照图12描述的第一访问方法的一个示例。 SUMMARY receiving channel in the art [0274] FIG. 19 illustrates a first example may be used as an access method 12 described with reference to FIG.

[0275] 图20是例示了接收人员频道的内容的方法的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图。 [0275] FIG. 20 is a diagram illustrating an implementation procedure of another exemplary embodiment illustrating a content receiving method for a human channel.

[0276] 参照图20，控制器340从人员频道地图读取与所指定的频道号码相关联的人员地址（S500)。 Human address [0276] Referring to Figure 20, controller 340 reads the channel map from the art with the designated channel number is associated (S500).人员频道地图可以是图12中的人员频道地图1210，或者可以包括如图12中例示的人员频道地图1210、第一访问信息地图1230、第二访问信息地图1240、第三访问信息地图1250、第四访问信息地图1260和第五访问信息地图1270。 The human channel map in FIG. 12 may be the human channel map 1210, or may include a channel map 1210 in FIG art 12 illustrated, a first access information map 1230, the second access information map 1240, a third access information map 1250, the four access information map 1260 and fifth access information map 1270.

[0277] 控制器340基于所读取的人员地址读取要连接的服务器的地址（S510)。 [0277] The controller 340 reads the address of the server to be connected (S510) based on the read address of the person.该服务器可以是服务器10或者服务器20。 The server may be the server 10 or the server 20.服务器的地址可以存储在访问信息地图1250、访问信息地图1260和访问信息地图1270中。 Address of the server can access information stored in the map of 1250, access to information and access information map 1260 map in 1270.服务器的地址可以包括IP地址、端口号和帐号名称，或者可以包括IP地址、端口号和电子邮件地址，或者可以包括快捷方式。 Address of the server may include the IP address, port number and account name, or may include IP address, port number and e-mail address, or may include shortcuts.

[0278] 网络接口320利用所读取的服务器的地址从该服务器接收内容（S520)。 The address of the server [0278] The network interface 320 receives the content using the read (S520) from the server.电子装置300可以利用在步骤S510中读取的服务器的地址访问该服务器，并且可以从该服务器接收人员频道的内容。 The electronic device 300 may utilize the server in step S510 the read address to access the server, and the person may receive content from the server channel.该内容可以基于诸如SMTP、HTTP、FTP、RTSP或丽S的协议发送。 The content may be transmitted, such as based on SMTP, HTTP, FTP, RTSP protocol or Li S.

[0279] 根据在步骤S510中读取的服务器的地址，图19中例示的接收人员频道的内容的方法可以作为参照图12描述的第三访问方法、第四访问方法和第五访问方法中的一个的一个示例。 [0279] The method of the content of the read address of the server in step S510 in FIG. 19 receives human channel may be exemplified as a third access method described with reference to FIG. 12, the access method of the fourth and the fifth access methods one example of a.

[0280] 图21是例示了接收人员频道的内容的方法的又一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图。 [0280] FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating a method for receiving content of another human channel performing a procedure of FIG exemplary embodiment.

[0281] 参照图21，控制器340从人员频道地图读取与所指定的频道号码相关联的人员地址（S600)。 Human address [0281] Referring to Figure 21, controller 340 reads the channel map from the art with the designated channel number is associated (S600).人员频道地图可以是图12中的人员频道地图1210，或者可以包括如图12中例示的人员频道地图1210、第一访问信息地图1230、第二访问信息地图1240、第三访问信息地图1250、第四访问信息地图1260和第五访问信息地图1270。 The human channel map in FIG. 12 may be the human channel map 1210, or may include a channel map 1210 in FIG art 12 illustrated, a first access information map 1230, the second access information map 1240, a third access information map 1250, the four access information map 1260 and fifth access information map 1270.而且，所读取的人员地址可以包括SIP-URL。 Also, the read human address may include SIP-URL.

[0282] 网络接口320向服务器发送包括所读取的人员地址的连接请求信号（S610)。 [0282] The network interface 320 is connected to the server human address request signal including the read (S610).该连接请求信号可以包括SIP-URL。 The connection request signal may include a SIP-URL.而且，该服务器可以是服务器10。 Moreover, the server can be a server 10.

[0283] 网络接口320从服务器接收包括电子装置的地址的信号（S620)。 [0283] The network interface 320 receives a signal from a server includes an address of an electronic device (S620).该信号可以是针对连接请求信号的响应信号。 The signal may be a signal for a connection request response signal.电子装置300的地址可以包括IP地址和端口号。 Address of the electronic device 300 may include an IP address and port number.电子装置300可以是第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140中的一个。 A first electronic device 300 may be a digital TV 100, a 140 second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal.

[0284] 控制器340利用所接收到的电子装置的地址来接收内容（S630)。 Address of the electronic device [0284] The controller 340 using the received content to the reception (S630).电子装置300可以利用所接收到的在操作620中读取的电子装置的地址建立与该电子装置的通信，并且可以从该电子装置接收人员频道的内容。 The read address of the electronic apparatus in operation 620 using the electronic device 300 can be received to establish communication with the electronic device, and the electronic apparatus can be received from the contents channel art.该内容可以基于诸如SMTP、HTTP、FTP、RTSP或丽S的协议发送。 The content may be transmitted, such as based on SMTP, HTTP, FTP, RTSP protocol or Li S.

[0285] 图22是例示了设置两个电子装置之间的连接的方法的图。 [0285] FIG. 22 is a diagram illustrating a method for setting connection between two electronic devices of FIG.

[0286] 参照图22，电子装置2210可以建立（或者配置)与服务器2230的第一连接2211。 [0286] Referring to FIG. 22, the electronic device 2210 may be established (or configuration) is connected to the first server 2211 2230.在建立第一连接2211的过程中，服务器2230获取并存储电子装置2210的IP地址和端口号。 In the process of establishing a first connection 2211, the server 2230 to acquire and store an electronic device IP address and port number 2210.第一连接2211可以在电子装置2210的启动过程中建立，或者可以在用户请求电子装置2210和服务器2230之间的连接时建立。 The first connection 2211 may be established during the boot process of the electronic device 2210, or may request a user of the electronic device 2210 and the server 2230 to establish a connection between.例如，电子装置2210可以是第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130或移动终端140中的一个，并且服务器2230可以是服务器10。 For example, the electronic device 2210 may be a first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, a personal computer 140 of the system 120, the computer 130 or mobile terminal, and a server 2230 may be the server 10.

[0287] 电子装置2220可以建立与服务器2230的第二连接2231。 [0287] The electronic device 2220 may establish a second connection 2231 to the server 2230.在建立第二连接2231的过程中，服务器2230获取并存储电子装置2220的IP地址和端口号。 In the process of establishing a second connection 2231, the server 2230 to acquire and store an electronic device IP address and port number 2220.第二连接2231可以在电子装置2220的启动过程中建立，或者可以在用户请求电子装置2220和服务器2230之间的连接时建立。 The second connector 2231 may be established during the boot process of the electronic device 2220, or may request the electronic device 2220 and the server establish a connection between the user 2230.

[0288] 第二连接2231可以在服务器2230完成建立与电子装置2210的第一连接2211之后建立。 [0288] The second connector 2231 may be the electronic device 2230 is completed in the server and establishing a first connection establishment is after 22,112,210.在请求第二连接223时，服务器2230可以利用先前存储的电子装置2220的IP地址和端口号。 In the second connection request 223, the server 2230 can use the electronic device 2220 IP address and port number previously stored.电子装置2220可以是第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130或移动终端140中的一个。 A first electronic device 2220 may be a digital TV 100, a 140 second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 or the mobile terminal.

[0289] 电子装置2210可以建立与电子装置2220的第三连接2221。 [0289] The electronic device 2210 may establish the third connection 2221 of the electronic device 2220.在这种情况下，电子装置2210可以从先前通过第二连接2231获取了IP地址和端口号的服务器2230接收电子装置2220的IP地址和端口号，并且可以利用所接收到的IP地址和端口号向电子装置2220发送信号。 In this case, the electronic device 2210 may acquire an IP address and port number of the server 2230 receives the electronic device IP address and port number 2220 from the previous by a second connector 2231, and may utilize the received IP address and port number 2220 sends a signal to the electronic apparatus.所发送的信号可以是连接建立信号或者人员频道请求信号。 The transmitted signal may be a signal or a human channel connection establishment request signal.

[0290] 电子装置2220可以从先前通过第一连接2211获取了IP地址和端口号的服务器2230接收电子装置2210的IP地址和端口号，并且可以利用所接收到的IP地址和端口号向电子装置2210发送响应信号。 [0290] The electronic device 2220 may receive electronic device IP address and port number 2210 2230 2211 previously acquired from the IP address and port number of the server via the first connection, and may utilize the received IP address and port number to the electronic device 2210 transmits a response signal.在一些实施方式中，电子装置2220可以从电子装置2210发送的连接建立信号中提取电子装置2210的IP地址和端口号，并且可以利用所提取的IP地址和端口号向电子装置2210发送响应信号。 In some embodiments, the electronic device 2220 may setup signal extracting electronic device IP address and port number 2210 from the connection of the electronic device 2210 transmitted, and may use the extracted IP address and port number transmits a response signal to the electronic device 2210.

[0291] 图23是例示了根据本公开的广播系统的另一个示例性实施方式的结构的示意图，图24是例示了网络地址转换（NAT)表的一个示例性实施方式的图，而图25是例示了服务器中记录的地址匹配表的一个示例性实施方式的图。 [0291] FIG. 23 is a schematic view illustrating a configuration of another exemplary embodiment of the broadcast system according to the disclosure, FIG. 24 is a diagram illustrating a view of an exemplary embodiment of the Network Address Translation (NAT) table, and FIG. 25 is a graph illustrating an exemplary embodiment of an address matching table recorded in the server.

[0292] 参照图23到25，广播系统2300可以包括第一电子装置2310、第二电子装置2320、网络装置2330、网络装置2340和服务器2350。 [0292] Referring to FIGS. 23 to 25, the broadcast system 2300 may include a first electronic device 2310, the second electronic device 2320, a network device 2330, the network device 2340 and the server 2350.

[0293] 第一电子装置2310和第二电子装置2320分别具有私用IP地址。 [0293] The first electronic device 2310 and 2320, respectively, the second electronic device having a private IP address.具体地说，电子装置2310的私用IP地址是private_ipl，而电子装置2320的私用IP地址是private_ip2。 Specifically, private IP address of the electronic device 2310 is private_ipl, and the private IP address of the electronic device 2320 is private_ip2.电子装置2310和电子装置2320可以是第一数字TV 100、第二数字TVl 10、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140中的一个。 The electronic device 2310 and the electronic device 2320 may be the first digital TV 100, the second digital TVl 10, the personal computer system 120, a computer 140 and the mobile terminal 130.

[0294] 如NAT表中所建立的，网络装置2330将第一电子装置2310的私用IP地址转换成公用IP地址，即，从private_ipl转换成public_ipl。 [0294] As established in the NAT table, the network device 2330 to convert the private IP address of the first electronic device 2310 into a public IP address, i.e., to convert from private_ipl public_ipl.更具体地说，网络装置2330将从第一电子装置2310向服务器2350发送的包的源IP地址从private_ipl转换成public_ipl。 More specifically, the source IP address from the first electronic device 2330 23102350 packet sent to the server from the network device private_ipl converted into public_ipl.网络装置2330可以是路由器、共享器或网关中的一个。 The network device 2330 may be a router, gateway or a shared one.

[0295] 如NAT表中所建立的，网络装置2340将第二电子装置2320的私用IP地址转换成公用IP地址，即，从private_ip2转换成public_ip2。 [0295] The network device established in the NAT table 2340 to convert the private IP address of the second electronic device 2320 into a public IP address, i.e., to convert from private_ip2 public_ip2.更具体地说，网络装置2340将从第二电子装置2320向服务器2350发送的包的源IP地址从private_ip2转换成public_ip2。 More specifically, the source IP address of the packet from the second electronic device 2340 23202350 network device transmits to the server from private_ip2 converted into public_ip2.网络装置2340可以是路由器、共享器或网关中的一个。 The network device 2340 may be a router, gateway or a shared one.

[0296] 该服务器2350可以是图I中例示的服务器10。 [0296] The server 2350 may be the server 10 in FIG. I illustrated.服务器2350可以存储地址匹配表2500。 Server 2350 can store the address matching table 2500.地址匹配表2500可以永久或临时存储在存储单元中。 Address matching table 2500 may be permanently or temporarily stored in the storage unit.地址匹配表2500可以存储人员地址、IP地址和使用该人员地址和IP地址彼此相关联的信息。 Address matching table 2500 may store personnel information address, IP address, and the person using the address and IP address associated with each other.使人员地址和IP地址彼此相关联的信息可以是表示该表的行的信息。 Human address and IP address information associated with each other may be information indicating the lines of the table.

[0297] 在地址匹配表2500中，人员地址I与public_ipl相关联,而人员地址2与public_ip2相关联。 [0297] In the address matching table 2500, the address of the I and public_ipl person associated human address 2 is associated with public_ip2.人员地址I是userlOTV. com,其为第一电子装置2310发送的人员地址,而人员地址2是user2@TV. com，其为第二电子装置2320发送的人员地址。 I is human address userlOTV. Com, which is the address of the first person transmitted from electronic device 2310, and the human address 2 is user2 @ TV. Com, which is the address of a second person transmitted from electronic device 2320.

[0298] 如果服务器2350从第一电子装置2310接收到包括人员地址2 “user2@TV. com”的连接请求信号，则服务器2350从地址匹配表2500读取与该人员地址2匹配的IP地址“public_ip2”，并向第一电子装置2310发送包括所读取的IP地址“public_ip2”的响应信号。 [0298] If the signal requesting the server 2350 receives 2310 a first electronic device comprises a connecting human address 2 "user2 @ TV. Com" from the server 2350 from the address matching table 2500 to the read address 2 person matches the IP address " public_ip2 ", 2310 to send the read IP address comprises a first electronic device" public_ip2 response signal "is.而且，服务器2350从地址匹配表2500读取第一电子装置2310的IP地址“public_ipl”，并向第二电子装置2320发送包括所读取的IP地址“publicjpl”的信号。 Also, the server 2350 from the address matching table 2500 IP address of the first electronic device 2310 reads "public_ipl", and sends the IP address 2320 includes the read "publicjpl" signal a second electronic device.总之，第一电子装置2310可以利用所接收到的IP地址“public_ip2”实现与具有私用IP地址的第二电子装置2320的数据接收/发送。 In short, the first electronic device 2310 may be "public_ip2" electronic device implemented with a second private IP address 2320 of the data reception / transmission using the IP address received.

[0299] 图26是例示了设置两个电子装置之间的连接的方法的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图。 [0299] FIG. 26 is a diagram illustrating an implementation procedure is provided a method of connection between two electronic devices according to an exemplary embodiment.

[0300] 参照图26，第一电子装置2610向服务器2630发送注册请求信号（S700)。 [0300] Referring to FIG 26, a first electronic device transmits a registration request signal 26,102,630 (S700) to the server.服务器2630可以接收该注册请求信号。 Server 2630 may receive the registration request signal.第一电子装置2610可以是第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130或移动终端140中的一个。 A first electronic device 2610 may be a first digital TV 100, a 140 second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 or the mobile terminal.注册请求信号可以包括人员地址“userlOTV. com”和登录到服务器2630需要的信息。 Registration request signal may include address information officers "userlOTV. Com" and log on to the server 2630.该登录信息可以是人员频道地图中存储的认证信息。 The login authentication information can be stored in the human channel map.

[0301] 服务器2630向第一电子装置2610发送针对该注册请求信号的响应信号（S705)。 [0301] Server 26302610 transmission request response signal (S705) the registration signal for the first electronic device.服务器2630可以将注册请求信号中包含的人员地址“userlOTV. com”和第一电子装置2610的地址存储在地址匹配表中。 The server 2630 may be included in the address signal person "userlOTV. Com" and the first electronic device 2610 registration request address stored in the address matching table.而且，服务器2630可以利用注册请求信号中包含的信息来实现登录过程。 Further, server 2630 may be implemented using a register login process request information contained in the signal.地址匹配表可以是图26中例示的地址匹配表2500。 Address may be an address matching table in Figure 26 illustrates the matching table 2500.该服务器2630可以是图I中例示的服务器10。 The server 2630 may be the server 10 illustrated in FIG. I.

[0302] 第二电子装置2620向服务器2630发送注册请求信号（S710)。 [0302] The second electronic device transmits a registration request signal 26,202,630 (S710) to the server.服务器2630可以接收该注册请求信号。 Server 2630 may receive the registration request signal.第二电子装置2620可以是第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140中的一个。 The second electronic device 2620 may be the first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, a computer 140 and the mobile terminal 130.注册请求信号可以包括人员地址“user2@TV. com”和登录到服务器2630需要的信息。 Registration request signal may include address information officers "user2 @ TV. Com" and log on to the server 2630.

[0303] 服务器2630向第二电子装置2620发送针对接收到的注册请求信号的响应信号(S715)。 [0303] Server 26302620 transmission request response signal (S715) to the received signal for the second register of the electronic device.服务器2630可以将注册请求信号中包含的人员地址“userfOTV. com”和第二电子装置2620的地址存储在地址匹配表中。 Server 2630 may request to register the address stored in the address table matches the address signals contained in art "userfOTV. Com" and the second electronic device 2620.而且，服务器2630可以利用注册请求信号中包含的信息来实现登录过程。 Further, server 2630 may be implemented using a register login process request information contained in the signal.

[0305] 服务器2630响应于所接收到的连接请求信号向第一电子装置2610发送包括“public_ip2”的连接响应信号（S725)。 [0305] The server 2630 in response to the received request signal is connected to the first electronic device 2610 transmits the connection "public_ip2" comprises a response signal (S725).“public_ip2”是第二电子装置2620的公用IP地址。 "Public_ip2" electronic device 2620 is the second public IP address.第一电子装置2610接收该连接响应信号，并利用该连接响应信号获取第二电子装置2620的地址。 A first electronic device 2610 receives the connection response signal, and using the connection response signal to obtain a second electronic device 2620 address.

[0306] 服务器2630向第二电子装置2620发送包括“public_ipl”的连接响应信号(S730)。 [0306] 26302620 server sends a second electronic device "public_ipl" connection response signal including (S730).“public_ipl”是第一电子装置2610的公用IP地址。 "Public_ipl" electronic device 2610 is a first public IP address.第二电子装置2620接收该连接响应信号，并利用该连接响应信号获取第一电子装置2610的地址。 The second electronic device 2620 receives the connection response signal, and using the connection response signal to acquire a first address of an electronic device 2610.

[0307] 第一电子装置2610利用IP地址“public_ip2”向第二电子装置2620发送连接建立信号（S735)。 [0307] The first electronic device 2610 using the IP address "public_ip2" 2620 transmits a connection setup signal (S735) to the second electronic device.第二电子装置2620接收该连接建立信号。 The second electronic device 2620 receives the connection setup signal.

[0308] 第二电子装置2620利用IP地址“public_ipl”向第一电子装置2610发送针对连接建立信号的连接响应信号（S740)。 [0308] The second electronic device 2620 using the IP address "public_ipl" 2610 transmits the connection signal connection establishment response signal (S740) for the first electronic device.第一电子装置2610接收该连接响应信号。 A first electronic device 2610 receives the connection response signal.通过步骤S735和步骤S740，初始化了第一电子装置2610和第二电子装置2620之间的通信。 By step S735 and step S740, the initialization of communication between the first electronic device 2610 and the second electronic device 2620.连接响应信号可以包括特定端口号，并且第二电子装置2620可以打开与该特定端口号相对应的端口。 Connection response signal may comprise a specific port number, and the second electronic device 2620 may open the specific port number corresponding to the port.[0309] 第一电子装置2610响应于接收到的连接响应信号向第二电子装置2620发送人员频道请求信号（S745)。 [0309] The first electronic device 2610 in response to the received connection response signal request signal (S745) to the transmission channel a second electronic device 2620 the art.第二电子装置2620接收该人员频道请求信号。 The second electronic device 2620 receives the channel request signal person.该人员频道请求信号可以发送到与连接响应信号中包含的端口号相对应的端口。 The human channel request signal may be transmitted to a port number contained in the signal corresponding to the port connection response.

[0310] 第二电子装置2620向第一电子装置2610发送针对接收到的人员频道请求信号的响应信号（S750)。 [0310] The second electronic device transmits a request 26202610 response signal (S750) the received signal for the first channel of the art electronic device.该响应信号可以包括人员频道的内容或者人员频道的内容列表。 The response signal may include a content list of contents or a person who channel channel.第一电子装置2610接收该响应信号。 A first electronic device 2610 receives the response signal.第一电子装置2610可以在发送内容时将该内容显示为响应信号，或者可以在发送内容列表时将该内容列表显示为响应信号。 A first electronic device 2610 may display the content when the content is transmitted in response to the signal, or may display the content list as a response signal when transmitting the contents list.

[0311] 图27是例示了显示建立人员频道的⑶I的一个示例性实施方式的画面的图。 [0311] FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating a display screen of an exemplary embodiment of a channel establishing ⑶I art FIG.

[0312] 参照图27，显示器302可以显示⑶I 2700。 [0312] Referring to FIG 27, the display 302 may display ⑶I 2700.如果控制器340在显示网页400的状态下检测到用于建立人员频道的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制显示⑶I 2700。 If the controller 340 detects a user action for establishing human channel page 400 in the display state, the controller 340 in response to the detected user action to control the display ⑶I 2700.在一些实施方式中，控制器340可以在接收到网页400之后控制显示⑶I2700。 In some embodiments, the controller 340 may control the display 400 after receiving the page to ⑶I2700.

[0313] ⑶I 2700包括包含至少一个频道号码的频道号码区域2710和包含至少一个人员地址的人员频道区域2720。 [0313] ⑶I 2700 includes a channel number region comprises at least one channel number 2710 and the human channel region 2720 includes at least one human address.在一个示例中，图4中例示的网页400可以显示在人员频道区域2720上，而图6中例示的⑶I 610可以显示在频道号码区域2710上。 In one example, illustrated in FIG. 4 page 400 may be displayed on human channel region 2720, while ⑶I 610 illustrated in FIG. 6 may be displayed on the channel number region 2710.

[0314] 用户可以将各人员地址411、412或413拖到⑶I 2700上的频道号码区域2710，并将拖动的人员地址放到频道号码区域2710上列出的频道号码中的一个上。 [0314] The user can channel number address region on each person 411, 412 or 413 onto ⑶I 2700 2710, drag and drop a person on the channel number addresses listed on the channel number region 2710 a.人员地址411、412和413可以通过图标或另一合适类型的可选择对象来表示。 Human address 411, 412 and 413 may be represented by an icon, or another suitable type of selectable objects.该图标可以具有与个体相关联的图像。 The icon may have an image associated with the individual.然后，控制器340可以将上面放下了人员地址的频道号码、所放下的人员地址以及使该频道号码和人员地址彼此相关联的信息存储在人员频道地图中。 Then, the controller 340 may be put above human address channel number, and address of the person to lay down the channel number and address information is stored with each other personnel associated with the channel map in the art.人员频道地图可以是图12中的人员频道地图1210，或者可以包括如图12中例示的人员频道地图1210、第一访问信息地图1230、第二访问信息地图1240、第三访问信息地图1250、第四访问信息地图1260和第五访问信息地图1270。 The human channel map in FIG. 12 may be the human channel map 1210, or may include a channel map 1210 in FIG art 12 illustrated, a first access information map 1230, the second access information map 1240, a third access information map 1250, the four access information map 1260 and fifth access information map 1270.

[0316] 参照图28，图像2810表示拖动人员地址411的状态。 [0316] Referring to FIG 28, the image 2810 shows a state of the drag 411 human address.如果图像2810放置到频道号码“60”上，则可以将人员地址411、频道号码“60”和使人员地址411和频道号码“60”彼此相关联的信息存储在人员频道地图中。 If the image 2810 is placed into channel number '60' on the human address 411, the channel number "60" and the human address 411 and the channel number "60" stores information associated with each other in the human channel map.

[0317] 图29是例示了显示建立人员频道的⑶I的另一个示例性实施方式的画面的图。 [0317] FIG. 29 is a diagram illustrating a screen according to another exemplary embodiment of a display ⑶I established human channel.

[0318] 参照图29，显示器302可以显示⑶I 2900。 [0318] Referring to FIG 29, the display 302 may display ⑶I 2900.如果控制器340检测到用于建立人员频道的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制GUI 2900的显示。 If the controller 340 detects a user action for establishing human channel, the controller 340 in response to a detected user action to control the display of the GUI 2900.例如，该用户动作是图8中例示的用于选择菜单项目810的用户动作，或者用于选择独立频道建立菜单项目的用户动作。 For example, the user action is illustrated in FIG. 8 for a user action selecting the menu item 810, or a user action for selecting a menu item to establish separate channels.

[0319] ⑶I 2900包括包含至少一个频道号码的频道号码区域2910和包含至少一个人员地址的人员频道区域2920。 Channel number region [0319] ⑶I 2900 comprises comprises at least one channel number 2910 and the human channel region comprises at least one human address 2920.图11中例示的⑶I 1110可以显示在人员频道区域2920上，而图6中例示的⑶I 610可以显示在频道号码区域2910上。 ⑶I illustrated in FIG. 11 may be displayed on 1110 human channel region 2920, while ⑶I 610 illustrated in FIG. 6 may be displayed on the channel number region 2910.

[0320]用户可以将各人员地址“user99@TV. com”、“user91@TV. com”、“user23@TV. com”等拖到⑶I 2900上的频道号码区域2910，并将拖动的人员地址放到频道号码区域2910上列出的频道号码中的一个上。 [0320] Each user may be human address "user99 @ TV. Com", "user91 @ TV. Com", "user23 @ TV. Com" and the like onto the channel number region on ⑶I 2900 2910, and the drag of the art address onto the channel number in the channel number area on a 2910 listed.然后，控制器340可以将上面放下了人员地址的频道号码、所放下的人员地址以及使该频道号码和人员地址彼此相关联的信息存储在人员频道地图中。 Then, the controller 340 may be put above human address channel number, and address of the person to lay down the channel number and address information is stored with each other personnel associated with the channel map in the art.人员频道地图可以是图12中的人员频道地图1210，或者可以包括如图12中例示的人员频道地图1210、第一访问信息地图1230、第二访问信息地图1240、第三访问信息地图1250、第四访问信息地图1260和第五访问信息地图1270。 The human channel map in FIG. 12 may be the human channel map 1210, or may include a channel map 1210 in FIG art 12 illustrated, a first access information map 1230, the second access information map 1240, a third access information map 1250, the four access information map 1260 and fifth access information map 1270.

[0321] 图30是例示了在图29中显示的⑶I上拖动人员地址的状态的画面的图。 [0321] FIG. 30 is a diagram of a screen illustrating a state in which the drag on the human address ⑶I 29 displayed.

[0322] 参照图30，图像3010表示拖动人员地址“user91@TV. com”的状态。 [0322] Referring to FIG 30, the image 3010 shows a state dragged human address "user91 @ TV. Com" is.如果图像3010被拖动到频道号码“60”上，则可以将人员地址“uSer91@TV. com”、频道号码“60”和使人员地址“USer91@TV. com”和频道号码“60”彼此相关联的信息存储在人员频道地图中。 If the image 3010 is dragged to the channel number "60" on the human address "uSer91 @ TV. Com", the channel number "60" and the human address "USer91 @ TV. Com" and the channel number "60" to each other the associated information is stored in the human channel map.[0323] 图31是例示了显示设置频道的⑶I的一个示例性实施方式的画面的图。 [0323] FIG. 31 is a screen diagram illustrating an exemplary embodiment of a display provided ⑶I channel embodiment.

[0324] 参照图31，显示器302可以显示⑶I 3100。 [0324] Referring to FIG 31, the display 302 may display ⑶I 3100.如果控制器340检测到用于建立频道的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制显示GUI 3100。 If the controller 340 detects a user action for setting a channel, the controller 340 in response to a detected user action to control the display of GUI 3100.例如，该用户动作是图8中例示的用于选择菜单项目810的用户动作、图5中例示的用于选择菜单项目513或菜单项目515的用户动作、用于选择频道建立菜单项目的用户动作等，该用户动作可以配置成显示⑶I 3100。 For example, the user action is a user action 810 in FIG. 8 is illustrated for selecting the menu item, in FIG. 5 for illustrating the operation of a user selecting a menu item or menu item 513 515, user action for selecting a menu item established channel etc., the user action may be configured to display ⑶I 3100.

[0325] ⑶I 3100包括包含至少一个广播频道的广播频道区域3110、包含至少一个人员地址的人员频道区域3120和包含至少一个应用频道的应用频道区域3130。 [0325] ⑶I 3100 comprises a region 3110 comprising at least one broadcast channel of a broadcast channel, a channel region comprising at least a staff person address channels 3120 and includes an application area of ​​at least one application channel 3130.广播频道是指用于提供通过卫星、陆地广播系统或IP网络接收到的实时广播的频道。 Means for providing a broadcast channel is received via satellite, terrestrial broadcast system, IP network or a broadcast channel in real time.应用频道可以是指可通过IP网络连接的内容提供商或业务提供商，或者可以是指用于提供与内容提供商或业务提供商的数据接收/发送的频道。 Application of a channel may refer to the content provider or the service provider may be connected via an IP network, or may refer to a data provider for providing content or service provider receiving / transmission channel.而且，应用频道可以是指能够接收通过内容提供商或业务提供商提供的互联网业务的频道。 Moreover, the application may refer to a channel capable of receiving Internet service provided by the content provider or service provider channel.互联网业务指的是内容点播（CoD)业务、YouTube业务、提供天气、新闻和本地信息并能够进行信息检索等的信息业务、与游戏、唱歌等相关的娱乐业务、与TV邮件和TV SMS业务等相关的通信业务以及包括应用提供业务等的其它互联网业务。 Internet services refer to the content-on-demand (CoD) service, YouTube business, providing weather, news and local information and enables information retrieval of information services, with games, singing and other related entertainment business, with TV mail and TV SMS services, etc. Related applications include communications services, and other services such as Internet service provider.

[0327] ⑶I 3100还包括频道号码区域3140、下一频道呼叫按钮3150和取消按钮3160。 [0327] ⑶I 3100 further comprises a channel number region 3140, a next channel call button 3150 and a cancel button 3160.频道号码区域3140用于指示特定频道号码，而下一频道呼叫按钮3150用于将频道号码区域3140上指示的频道号码切换到另一频道号码。 Channel number region 3140 for indicating a specific channel number, and the next channel call button 3150 for switching the channel number indicated by the channel number region 3140 to another channel number.取消按钮3160用于取消⑶13100上执行的用户动作。 Cancel button 3160 is used to cancel a user action performed on ⑶13100.

[0328]用户可以将各人员地址 “Marek Foss”、“Ellisabeth Daveine” 或“Anne” 拖到⑶13100上的频道号码区域3140，并且可以将拖动的人员地址放到频道号码区域3140上。 [0328] Each user may be human address "Marek Foss", "Ellisabeth Daveine" or "Anne" onto the channel number region 3140 on ⑶13100, and can drag onto the human address channel number region 3140.然后，控制器340可以将频道号码区域3140上指示的频道号码、所放下的人员地址以及使该频道号码和人员地址彼此相关联的信息存储在人员频道地图中。 Then, the controller 340 may indicate the channel number of the channel number region 3140, the dropped human address and the channel number and address information is stored with each other personnel associated with the channel map in the art.人员频道地图可以是图12中的人员频道地图1210，或者可以包括如图12中例示的人员频道地图1210、第一访问信息地图1230、第二访问信息地图1240、第三访问信息地图1250、第四访问信息地图1260和第五访问信息地图1270。 The human channel map in FIG. 12 may be the human channel map 1210, or may include a channel map 1210 in FIG art 12 illustrated, a first access information map 1230, the second access information map 1240, a third access information map 1250, the four access information map 1260 and fifth access information map 1270.

[0329] 而且，用户可以将各广播频道“ NBC ”、“ FOX ”、“ CNN”、“ SBS ”、“ KBS ”或“ OCN”拖到⑶I 3100上的频道号码区域3140，并且可以将拖动的广播频道放到频道号码区域3140上。 [0329] Further, each user may broadcast channel "NBC", "FOX", "CNN", "SBS", "KBS" or "OCN" onto the channel number region 3140 on ⑶I 3100, and may be dragged the broadcast channel onto the channel number region 3140.然后，控制器340可以将频道号码区域3140上指示的频道号码、所放下的广播频道以及使该频道号码和该广播频道彼此相关联的信息存储在广播频道地图中。 Then, the controller 340 may indicate the channel number of the channel number region 3140, as laid down in the broadcast channel and broadcast channel map so that the channel number and the broadcast channel information stored in association with each other.广播频道地图指的是彼此相关联地存储了广播频道和频道号码的频道地图。 It refers to a broadcast channel map stored in association with each other broadcast channels and channel number of channel map.

[0330]用户还可以将各应用频道“Farmville”、“Chess”、“Angry birds” 或“UnblockMe”拖到⑶I 3100上的频道号码区域3140，并且可以将拖动的应用频道放到频道号码区域3140上。 [0330] The user may also apply to each of the channels "Farmville", "Chess", "Angry birds" or "UnblockMe" ⑶I 3100 onto the channel number area 3140, and the application can be dragged into the channel region of channel number 3140 on.然后，控制器340可以将频道号码区域3140上指示的频道号码、所放下的应用频道以及使该频道号码和该应用频道彼此相关联的信息存储在应用频道地图中。 Then, the controller 340 may indicate the channel number of the channel number region 3140, the dropped channels and causing the application App channel map and the channel number of the channel information storage application associated with each other.应用频道地图指的是彼此相关联地存储了应用频道和频道号码的频道地图。 Application refers to the channel map stored in association with each other in the application channel and the channel number of channel map.

[0332] 参照图32，画面3200在⑶I 3100上显示图像3125。 [0332] Referring to FIG. 32, a screen 3200 displays an image 3125 on ⑶I 3100.图像3125表示拖动人员地址“Marek Foss”的状态。 Drag the image 3125 represents a state personnel address "Marek Foss" of.如果图像3125放置到频道号码区域3140上，则可以将人员地址“Marek Foss”、频道号码“ 100”以及使人员地址“Marek Foss”和频道号码“ 100”彼此相关联的信息存储在人员频道地图中。 If the image 3125 is placed on the channel number area 3140, the human address "Marek Foss", the channel number "100" and causing human address "Marek Foss" and the channel number "100" associated with each other is stored in the human channel map in.

[0333] 图33是例示了广播频道、人员地址和应用频道被放置到图31显示的⑶I的频道号码区域中的状态的画面的图。 [0333] FIG. 33 is a diagram illustrating a broadcast channel, and application of human address channels 31 are placed into the state of FIG ⑶I channel number display area in a screen of FIG.

[0334] 参照图33，画面3300显示被放置到频道号码区域3140上的图像3115、3125和3135。 [0334] Referring to FIG. 33, a screen 3300 displays images 3115,3125 is placed on the channel number region 3140 and 3135.图像3115和图像3135分别表示放置了广播频道“NBC”和应用频道“Chess”的状态。 Image 3115 and 3135, respectively, represent the image placed state broadcasting channel "NBC" and application channel "Chess" is.在这种情况下，广播频道、人员地址和应用频道可以映射到同一频道号码。 In this case, the broadcast channel, the channel staff addresses and application can be mapped to the same channel number.换句话说，同一频道号码可以被分配给广播频道、人员频道和应用频道。 In other words, the same channel number can be assigned to a broadcast channel, channels and applications personnel channels.

[0335] 应当理解的是，特定频道号码可以被分配与特定个体或多个个体相关联的多个SNS帐号。 [0335] It should be understood that the specific channel number may be assigned to a particular individual or multiple SNS accounts associated with a plurality of individuals.例如，个体可以具有多个SNS帐号，例如，facebook帐号和twitter帐号，各SNS帐号通过人员频道区域3120中的图像或图标表示。 For example, an individual may have a plurality of SNS accounts, e.g., facebook account and twitter accounts, each account is represented by the SNS human channel region 3120 in an image or icon.在这种情况下，与各SNS帐号相对应的图像或图标可以拖动到频道号码区域3140中并与相应频道号码（例如，频道100)相关联。 In this case, the respective SNS account corresponding to an image or icon can be dragged to the region 3140 and the channel number with the corresponding channel number (e.g., channel 100) is associated.另选地，特定个体的多个SNS帐号可以被分配给不同的频道。 Alternatively, a plurality of SNS accounts particular individual may be assigned to different channels.在另一个实施方式中，不同用户的多个SNS帐号（例如，与Marek Foss和Anne相对应的SNS帐号）的图标可以拖到频道号码区域3140中并且与特定频道号码（例如，频道100)相关联。 In another embodiment, a plurality of different users SNS accounts (e.g., with Marek Foss and Anne corresponding SNS account) can drag the icon region 3140 and the channel number associated with a particular channel number (e.g., channel 100) Union.在这种情况下，该组SNS地址可以给定表示组（例如，“家庭”）的人员地址（或SNS识别符）。 In this case, the address can be given group represented SNS group (e.g., "home") address of the person (or SNS identifier).该组的人员地址可以与特定频道号码相关联。 Staff address of the group may be associated with a specific channel number.

[0336] 图34A和34B是例示了根据本公开的构造频道地图的方法的又一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0336] FIGS. 34A and 34B are a flow chart illustrating another exemplary process performed in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure a method of configuration of a channel map.

[0338] 控制器340检测用于选择人员地址的第一用户动作（S801)。 [0338] The controller 340 detects a user action for selecting a first human address (S801).第一用户动作可以是用于在用户地址所在的区域中生成向下事件（例如，选择）的用户动作。 The first user action may be a user action for generating a down event in the user area is located in the address (e.g., selected).

[0339] 控制器340检测用于请求拖动的第二用户动作（S802)。 [0339] The controller 340 detects a second request for user action (S802) drag.第二用户动作可以紧接着第一用户动作之后发生。 The second user action may occur immediately after the first user action.第二用户动作可以是用于连续生成拖动事件的用户动作。 The second user action may be a user action for generating a continuous drag event.控制器340控制拖动通过第一用户动作选择的用户地址。 The controller 340 controls the address of the first user through a user dragging the selected action.

[0340] 控制器340检测用于选择频道号码的第三用户动作（S803)。 [0340] The third controller 340 detects a user action selecting a channel number (S803).第三用户动作可以是用于在频道号码所在的区域中生成拖动事件的用户动作。 The third user action may be a user action to generate drag events in the area where the channel number.控制器340响应于检测到的第三用户动作，控制将所拖动的人员地址放到通过第三用户动作选择的频道号码所在的区域上。 A third controller 340 in response to a detected user action to control the art address the dragged onto the third region by a user action for selecting a channel number is located.

[0341] 控制器340响应于检测到的第三用户动作确认与所选择的频道号码相关联的人员地址是否存在于人员频道地图中（S804)。 [0341] The controller 340 in response to a third user action is detected to confirm the human address associated with the channel number of the selected person is present in the channel map (S804).人员频道地图可以是图12中的人员频道地图1210，或者可以包括如图12中例示的人员频道地图1210、第一访问信息地图1230、第二访问信息地图1240、第三访问信息地图1250、第四访问信息地图1260和第五访问信息地图1270。 The human channel map in FIG. 12 may be the human channel map 1210, or may include a channel map 1210 in FIG art 12 illustrated, a first access information map 1230, the second access information map 1240, a third access information map 1250, the four access information map 1260 and fifth access information map 1270.

[0342] 如果存在相关联的人员地址，则控制器304从人员频道地图中删除该相关联的人员地址、所选择的频道号码和使该相关联的人员地址与所选择的频道号码彼此相关联的信息(S805)。 [0342] If the address associated with the present art, the controller 304 deletes the associated channel map from persons who address of the selected channel number and address of the person associated with the selected channel number associated with each other information (S805).

[0343] 然后，控制器340将所选择的人员地址、所选择的频道号码和使所选择的人员地址与所选择的频道号码彼此相关联的信息存储在人员频道地图中（S806)。 [0343] Then, the controller 340 of the selected human address, the selected channel number and address of the selected person and the selected channel number associated with each other is stored in the human channel map (S806).

[0344] 控制器340检测用于选择广播频道的第四用户动作（S807)。 [0344] The fourth controller 340 detects a user action for selecting a broadcast channel (S807).第四用户动作可以是用于在广播频道所在的区域中生成向下事件的用户动作。 The fourth user action may be a user action for generating a down event in a region where the broadcast channel.

[0345] 控制器340检测用于请求拖动的第五用户动作（S808)。 [0345] The controller 340 detects a user operation for requesting the fifth dragged (S808).第五用户动作可以紧接着第四用户动作之后发生。 The fifth user action may take place immediately after the fourth user action.第五用户动作可以是用于连续生成拖动事件的用户动作。 The fifth user action may be a user action for generating continuous drag event.控制器340响应于检测到的第五用户动作，控制拖动通过第四用户动作选择的广播频道。 Controller 340 in response to a fifth user action is detected, the control by dragging the fourth user action for selecting a broadcast channel.

[0346] 控制器340检测用于选择频道号码的第六用户动作（S809)。 [0346] The controller 340 detects a user action for selecting a sixth channel number (S809).第六用户动作可以是用于在频道号码所在的区域中生成拖动事件的用户动作。 The sixth user action may be a user action to generate drag events in the area where the channel number.控制器340响应于检测到的第六用户动作，控制将所拖动的广播频道放到所选择的频道号码所在的区域上。 Sixth controller 340 in response to a user action is detected, control is dragged onto the broadcast channel region of the selected channel number is located.

[0347] 控制器340响应于检测到的第六用户动作确认与所选择的频道号码相关联的广播频道是否存在于广播频道地图中（S810)。 [0347] The controller 340 in response to the detected user action sixth confirm the selected broadcast channel associated with the channel number exists in the broadcast channel map (S810).

[0348] 如果存在相关联的广播频道，则控制器304从广播频道地图中删除该相关联的广播频道、所选择的频道号码和使该相关联的广播频道与所选择的频道号码彼此相关联的信息(S811)。 [0348] If a broadcast channel associated with the presence of the controller 304 to delete the associated broadcast channel from the broadcast channel map, a selected channel number and the broadcast channel associated with the selected channel number associated with each other information (S811).

[0349] 然后，控制器340将所选择的广播频道、所选择的频道号码和使所选择的广播频道与所选择的频道号码彼此相关联的信息存储在广播频道地图中（S812)。 [0349] Then, the controller 340 stores the selected broadcast channel, the selected channel number and the broadcast channel number of the selected channel and the selected information stored in association with each other in the broadcast channel map (S812).

[0350] 控制器340检测用于选择应用频道的第七用户动作（S813)。 [0350] The controller 340 detects a user action for selecting a seventh application channel (S813).第七用户动作可以是用于在应用频道所在的区域中生成向下事件的用户动作。 The seventh user action may be a user action generates an event down in the area of ​​application of the channel is located.

[0351] 控制器340检测用于请求拖动的第八用户动作（S814)。 [0351] The controller 340 detects a user operation for requesting the eighth dragged (S814).第八用户动作可以紧接着第七用户动作之后发生。 User actions can occur immediately after the eighth seventh user action.第八用户动作可以是用于连续生成拖动事件的用户动作。 The eighth user action may be a user action for generating continuous drag event.控制器340响应于检测到的第八用户动作，控制拖动通过第七用户动作选择的应用频道。 Controller 340 in response to a detected user action to the eighth, seventh control channel by applying a drag operation selected by the user.

[0352] 控制器340检测用于选择频道号码的第九用户动作（S815)。 [0352] The controller 340 detects a user action for selecting a ninth channel number (S815).第九用户动作可以是用于在频道号码所在的区域中生成拖动事件的用户动作。 The ninth user action may be a user action for generating a drag event in a region of the channel number is located.控制器340响应于检测到的第九用户动作，控制将所拖动的应用频道放到通过第九用户动作选择的频道号码所在的区域上。 Controller 340 in response to a detected user action to the ninth, the control application will be dragged onto the channel region by a ninth user action for selecting a channel number is located.

[0353] 控制器340响应于检测到的第九用户动作确认与所选择的频道号码相关联的应用频道是否存在于应用频道地图中（S816)。 [0353] The controller 340 in response to a detected user action ninth to confirm the selected application frequency channel number associated application exists in the channel map (S816).[0354] 如果存在相关联的应用频道，则控制器304从应用频道地图中删除该相关联的应用频道、所选择的频道号码和使该相关联的应用频道与所选择的频道号码彼此相关联的信息(S817)。 [0354] If the application associated with the channel exists, the channel controller 304 to delete the application from the application associated with the channel map, the selected channel number and the application associated with the channel number of the selected channel associated with each other information (S817).

[0355] 然后，控制器340将所选择的应用频道、所选择的频道号码和使所选择的应用频道与所选择的频道号码彼此相关联的信息存储在应用频道地图中（S818)。 [0355] Then, the controller 340 will apply the selected channel, the selected channel number and the application of the selected channel to the selected channel number information associated with each other stored in the application channel map (S818).

[0356] 图35是例示了显示人员频道地图的广播画面的一个示例性实施方式的图。 [0356] FIG. 35 is a diagram illustrating an exemplary embodiment of a display screen of a broadcast channel map art embodiment.

[0357] 参照图35，显示器302可以显示画面3500。 [0357] Referring to FIG 35, the display 302 may display a screen 3500.画面3500显示广播频道的广播节目3510和人员频道地图。 3500 screen display radio programs and human channel map 3510 broadcast channels.如果控制器340在画面3500上显示广播节目3510的状态下检测到用于请求显示人员频道地图的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制显示人员频道地图3520。 Detecting a user action for requesting display of a state of the art channel map 3510 of the broadcast program if the controller 340 displays on the screen 3500, the controller 340 in response to a detected user action to control the display of human channel map 3520.

[0358] 人员频道地图3520显示人员地址3531和与该人员地址3531相关联的频道号码3533，人员地址3531和与该人员地址3531相关联的频道号码3533存储在图12的人员频道地图1210中。 [0358] The human channel map 3520 to display the channel number in the channel number of the person address 3531 and the human address 3531 is associated 3533, human address 3531 and the human address 3531 is associated 3533 is stored in the human channel map 1210 of FIG. 12.人员频道地图3520还显示由人员地址3531表示的人正在观看的广播频道3535、广播节目3537和广播节目3537的显示时间信息3539。 The human channel map 3520 also showed that people who address indicated by 3531 is being watched broadcast channel 3535, 3537 and radio programs broadcast program display time information 3537 3539.可以根据图18的步骤S310接收包括广播频道3535、广播节目3537或显示时间信息3539中的至少一个的频道引导信号（或用于识别频道的信号或消息）。 May be received in accordance with step S310 of FIG. 18 includes a broadcast channel 3535, a broadcast program display time information 3539 or 3537 in at least one of the guide channel signal (or a signal or message to identify the channel).即，在步骤S310中接收频道引导信号而不是内容。 That is, in step S310 receives the pilot signal channel rather than the content.

[0359] 在一些实施方式中，频道引导信号可以从图I例示的服务器10接收。 [0359] In some embodiments, the server 10 receives the guide channel signal may be shown in Example I in FIG.

[0360] 控制器340可以向电子装置或服务器发送包括正在显示的广播节目3510、广播该广播节目3510的广播频道或广播节目3510的显示时间信息中的至少一个的频道引导信号。 [0360] The controller 340 may send to the electronic device or a server 3510 includes a broadcast program being displayed, the broadcast of the broadcast program or a broadcast channel broadcasting program 3510 3510 display time information of at least one channel of the pilot signal.频道引导信号可以以恒定周期或者不管何时切换正在显示的广播节目时发送。 The guide channel signal may be transmitted at a constant switching cycle or whenever the broadcast program being displayed.控制器340可以根据与人员频道地图中包含的频道号码相关联的访问方法向电子装置或服务器发送频道引导信号。 The controller 340 may direct a signal to the electronic device or the server according to an access method to the transmission channel art channel map associated with a channel number.用于接收频道引导信号的服务器可以是图I中例示的服务器10。 Receiving a pilot signal for channel server may be the server 10 illustrated in FIG. I.人员频道地图可以是图12中的人员频道地图1210，或者可以包括如图12中例示的人员频道地图1210、第一访问信息地图1230、第二访问信息地图1240、第三访问信息地图1250、第四访问信息地图1260和第五访问信息地图1270。 The human channel map in FIG. 12 may be the human channel map 1210, or may include a channel map 1210 in FIG art 12 illustrated, a first access information map 1230, the second access information map 1240, a third access information map 1250, the four access information map 1260 and fifth access information map 1270.

[0361] 图36是例示了邀请观看一个频道的画面的一个示例性实施方式的图。 [0361] FIG. 36 is a diagram view of an exemplary invitation to view a screen of an embodiment of channel embodiment.

[0362] 参照图36，显示器302可以显示⑶I 3600。 [0362] Referring to FIG 36, the display 302 may display ⑶I 3600.如果在画面3600上显示广播节目3610的同时控制器340检测到用于请求显示人员频道地图的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制显示人员频道地图3620。 If the broadcast program 3610 while the controller 340 detects a display for requesting a user action human channel map displayed on the screen 3600, the controller 340 in response to a detected user action to control the display of human channel map 3620.

[0363] 人员频道地图3620显示人员地址“Me”和与该人员地址“Me”相关联的频道号码“00”，人员地址“Me”和与该人员地址“Me”相关联的频道号码“00”存储在图12的人员频道地图1210中。 [0363] The human channel map 3620 is displayed staff Address "Me" and the staff address "Me" channel number associated with "00" personnel address "Me" and the staff address "Me" associated with the channel number "00 "1210 is stored in the human channel map of FIG. 12.

[0364] 用户可以将广播节目从其原始显示区域3610拖动到人员频道地图3620，然后，可以将拖动的广播节目3630放到人员频道3622所在的位置上。 [0364] The user can display a broadcast program from its original region 3610 to drag the human channel map 3620, can then be dragged into the position of the broadcast program 3630 is located on the 3622 channel art.控制器340响应于用户拖动动作控制在画面上显示表示所拖动的广播节目的图像3630。 Controller 340 in response to the user dragging the operation control 3630 displays an image representing the broadcast program is dragged on the screen.控制器340还生成并控制向与人员频道3622相关联的电子装置（例如，远程多功能显示装置）发送用于请求观看广播节目3630的频道观看请求信号。 The controller 340 also generates and controls the electronic device 3622 to the channel associated with the person (e.g., a remote multi-functional display apparatus) transmits a request for viewing a broadcast program request signal 3630 of channel viewing.可以根据与人员频道地图中包含的频道号码相关联的访问方法向电子装置或服务器发送频道观看请求信号。 Can viewing request signal to the electronic device or the server according to an access method to the transmission channel art channel map associated with a channel number.人员频道地图可以是图12中的人员频道地图1210，或者可以包括如图12中例示的人员频道地图1210、第一访问信息地图1230、第二访问信息地图1240、第三访问信息地图1250、第四访问信息地图1260和第五访问信息地图1270。 The human channel map in FIG. 12 may be the human channel map 1210, or may include a channel map 1210 in FIG art 12 illustrated, a first access information map 1230, the second access information map 1240, a third access information map 1250, the four access information map 1260 and fifth access information map 1270.

[0365] 在一些实施方式中，控制器340可以控制向服务器发送用于请求观看广播节目3630的信号。 [0365] In some embodiments, the controller 340 may control the server transmits a signal for requesting viewing of the broadcast program 3630.该服务器可以是图I中例示的服务器10。 The server may be the server 10 illustrated in FIG. I.

[0366] 在一些实施方式中，当图像3630位于人员频道时，控制器340可以控制显示表示与人员频道相关联的人员地址的消息“用户B”。 [0366] In some embodiments, when the image 3630 located in the art channel controller 340 may control the display of a message indicating human address associated with the human channel "user B".

[0367] 在一些实施方式中，如果控制器340检测到用于选择广播节目3610的用户动作和用于选择频道号码的用户动作，则控制器340响应于检测到的用于选择频道号码的用户动作，控制向与由所选择的频道号码指示的人员频道相关联的电子装置发送用于请求观看广播节目3610的频道观看请求信号。 [0367] In some embodiments, if the controller 340 detects a user action for selecting a broadcast program 3610 and a user action for selecting a channel number, the controller 340 in response to the detected user for selecting a channel number operation, the electronic control device to the channel associated with the human channel indicated by the channel number of the selected transmission request for viewing a broadcast program viewing request signal 3610.用于选择广播节目3630的用户动作例如是触摸显示广播节目3630的区域、在指示器位于显示广播节目3630的区域的状态下按压预定按钮（例如，“选择”按钮）以及在关注于（focus)显示广播节目3630的区域的状态下按压预定按钮(例如，“选择”按钮）。 User action for selecting a broadcast program, for example, the region 3630 of the broadcast program 3630 touch display, the display pointer is located in the pressing a predetermined button (e.g., "Select" button) in a state area in the broadcast program 3630 and focused (focus) pressing a predetermined button (e.g., "select" button) the display region 3630 of the broadcast program state.用于选择频道号码的用户动作例如是按压遥控器的数字键、触摸人员频道地图3620中列出的人员频道、在指示器位于人员频道列表3620中列出的人员频道处的状态下按压预定按钮（例如，“选择”按钮）以及在关注于人员频道地图3620中列出的人员频道的状态下按压预定按钮（例如，“选择”按钮）。 User action for selecting a channel number, for example, pressing number keys on the remote control, touch human channel art listed in channel map 3620, the indicator is pressed in a state where a person who at the channel 3620 is listed in the channel list of the predetermined button is located (for example, "select" button) and pressing the predetermined button in the human channel map focuses on the human channel 3620 are listed in the state (for example, "select" button).

[0368] 图37是例示了根据本公开的广播系统的另一个示例性实施方式的结构的示意图。 [0368] FIG. 37 is a diagram illustrating a schematic structure according to another exemplary embodiment of the present broadcasting system is disclosed.

[0369] 参照图37，根据本公开的广播系统3700可以包括第一服务器10、第二服务器20、第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130、移动终端140、第三数字TV 150和第四数字TV 160。 [0369] Referring to FIG 37, according to the present disclosure may include a broadcast system 3700 a first server 10, second server 20, the first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130, mobile terminal 140 , the third digital TV 150, and the fourth digital TV 160.第一服务器10、第二服务器20、第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140分别对应于在上面参照图I描述的第一服务器10、第二服务器20、第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130和移动终端140，从而省略其详细描述。 A first server 10, second server 20, the first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal 140 correspond to the first server I above with reference to FIG. 10 described, first second server 20, the first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 and the mobile terminal 140, the detailed description thereof is omitted.甚至第三数字电视TV 150和第四数字TV 160对应于第一数字TV 100，因此，下文中省略其详细描述。 Even the third digital TV 150 and the fourth digital television TV 160 corresponding to the first digital TV 100, and therefore, a detailed description thereof will be omitted hereinafter.

[0370] 第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130、移动终端140、第三数字TV 150和第四数字TV 160可以通过不同传输介质接收广播频道。 [0370] The first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130, mobile terminal 140, the third digital TV 150 and the fourth digital TV 160 may receive broadcast channels through different transmission media.第一数字TV 100可以通过卫星3接收广播频道，第二数字TV 110可以通过陆地广播系统4接收广播频道，个人计算机系统120和笔记本计算机130可以通过IP网络5接收广播频道。 The first digital TV 100 may be the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120 and computer 130 may receive broadcast channels through the IP network 5 through the radio channel 3 through the satellite broadcasting system 4 receives the terrestrial broadcast channel.而且，移动终端140可以通过数字多媒体广播（DMB)系统6接收广播频道，而第三数字TV150和第四数字TV 160可以通过线缆7接收广播频道。 Further, the mobile terminal 140 may receive broadcast channels through a digital multimedia broadcasting (DMB) system 6, and the third and fourth digital TV150 digital TV 160 may receive broadcast channels through a cable 7.

[0371] 第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130、移动终端140、第三数字TV 150和第四数字TV 160可以分别从不同业务提供商接收广播频道。 [0371] The first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130, mobile terminal 140, the third digital TV 150 and the fourth digital TV 160 may receive the broadcast channel from different service providers.

[0372] 第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130、移动终端140、第三数字TV 150和第四数字TV 160可以从同一业务提供商接收广播频道，并且从该业务提供商发送的广播频道的类型和范围可以相同或不同。 [0372] The first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130, mobile terminal 140, the third digital TV 150 and the fourth digital TV 160 may receive the broadcast channel from the same service provider, and It may be the same or different from the type and scope of the service provider of a broadcast channel transmitted.

[0373] 即使第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130、移动终端140、第三数字TV 150和第四数字TV 160从不同传输介质或业务提供商接收不同类型的广播业务，第一数字TV 100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130、移动终端140、第三数字TV 150和第四数字TV 160可以利用电子节目指南（EPG)数据和接收到的频道观看请求信号中包含的信息搜索提供与接收到的频道观看请求信号相对应的广播节目的频道，并且可以通过该频道接收广播节目。 [0373] Even if the first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130, mobile terminal 140, third and fourth digital TV 150 receives the digital TV 160 a different transmission media or from a different service provider type broadcasting service, the first digital TV 100, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130, mobile terminal 140, and the third digital TV 150 by using the fourth digital TV 160 may be an electronic program guide (EPG) data and viewing the received channel and provides the received channel viewing request signal corresponding to a channel of a broadcast program, and a broadcast program can be received by the channel search request information contained in the signal.

[0374] 图38是例示了频道邀请包的一个示例性实施方式的结构的图。 [0374] FIG. 38 is a diagram illustrating a configuration of an exemplary embodiment of the packet channel invitation.

[0378] Service_Name字段包括所请求观看的广播节目的业务名称。 [0378] Service_Name field includes a service name of a broadcast program requested to view.

[0379] Service_ID字段包括所请求观看的广播节目的业务ID。 [0379] Service_ID field includes a service ID of a broadcast program requested to view.

[0380] Channel_number字段包括所请求观看的广播节目的频道号码。 [0380] Channel_number field includes a channel number of a broadcast program requested.

[0381] Event_Name字段包括所请求观看的广播节目的事件名称。 [0381] Event_Name field events include the name of a broadcast program requested.

[0382] Event_ID字段包括所请求观看的广播节目的事件ID。 [0382] Event_ID field includes an event ID of a broadcast program requested.

[0383] Transport_Stream_ID字段包括所请求观看的广播节目的传输流ID。 [0383] Transport_Stream_ID transport stream ID field includes a broadcast program requested to view.

[0384] Network_ID字段包括所请求观看的广播节目的网络ID。 [0384] Network_ID field includes a network ID of a broadcast program requested to view.

[0385] ServiceProvider字段包括关于提供所请求观看的广播节目的业务提供商的详细信息。 [0385] ServiceProvider field includes detailed information on the provision of a service provider of a broadcast program requested.

[0386] Originating_medium字段包括关于传输所请求观看的广播节目的传输介质的信 [0386] Originating_medium field includes a channel on the transmission medium requested broadcast program viewed

肩、O Shoulder, O

[0387] Originating_Country字段包括关于发送了所请求观看的广播节目的国家或地区(例如，地理地区或区域）的信息。 [0387] Originating_Country field includes information on sending a broadcast program requested to view the countries or regions (eg, geographic area or region) of.

[0388] 图39是例示了在邀请观看一个频道时显示的画面的一个示例性实施方式的图。 [0388] FIG. 39 is a diagram illustrating an exemplary embodiment of a channel invitation while viewing the display screen in the embodiment.

[0389] 参照图39，显示器302可以显示画面3900。 [0389] Referring to FIG 39, the display 302 may display a screen 3900.画面3900显示广播节目3910和菜单地图3920。 3900 3910 screen display radio programs and menus Map 3920.画面3900还显示指示广播观看请求信号中包含的广播频道的引导消息3930和指示发送广播观看请求信号的用户的消息3940。 Screen 3900 also displays the guide message indicating a broadcast viewing request 3930 and transmits a broadcast signal indicating a broadcast channel included in the viewing request message of user signals 3940.引导消息3930可以显示为与TV菜单项目3922相关联的消息。 3930 to the TV guide message menu item 3922 associated with the message may be displayed.

[0391] 图40是例示了针对邀请观看一个频道的引导消息的一个示例性实施方式的图。 [0391] FIG. 40 is a diagram illustrating a guidance message for invitation to view a channel of the exemplary embodiment of FIG.

[0392] 参照图40，显示器302可以显示引导消息4010。 [0392] Referring to FIG 40, the display 302 may display a guidance message 4010.如果广播观看请求信号发送到控制器340，则控制器340可以生成引导消息4010并控制显示所生成的引导消息4010。 If the broadcast viewing request signal to the controller 340, the controller 340 may generate the guidance message 4010 and 4010 guidance message display control generated.在一些实施方式中，如果控制器340检测到用于选择图39中例示的引导消息3930的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作，控制显示引导消息4010。 In some embodiments the guide message, the controller 340 detects if the 39 selected for the embodiment shown in FIG user action 3930, the controller 340 in response to the detected user action, the display control guidance message 4010.

[0393] 引导消息4010通知发送广播观看请求信号的用户A并询问是否观看所请求的广播节目（例如，ESPN上的舞蹈秀）。 [0393] 4010 guidance message notification transmits a broadcast request signal A user viewing a broadcast program and asks (e.g., dance show on ESPN) whether the requested view.引导消息4010包括用于接受观看的“是”按钮4012和用于拒绝观看的“否”按钮4014。 4010 for receiving the guide message comprises a viewing "YES" button 4012 for rejecting viewing "NO" button 4014.在一个实施方式中，引导消息4010还可以显示当前正在观看该广播节目的其他用户或已被邀请观看该广播节目的用户。 In one embodiment, the guidance message 4010 may also be displayed to other users currently viewing the broadcast program or the user has been invited to view the broadcast program.

[0394] 如果控制器340检测到用于接受邀请观看一个频道的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制显示所请求的广播节目。 [0394] If the controller 340 detects a user action for accepting the invitation to watch a channel, the controller 340 in response to a detected user action to control the display of the broadcast program requested.该用户动作可以是按压按钮4012的用户动作。 The user action may be a push button 4012 user action.

[0395] 如果控制器340检测到用于拒绝邀请观看一个频道的用户动作，则控制器340控制画面4000继续显示广播节目3910。 [0395] If the controller 340 detects a user action for rejecting the invitation to watch a channel, the controller 340 controls the broadcast program continues to display the screen 4000 3910.该用户动作可以是按压按钮4014的用户动作。 The user action may be a push button 4014 user action.

[0396] 图41是例示了针对邀请观看一个频道的引导消息的另一个示例性实施方式的图。 [0396] FIG. 41 is a diagram illustrating a guidance message for invitation to watch the channel to another exemplary embodiment.

[0397] 参照图41，显示器302可以显示消息4110。 [0397] Referring to FIG 41, the display 302 may display a message 4110.控制器340可以在接收到广播观看请求信号时控制显示消息4110。 The controller 340 may control the display message 4110 when receiving a broadcast viewing request signal.在一些实施方式中，如果控制器340检测到用于选择图39中例示的引导消息3930的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作，控制显示引导消息4110。 In some embodiments the guide message, the controller 340 detects if the 39 selected for the embodiment shown in FIG user action 3930, the controller 340 in response to the detected user action, the display control guidance message 4110.

[0398] 由于没有找到所请求的广播频道，所以引导消息4110通知发送广播观看请求信号的用户A并询问是否观看类似于所请求的广播频道的频道。 [0398] Since the requested broadcast channel is not found, so the guidance message 4110 transmits a notification request signal A broadcast viewing the user and asks the requested channel is similar to viewing a broadcast channel.引导消息4110包括用于接受观看的“是”按钮4112和用于拒绝观看的“否”按钮4114。 4110 for receiving the guide message comprises a viewing "YES" button 4112 for rejecting viewing "NO" button 4114.

[0399] 如果控制器340检测到用于接受邀请观看一个频道的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制显示类似的广播节目。 [0399] If the controller 340 detects a user action for accepting the invitation to watch a channel, the controller 340 may control operation in response to a user of the detected broadcast program display similar.该用户动作可以是按压按钮4112的用户动作。 The user action may be a push button 4112 user action.

[0400] 如果控制器340检测到用于拒绝邀请观看一个频道的用户动作，则控制器340控制画面4100继续显示广播节目3910。 [0400] If the controller 340 detects a user action for rejecting the invitation to watch a channel, the controller 340 controls the broadcast program continues to display the screen 4100 3910.该用户动作可以是按压按钮4114的用户动作。 The user action may be a push button 4114 user action.

[0401] 图42是例示了针对邀请观看一个频道的引导消息的又一个示例性实施方式的图。 [0401] FIG. 42 is a view illustrating a guidance message channel a further exemplary embodiment of FIG embodiment for invitation.

[0402] 参照图42，显示器302可以显示引导消息4210。 [0402] Referring to FIG 42, the display 302 may display a guidance message 4210.控制器340可以在接收到广播观看请求信号时控制显示引导消息4210。 The controller 340 may control upon receiving a broadcast viewing request signal 4210 guidance message display.在一些实施方式中，如果控制器340检测到用于选择图39中例示的引导消息3930的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作，控制显示引导消息4210。 In some embodiments the guide message, the controller 340 detects if the 39 selected for the embodiment shown in FIG user action 3930, the controller 340 in response to the detected user action, the display control guidance message 4210.

[0403] 引导消息4210通知发送广播观看请求信号的用户A，而且还通知没有找到与所请求的广播节目相同或类似的频道。 [0403] 4210 guidance message notification transmission A user viewing a broadcast request signal, and also notifies the broadcast program does not find the requested channel is the same or similar.引导消息4210包括“确认”按钮4212。 4210 guidance message including the "OK" button 4212.

[0404] 如果控制器340检测到用于确认不能观看所邀请的频道的用户动作，则控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作将引导消息4210从画面4200移除并控制画面4200继续显示广播节目3910。 [0404] If the controller 340 detects an operation for confirming a user can not view the channel invitation, then the controller 340 in response to the detected user action to the guidance message 4210 from the screen 4200 is removed and continue to display the control screen of the broadcast program 4200 3910.该用户动作可以是按压按钮4212的用户动作。 The user action may be a push button 4212 user action.

[0405] 图43A和43B是例示了在接受邀请观看一个频道时显示的画面的一个示例性实施方式的图。 [0405] FIGS. 43A and 43B are a diagram illustrating an invitation displayed in one channel while watching a screen of an exemplary embodiment.

[0406] 参照图43A和43B,如果Patrick接受Susan的观看请求,则Susan的电子装置可以显示画面4310，而Patrick的电子装置可以显示画面4320。 [0406] Referring to FIGS. 43A and 43B, if accepted Patrick Susan's viewing request, the electronic device may display a screen 4310 of Susan, and the electronic device may display a screen 4320 of Patrick.Patrick可以通过按压图40中例示的引导消息4010的按钮4012或者图41中例示的引导消息4110的按钮4112来接受Susan的观看请求。 41 illustrates a guidance message to guide button 4110 can Patrick message illustrated in FIG 40 by pressing the button 4012 or 4010 to 4112 in FIG Susan request accepted view.

[0407] 由于Patrick接受观看请求,所以Patrick的电子装置停止显示广播节目3910并显示广播观看请求信号指示的广播节目3610。 [0407] Since Patrick viewing request accepted, the electronic device stops displaying the broadcast program Patrick 3910 and displays the broadcast viewing request signal indicative of a broadcast program 3610.从而Susan和Patrick的电子装置显示同一广播节目3610。 Susan and Patrick electronic device thereby display the same broadcast program 3610.

[0408] 画面4310显示观看同一广播的Patrick的图片4315、聊天输入窗口4318和聊天窗口4319。 [0408] 4310 display screen to watch the same broadcast pictures of Patrick 4315, the chat input window 4318 and 4319 chat window.Susan可以利用聊天输入窗口4318和聊天窗口4319与Patrick聊天。 Susan can use an input window 4318 and the chat chat chat window 4319 and Patrick.

[0409] 画面4320显示观看同一广播的Susan的图片4325、聊天输入窗口4328和聊天窗口4329。 [0409] 4320 display screen to watch the same broadcast pictures of Susan 4325, the chat input window 4328 and 4329 chat window.Patrick可以利用聊天输入窗口4328和聊天窗口4329与Susan聊天。 Patrick can use an input window 4328 and the chat chat chat window 4329 and Susan.

[0411] 参照图44，服务器10可以存储频道匹配表4400。 [0411] Referring to FIG 44, the server 10 may store channel matching table 4400.服务器10可以利用频道匹配表4400使电子装置的频道彼此匹配。 Server 10 may use channel matching table 4400 so that the channel of the electronic device match each other.服务器10利用该频道匹配表4400使广播观看请求信号指示的频道与接收到该广播观看请求信号的电子装置可接收到的频道匹配。 Server 10 by using the channel matching table 4400 indicates that the broadcast channel viewing request signal to the electronic device and receiving the broadcast viewing request signal may match the received channel.

[0412] 第一电子装置从业务提供商I接收广播频道，而第二电子装置从业务提供商2接收广播频道。 [0412] I first electronic device receives a broadcast channel from a service provider, and the second electronic device receives a broadcast channel from a service provider 2.如果第一电子装置向第二电子装置的用户发送用于邀请用户观看一个频道的频道观看请求信号，则服务器10接收该频道观看请求信号并从频道匹配表4400读取与频道观看请求信号指示的频道101匹配的业务提供商2的频道901。 If the first electronic device transmits a second electronic device to the user inviting the user viewing channel for viewing a channel request signal, the server 10 receives the request signal and channel viewing from the matching channel table 4400 reads a signal indicative of the channel viewing request channel 101 matching service provider's channel 9012.服务器10修改频道观看请求信号，以便指示频道901，并将修改后的频道观看请求信号发送给第二电子装置。 Server 10 modify the channel viewing request signal to indicate that the channel 901, and channel viewing the modified request signal to the second electronic device.

[0413] 如果频道观看请求信号具有图38中例示的格式3800，则服务器10可以基于ServiceProvider字段中包含的信息确认第一电子装置的业务提供商。 [0413] If the channel viewing request signal having the format illustrated in FIG. 38 of 3800, the server 10 based on information contained in the acknowledgment field ServiceProvider service provider of the first electronic device.服务器10可以分别将Physical_channel_detail字段和Channel_number字段中存储的信息修改为关于与频道观看请求信号指示的频道101匹配的物理频道901的详细信息（例如，11100MHZ)和频道901，并且可以将修改后的频道观看请求信号发送给第二电子装置。 The server 10 may each information Physical_channel_detail field and Channel_number stored in the field modify details channel on the channel viewing request signal indicated by 101 matches the physical channel 901 (e.g., 11100 MHZ), and a channel 901, and may channel the modified Watch request signal to the second electronic device.

[0414] 频道匹配表4400以这种方式存储信息：不同业务提供商的相同频道彼此相关联。 [0414] channel matching table 4400 stores information in this way: the same channel of different service providers associated with each other.如果业务提供商I的频道101和频道202分别与业务提供商2的频道901和频道345相关联，则频道匹配表4400可以存储频道910、频道101和使频道101与频道910彼此相关联的信息，还可以存储频道202、频道345和使频道202和频道234彼此相关联的信息。 If the service provider 101 I channel and the channel 202 are two channels 901 and service provider 345 associated with the channel, the channel matching table 4400 may store a channel 910, channel 101 and channel 101 so that the channel information associated with each other 910 may also be 202, channel 345 and channel 234 so that channels 202 and information stored in association with each other channel.

[0416] 图45是例示了根据本公开的邀请观看一个频道的方法的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图。 [0416] FIG. 45 is a diagram illustrating an implementation procedure of the method of viewing a channel in accordance with the present disclosure invitation to an exemplary embodiment.

[0417] 参照图45，步骤S900到S940对应于步骤S700到S740，从而关于步骤S900到S940的描述参照步骤S700到S740并在此后省略。 [0417] Referring to FIG. 45, step S900 to S940 correspond to steps S700 to S740, so that the description of step S900 to S940 to S740 with reference to step S700 and thereafter will be omitted.

[0418] 第一电子装置4510响应于接收到的在步骤S940中发送的连接响应信号向第二电子装置4520发送广播观看请求信号（S945)。 Connecting transmitted S940 [0418] The first electronic device 4510 in response to the received signal in response to the step of viewing request signal (S945) to a second electronic device 4520 transmits the broadcast.第二电子装置4520接收该广播观看请求信号。 The second electronic device 4520 receives the broadcast viewing request signal.该广播观看求信号可以发送到由连接响应信号中包含的端口号指示的端口。 The broadcast viewing request signal may be transmitted by the port number included in the instruction signal in response to the connection.广播观看请求信号可以具有图38中例示的格式3800。 Broadcast viewing request signal 3800 may have the format illustrated in FIG. 38.

[0419] 第二电子装置4520响应于接收到的广播观看请求信号向第一电子装置4510发送针对该广播观看请求信号的响应信号（S950)。 [0419] The second electronic device 4520 in response to receiving a broadcast viewing request signal in response to viewer request signal (S950) transmitting a first signal to the electronic device 4510 for broadcast.第一电子装置4510接收该响应信号。 A first electronic device 4510 receives the response signal.该响应信号可以是观看接受信号、不能观看信号和观看拒绝信号中的一个。 The response signal may be viewed acceptance signal, and the signal can not be viewed in a viewing rejection signal.

[0420] 电子装置4510和电子装置4520可以从同一业务提供商或者不同业务提供商接收广播业务。 [0420] The electronic device 4510 and the electronic device 4520 may receive a broadcast service from the same service provider or different service providers.即使在电子装置4510和4520从同一业务提供商接收广播业务时，电子装置4510和4520也可以接收不同类型的广播业务和广播频道。 Even in the electronic device 4510 and 4520 from the same service upon receiving a broadcast service provider, the electronic device 4510 and 4520 may also receive different kinds of broadcast services and broadcast channel.电子装置4520可以利用EPG数据和广播观看请求信号中包含的关于业务提供商的信息确认它是否从与第一电子装置4510的同一业务提供商接收到广播业务。 The electronic device 4520 may utilize the EPG data and the broadcasting viewing information on the service provider included in the request signal confirms whether it receives the same service provider from a first electronic device 4510 to the broadcast service.电子装置4520还可以利用EPG数据和广播观看请求信号中包含的关于物理频道的详细信息、业务名称、业务ID、频道号码、事件名称、传输流ID或网络ID中的至少一个确认它能够接收请求观看的频道。 The electronic device 4520 may also utilize the EPG data and the broadcasting viewing detailed information about the physical channel request signal includes the service name, the at least one acknowledgment that it can receive a request service ID, channel number, event name, transport stream ID or network ID of viewed channel.

[0421] 如果确认电子装置4520从与电子装置4510的同一业务提供商接收到广播业务，但是不能从该业务提供商接收请求观看的频道，则电子装置4520可以利用EPG数据和广播观看请求信号中包含的关于物理频道的详细信息、业务名称、业务ID、频道号码、事件名称、传输流ID或网络ID中的至少一个来搜索和显示类似频道。 [0421] If it is confirmed from the electronic device 4520 to receive the same service provider, the electronic device 4510 to the broadcast service, but can not receive channel viewing request from the service provider, the electronic device 4520 may utilize the EPG data and the broadcasting viewing request signal for more information about the physical channel comprises a service name, service ID, channel number, event name, network ID, transport stream ID, or at least a similar channels to search and display.

[0422] 如果电子装置4520和电子装置4510从不同业务提供商接收广播业务，则电子装置4520基于EPG数据和频道观看请求信号中包含的关于物理频道的详细信息、业务名称、业务ID、频道号码、事件名称、传输流ID、网络ID、国家信息或者本地信息中的至少一个从其它业务提供商提供的频道当中搜索与请求观看的频道相同或类似的频道。 [0422] If the electronic device 4520 and the electronic device 4510 receive broadcast services from different service providers, the electronic device 4520 based on the EPG data channel and viewing detailed information about the physical channel signal contained in the request, service name, service ID, channel number , event name, a transport stream ID, network ID, channel among search requests at least one service provider offers from other countries, information or local information in the same or similar channels of channels to watch.电子装置4520可以显示已定位的频道。 The electronic device 4520 may display the located channel.电子装置4520可以基于搜索结果显示引导消息4010、引导消息4110和引导消息4210中的一个。 The electronic device 4520 may display a guidance message 4010, a guidance message 4110 and 4210 of guide message based on the search results.

[0423] 电子装置4520和电子装置4510可以从不同传输介质接收广播业务。 [0423] The electronic device 4520 and the electronic device 4510 may receive broadcast services from different transmission media.电子装置4520可以利用广播观看请求信号中包含的关于传输介质的信息来确认这种接收。 The electronic device 4520 may request information about a broadcast viewing using the transmission medium contained in a signal received to confirm this.如果确认电子装置4520和电子装置4510从不同传输介质接收广播业务，则电子装置4520基于EPG数据和频道观看请求信号中包含的关于物理频道的详细信息、业务名称、业务ID、频道号码、事件名称、传输流ID、网络ID、国家信息或者本地信息中的至少一个从其它业务提供商提供的频道当中搜索与请求观看的频道相同或类似的频道。 If it is confirmed the electronic device 4520 and the electronic device 4510, the electronic device 4520 for more information about the physical channel request signal includes viewed from a different transmission medium receiving broadcast service based on the EPG data and the channel, service name, service ID, channel number, event name , a transport stream ID, network ID, and requests a search channel which national or local information supplied from at least one other service provider of the same or similar channel viewing channel.电子装置4520可以显示已定位的频道。 The electronic device 4520 may display the located channel.电子装置4520可以基于搜索结果显示引导消息4010、引导消息4110和引导消息4210中的一个。 The electronic device 4520 may display a guidance message 4010, a guidance message 4110 and 4210 of guide message based on the search results.

[0424] 如果该响应信号是观看接受信号，则第一电子装置4510可以显示上面显示了聊天窗口和聊天输入窗口的画面，并且第二电子装置4520可以显示上面显示了聊天窗口和聊天输入窗口的画面。 [0424] If the response signal is a viewing acceptance signal, the first electronic device 4510 may display a screen chat chat window and an input window screen, and the second electronic device 4520 may display a screen chat window and the chatting input window screen.第一电子装置4510显示的画面可以是画面4310，而第二电子装置4520显示的画面可以是画面4320。 The first screen of the electronic device 4510 may be a display screen 4310, the screen 4520 displays a second electronic device may be a screen 4320.

[0425] 如果该响应信号是不能观看信号，则第一电子装置4510可以向第二电子装置4520发送邀请观看的广播节目。 [0425] If the response signal is a signal can not be viewed, the first electronic device 4510 can send an invitation to watch the broadcast program to the second electronic device 4520.

[0426] 图46是例示了根据本公开的邀请观看一个频道的方法的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0426] FIG. 46 is a flowchart illustrating a procedure performed to watch another exemplary embodiment of a method embodiment of the present disclosure channel invitation.

[0428] 外部信号输入单元325接收用于请求频道切换的信号（S1010)。 [0428] The external signal input unit 325 receives a request signal (S1010) of the channel switching.控制器340检测接收到的频道切换请求信号。 The controller 340 detects the received channel switching request signal.可以在用户执行按压遥控器的预定键的动作时生成频道切换请求信号，或者频道切换请求信号可以是针对用于请求频道切换的空间手势的视频信号。 Channel switching request signal may be generated, or the channel switching request signal may be a space for the video signal for requesting a gesture at the time of channel switching operation performed by a user presses the predetermined key of the remote controller.

[0429] 控制器340响应于检测到的频道切换请求信号控制画面显示所请求的频道的内容（S1020)。 [0429] The controller 340 in response to the detected channel switching request signal to control the screen display of the contents of the requested channel (S1020).该频道可以是广播频道、人员频道或应用频道。 The channel may be a broadcast channel, a human channel or application channel.该画面可以是图16中例示的画面1600或者图35中例示的画面3500。 The screen may be a screen illustrated in FIG. 16 or 1600 in FIG. 35 illustrates a screen 3500.

[0430] 控制器304检测用于请求观看一个频道的邀请的用户动作（S1030)。 [0430] The controller 304 detects a request for viewing a channel invitation user action (S1030).该用户动作例如是拖动显示了内容的画面并将拖动的画面放在人员频道地图中列出的人员频道上的动作。 The user action, for example, dragging the contents of the screen displayed on the operation of the human channel and the human channel map drag listed on the screen.在一个示例中，控制器340可以将图36中例示的图像3630拖到人员频道“43”并且可以在图像3630放到人员频道“43”上时检测用于请求观看该人员频道“43”的邀请的用户动作。 In one example, controller 340 may be an image 3630 illustrated in FIG. 36 onto human channel "43" and may be placed in the image 3630 human channel "43" when the detector for requesting the person viewing channel "43" in invited users actions.在另一个示例中，该用户动作可以是用于选择所显示的广播节目的用户动作和用于选择人员频道（或频道号码）的用户动作的组合。 In another example, the user action may be a user action for selecting a displayed broadcast program and to select the art for combining a channel (or channel number) of the user action.

[0432] 在一些实施方式中，控制器340可以控制向提供由步骤S1030中的用户动作指定的频道号码指示的人员频道的电子装置发送频道观看请求信号。 [0432] In some embodiments, the controller 340 may control the operation specified by the user in step S1030 channel number indicating a channel art electronic device transmitting channel viewing request signal.该电子装置的地址可以通过如图19到21中例示的上述方法获取。 Address of the electronic device can be obtained by the method described above in Example 19 to 21 shown in FIG.

[0433] 在一些实施方式中，控制器340可以控制向服务器发送频道观看请求信号。 [0433] In some embodiments, the controller 340 may control the server transmits channel viewing request signal.该服务器可以是图I中例示的服务器10。 The server may be the server 10 illustrated in FIG. I.

[0434] 控制器340接收针对所发送的频道观看请求信号的响应信号（S1050)。 [0434] The controller 340 receives the channel for viewing the transmitted response signal (S1050) a request signal.该响应信号可以是观看接受信号、不能观看信号和观看拒绝信号中的一个。 The response signal may be viewed acceptance signal, and the signal can not be viewed in a viewing rejection signal.

[0435] 如果响应信号是观看接受信号，则控制器340可以显示上面显示了聊天窗口和聊天输入窗口的画面。 [0435] If the response signal is a viewing acceptance signal, the controller 340 may display a screen on the chatting input window and a chat window screen.该画面可以是图43A和43B中例示的画面4310。 The screen may be a screen 4310 in FIG. 43A and 43B illustrated.

[0436] 如果该响应信号是不能观看信号，则控制器340可以向提供由步骤S1030中的用户动作指定的频道号码指示的人员频道的电子装置发送邀请观看的广播节目。 [0436] If the response signal is a signal can not be viewed, the channel controller 340 of the electronic device of the person designated by the user action may be provided by the channel number in step S1030 sends the invitation indicating a broadcast program.

[0437] 图47是例示了根据本公开的处理邀请观看一个频道的方法的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图； [0437] FIG. 47 is a flowchart illustrating a method of execution of a viewing channel invitation process according to the present disclosure to an exemplary embodiment of the embodiment;

[0440] 控制器340可以利用频道观看请求信号中包含的信息确认它是否能够接收请求观看的频道。 [0440] The controller 340 can use the information included in the signal channel viewing request to confirm whether it can receive the viewing requested channel.控制器340可以利用EPG数据和频道观看请求信号中包含的关于业务提供商的信息确认它是否能够从业务提供商接收请求观看的频道。 The controller 340 can use the EPG data and channel information on a service provider included in the viewing request signal to confirm whether it can receive the channel request viewed from the service provider.控制器340在它能够从该业务提供商接收请求观看的频道时生成引导消息4010。 The controller 340 generates a guidance message 4010 when it is capable of receiving a request to view the channel from the service provider.

[0441] 即使在电子装置300能够从由频道观看请求信号指示的业务提供商接收广播业务，根据与该业务提供商的合同条款，电子装置300也可能不能从该业务提供商接收请求观看的频道。 [0441] The electronic device 300 can receive broadcast services from a channel viewing request signal indicative of a service provider, according to the terms of the contract with the service provider, the electronic device 300 may not receive a request from the service provider viewed even in a channel .如果确认不能接收到该频道，则控制器340可以利用EPG数据和频道观看请求信号中包含的关于物理频道的详细信息、业务名称、业务ID、频道号码、事件名称、传输流ID或网络ID中的至少一个搜索类似的频道。 If the acknowledgment is not received by the channel, the controller 340 may utilize the EPG data channel and viewing detailed information on physical channel request signal includes the service name, service ID, channel number, event name, a transport stream ID, network ID or at least one search similar channels.如果电子装置300成功搜索到类似频道，则控制器340可以生成引导消息4110，而如果没有搜索到，则可以生成引导消息4210。 If the electronic device 300 is similar to a successful search for the channel, the controller 340 may generate the guidance message 4110, and if not searched, the guidance message 4210 may be generated.

[0442] 如果控制器340不能从业务提供商接收请求观看的频道，则控制器304确认该请求观看的频道是否可从另一业务提供商接收。 [0442] If the controller 340 receives the channel request is not viewed from the service provider, the controller 304 confirms whether the request can be viewed channel received from another service provider.控制器340基于EPG数据和频道观看请求信号中包含的关于物理频道的详细信息、业务名称、业务ID、频道号码、事件名称、传输流ID或网络ID中的至少一个在另一业务提供商提供的频道当中搜索与请求观看的频道相同的频道。 For more information about the physical channel request signal includes the controller 340 and the viewing channel based on the EPG data, the service name, the at least one service provided in another service provider ID, the channel number, event name, or transport stream ID in the network ID channel among the same channel and channel search request viewing.如果找到该频道，则控制器340可以生成引导消息4010。 If the channel is found, the controller 340 may generate the guidance message 4010.如果没有找到相同频道，但是找到了类似的频道，则控制器340可以生成引导消息4110。 If the same channel is not found, but a similar channel is found, the controller 340 may generate the guidance message 4110.如果没有找到相同频道和类似的频道，则控制器340可以生成引导消息4210。 If the same channel and similar channel is not found, the controller 340 may generate the guidance message 4210.这里，另一业务提供商可以是向电子装置300提供广播业务的业务提供商。 Here, another service provider may provide broadcast service to the service provider 300 of the electronic device.

[0443] 控制器340可以利用频道观看请求信号中包含的关于传输介质的信息确认它是否能够接收请求观看的频道。 [0443] The controller 340 may use the channel viewing information about a transmission medium included in the request signal to confirm whether it can receive a request to view a channel.如果控制器340从与频道观看请求信号指示的不同的传输介质接收广播业务，则控制器340基于EPG数据和频道观看请求信号中包含的关于物理频道的详细信息、业务名称、业务ID、频道号码、事件名称、传输流ID或网络ID中的至少一个在不同传输介质提供的频道当中搜索与请求观看的频道相同的频道。 If the controller 340 receives the broadcast services from different transmission media with signals indicative of the channel viewing request, the controller 340 based on the detailed information about the physical channel request signal includes EPG data and channel viewing, service name, service ID, channel number , channel name among the search request event, or transport stream ID the network ID of at least one transmission media provided in the different viewing the same frequency channel.如果找到相同的频道， 则控制器340可以生成引导消息4010。 If the same channel is found, the controller 340 may generate the guidance message 4010.如果没有找到相同的频道，但是找到了类似的频道，则控制器340可以生成引导消息4110。 If the same channel is not found, but a similar channel is found, the controller 340 may generate the guidance message 4110.如果没有找到相同的频道和类似的频道，则控制器340可以生成引导消息4210。 If the same channels and a similar channel is not found, the controller 340 may generate the guidance message 4210.

[0444] 显示器302在画面上显示在步骤SlllO中生成的引导消息（S1120)。 Guide message (S1120) generated in Step SlllO the [0444] display 302 is displayed on the screen.该画面可以是图39到图42中例示的画面3900、画面4000、画面4100和画面4200中的一个。 The screen may be a screen in FIG. 39 to FIG. 42 3900 illustrated, screen 4000, a screen 4100 and the screen 4200.在显示器302显示画面3900之后，可以在控制器340的控制下显示画面4000、画面4100和画面4200中的一个。 After the display 302 display screen 3900 may display a screen 4000 in 4200, a screen 4100 and the screen control of the controller 340.如果控制器340在显示画面3900的状态下检测到用于选择消息3930的用户动作，则控制器340可以控制显示画面4000、画面4100和画面4200中的一个。 If the controller 340 detects a user action for selecting a message display screen 3930 in a state 3900, the controller 340 may control the display screen 4000, a screen 4100 and the screen 4200.

[0445] 控制器340确认是否检测到用于接受观看一个频道的邀请的用户动作（S1130)。 [0445] The controller 340 confirms whether the user operation is detected (S1130) for receiving the invitation to view a channel.控制器340可以检测用于拒绝观看一个频道的邀请的用户动作，还可以检测用于确认不能观看邀请的频道的用户动作。 The controller 340 may detect a channel for rejecting the invitation to watch the user action, the user may also be detected for confirming the operation can not be invited to view the channel.可以根据如图40到42中例示的上述方法执行这些用户动作。 These user actions may be performed according to the above process shown in FIG. 40 to 42 cases of.

[0446] 控制器340响应于检测到的用于接受观看由频道观看请求信号指示的一个频道的邀请的用户动作，控制显示该频道的内容（S1140)。 [0446] The controller 340 in response to the detected viewing for receiving the invitation by the channel viewing request signal indicative of a user action of channel, display the contents of the control channel (S1140).如果在步骤S1120中显示了引导消息4110，则控制器340控制显示与由频道观看请求信号指示的频道类似的频道的内容。 If the boot message in step S1120 4110, the controller 340 controls the display content viewing request signal by the channel indicated by the channel similar to the channel.

[0447] 控制器340控制向发送频道观看请求信号的电子装置发送针对该频道观看请求信号的响应信号（S1150)。 [0447] The controller 340 controls the electronic apparatus to watch the transmission request signal in response to viewer request signal (S1150) a signal for that channel to the transmission channel.该响应信号可以包括观看接受信号、不能观看信号或者观看拒绝信号。 The response signal may include a viewing acceptance signal, the signal can not be viewed, or viewing rejection signal.控制器340在检测到用于接受观看一个频道的邀请的用户动作时发送观看接受信号，在检测到用于拒绝观看一个频道的邀请的用户动作时发送观看拒绝信号，而在检测到确认不能观看一个频道的用户动作时发送不能观看信号。 Controller 340 transmits viewing acceptance signal upon detecting a user action for accepting the invitation to watch a channel, and transmits viewing reject signal when detecting a channel for rejecting the invitation to watch a user operation, but confirmation can not be viewed detected can not be viewed when the user transmits an operation signal of a channel.

[0448] 当发送不能观看信号时，发送频道观看请求信号的电子装置可以向网络接口320直接发送请求观看的广播节目。 [0448] When the transmission signal can not be viewed, the electronic apparatus transmits a signal requesting channel viewing interface 320 may send the request directly to the network of a broadcast program.控制器340可以控制显示通过网络接口320接收到的广播节目。 The controller 340 may control to display the received broadcast program via the network interface 320.

[0449] 图48是例示了显示内容的画面的一个实施方式的图，图49是例示了以同时观看模式显示内容的画面的一个实施方式的图，以及图50是例示了以同时观看模式显示内容的画面的另一个实施方式的图。 [0449] FIG. 48 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of a screen of the display content, FIG. 49 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of a screen of the display contents in the simultaneous viewing mode, and FIG. 50 is a diagram illustrating simultaneous viewing mode display another embodiment of the embodiment of FIG screen content.

[0451] 如果控制器340检测到用于请求显示内容的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制显示画面4800。 [0451] If the controller 340 detects a request for displaying the contents of a user action, the controller 340 in response to the detected user action control display screen 4800.而且，如果控制器340在显示画面4800的过程中检测到用于请求同时观看模式的用户动作，则控制器340可以控制画面4900或画面5000的显示。 Further, if the controller 340 during operation of the display screen 4800 of a user is detected for requesting the simultaneous viewing mode, the controller 340 may control the screen display of the screen 5000 or 4900.控制器340可以根据用于请求模式转换的用户动作将画面4900转换为画面5000或者将画面5000转换为4900。 The controller 340 may convert a mode for requesting a user action is converted to the screen 4900 to the screen 5000 or the screen 5000 is converted to 4900.

[0453] 画面5000可以包括内容显示区域5010、聊天输入窗口5020、轮廓选择标记5021到5028和轮廓5031,5033,5035和5037。 [0453] Screen 5000 may include a content display area 5010, the chat input window 5020, profile selection marker profile 5031,5033,5035 and 5021 to 5028 and 5037.轮廓5031,5033,5035和5037分别表示聊天方。 Contour 5031,5033,5035 and 5037 respectively represents a chat partner.轮廓5031表示聊天方“Arry”,轮廓5033表示聊天方“David”,轮廓5035表示主管聊天的用户，而轮廓5037表示聊天方“Susan”。 Profile 5031 represents a chat partner "Arry", profile 5033 represents a chat partner "David", the silhouette 5035 represents a chat with the user in charge, but the profile 5037 represents a chat partner "Susan".聊天语句可以显示在与该用户或输入聊天语句的聊天方相关联的位置处。 Chat statement may be displayed at a position on a chat with the user input sentence or chat party is associated.例如，如果聊天方“David”输入聊天语句5043，则聊天语句5043 显示在与“David”的轮廓5033相关联的位置处。 For example, if a chat party "David" chat input sentence 5043, 5043 displays the chat at the statement "David" contour associated with the position 5033.

[0454] 如果控制器340检测到用于选择轮廓选择标记5021到5028中的一个的用户动作，则控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作控制用户的轮廓5035的显示，使得轮廓5035转换成与所选择的轮廓选择标记相关联的轮廓图像。 [0454] If the controller 340 detects a selection marker for selecting the contour of 5021-5028 user action, the controller 340 in response to the detected user action to control the display of the user profile 5035, 5035 such that the contour is converted into an selecting the selected contour image contour associated label.此外，控制器340可以向服务器10、服务器20或其它电子装置发送请求转换为轮廓图像的信号。 Further, controller 340 may be 10, 20 or other electronic device server transmits a request signal is converted into a contour image to the server.

[0455] 正在观看相同内容的人员频道所有者可以确认为一个聊天方。 [0455] who are watching the same content channel owner can be recognized as a chat party.更具体地说，正在观看与画面4800上显示的相同内容的人员频道所有者可以自动确定为一个聊天方。 More specifically, the same content is viewing the screen 4800 displayed on the channel owner who can automatically determined as a chat partner.在一些实施方式中，控制器340可以基于图35的上述频道引导信号中包含的信息确认该所有者。 In some embodiments, the controller 340 may direct the information included in the signal based on the acknowledgment that the owner of the channel 35 of FIG.在一些实施方式中，控制器340可以从服务器10接收包括正在观看相同内容的人员频道所有者的所有者列表，并通过接收到的所有者列表确认所有者。 In some embodiments, the controller 340 may receive a channel owner list owner who is viewing including the same content from the server 10, and confirmed by the owner list owner receives.

[0456] 图51是例示了以同时观看模式显示内容的画面的又一个实施方式的图。 [0456] FIG. 51 is a diagram illustrating still another embodiment of the simultaneous viewing mode screen display content.

[0457] 参照图51，轮廓5110、5120、5130、5140和5150可以显示为具有特定深度值5160的3D图像。 [0457] Referring to FIG 51, the contour 5110,5120,5130,5140 and 5150 may be displayed to have a particular depth values ​​of the 3D image 5160.更具体地说，图50的轮廓5031、5033、5035和5037可以分别显示为3D图像5110、5120、5130 和5140。 More specifically, FIG. 50, the contour 5031,5033,5035 and 5037 may be displayed as a 3D image 5110,5120,5130 and 5140, respectively.

[0458] 图52是解释确认观看相同内容的方法的一个实施方式的图。 [0458] FIG. 52 is an explanatory view of an embodiment to confirm a content viewing method of the same.

[0459] 参照图52，电子装置5210的控制器可以控制向电子装置5250发送图像帧请求信号5221。 [0459] Referring to FIG. 52, the electronic device 5210 may control image frame transmission request signal 5221 to 5250 an electronic device.电子装置5250可以是与电子装置5210中存储的人员频道地图中包含的人员频道相关联的电子装置。 Electronic device 5250 may be an electronic device associated personnel channels and electronic storage devices 5210 in the human channel map contains.可以根据与人员频道地图中包含的频道号码相关联的连接方法向电子装置或服务器发送图像帧请求信号5211。 It may send a signal requesting the image frame 5211 according to the connection method art channel map associated with a channel number to the electronic device or a server.

[0460] 图像帧请求信号5211可以是请求一个图像帧从特定时刻T开始显示特定时段M的信号。 [0460] The image frame 5211 may be a request signal requesting a specific image frame display period start signal from a particular moment M T.电子装置5250接收该图像帧请求信号5211并根据接收到的图像帧请求信号5211获取要从特定时刻T开始显示特定时段M的图像帧5253。 The electronic device 5250 receives the image request signal 5211 and frame request signal to the received image frames 5211 acquired from the particular time period T M is started to display a specific image frame 5253.电子装置5210的控制器控制要从特定时刻T开始显示特定时段M的图像帧5213的获取。 The controller controls the electronic device 5210 from a particular period of time T M starts to display a specific image frame acquired 5213.

[0462] 电子装置5210接收所发送的图像帧发送信号5255，并执行比较算法5215，以确认所接收到的图像帧发送信号5255中包含的图像帧5253是否与图像帧5213相同。 Image frames [0462] The electronic device 5210 receives the transmitted transmission signal 5255, and performs comparison algorithm 5215 to confirm whether or not the same image frame of the image frame 5213 5253 5255 image frames of the received transmission signal contained.如果两个图像帧彼此相同，则电子装置5210的控制器确认与电子装置5210相关联的人员频道的所有者正在观看同一内容。 If the two image frames identical with each other, the controller 5210 confirmation of the owner of the electronic device with the human channel associated electronic device 5210 is viewing the same content.如果两个图像帧彼此不同，则电子装置5210的控制器可以确认该所有者没有在看同一内容。 If the two image frames different from each other, the electronic device 5210 of the controller can confirm that the owner does not look at the same content.比较算法5215可以从特定时刻T开始按顺序确认图像帧的等同性。 5215 equivalence comparison algorithm specific time T can start confirmation order from the image frame.在这种情况下，如果图像帧具有不同分辨率，则可以在使图像帧5213和图像帧5253的分辨率均等之后执行等同性的确认。 In this case, if the image frames having different resolutions, it may be the frame image 5213 and frame image after execution equivalence confirmation uniformly resolution 5253.

[0463] 利用根据图52描述的用于确认观看相同内容的方法，电子装置的控制器可以确认上面显示的内容是否与另一电子装置上显示的内容相同，而不管业务提供商和传输介质的不同。 [0463] The method of using the same content that the controller is viewing the same content, the electronic device can confirm the contents displayed on the above display of another electronic device according to FIG. 52 for confirming description, regardless of the service provider and the transmission medium different.

[0464] 图53是解释用于检测用户表情的图。 [0464] FIG. 53 is an explanatory diagram for detecting expression of the user.

[0466] 控制器340从图像拍摄装置301输出的所拍摄的观看者5301的图像帧检测面部区。 Detecting a face region image frames [0466] The controller 340 of the viewer from the captured image 301 outputted from the imaging device 5301.然后，控制器340基于检测到的面部区确认观看者5301的表情。 Then, the controller 340 confirms the viewer's face based on the face region 5301 detected.控制器340可以生成指示所确认的表情的表情数据，然后控制向聊天方的电子装置发送所生成的表情数据。 The controller 340 may generate emotion data indicating the confirmed expression, expression control data and transmits the generated electronic device of the chat partner.

[0467] 图像拍摄装置301可以以预定间隔拍摄观看者5301的图像。 [0467] The image capture device 301 may capture an image of the viewer 5301 at predetermined intervals.控制器340可以以该预定间隔确认观看者5301的表情，然后在发生表情变化时生成表情数据，由此控制向聊天方的电子装置发送表情数据。 The controller 340 may confirm to the predetermined spacing of the viewer's face 5301, and facial expression data generated when the expression changes, whereby the electronic device transmits control data to the chat partner expression.

[0469] 参照图54，存储单元345可以存储与特定表情相关联的轮廓的轮廓线。 [0469] Referring to FIG 54, the storage unit 345 may store the profile contour associated with a particular expression.例如，存储单元345可以存储与悲伤相关联的轮廓的轮廓线5410、与愤怒相关联的轮廓的轮廓线5420和与高兴相关联的轮廓的轮廓线5430。 For example, the storage unit 345 may contour profile contour of a silhouette contour profile store 5410 associated with sadness, anger associated with the 5420 and 5430 associated with pleasure.

[0470] 图55是例示了显示取决于用户表情的不同轮廓的画面的一个实施方式的图。 [0470] FIG. 55 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of a screen displayed depends on the user's different profiles of expression.

[0471] 参照图55，控制器340可以从存储单元345获取与所确认的表情相关联的轮廓的轮廓线，并控制显示电子装置300的所有者的轮廓，使得该轮廓转换成所获取的轮廓的轮廓线。 [0471] Referring to FIG 55, the controller 340 may acquire 345 the confirmed expression profile contour from the associated storage unit, and the control contour owner of the electronic display device 300, such that the profile to convert the acquired contour the contour lines.而且，控制器340可以从存储单元345获取与由从聊天方的电子装置发送的表情数据指示的表情相关联的轮廓的轮廓线，并控制该聊天方的轮廓的显示，使得该轮廓转换成所获取的轮廓的轮廓线。 Also, the controller 340 may acquire 345 expression profile from expression by the electronic device of transmitting data indicative of the chat party associated with the contour line from the storage unit, and controls the display of the chat party profile, such that the profile of the converted get the outline of the contour lines.

[0472] 在一个示例中，如果确认电子装置300的所有者是愤怒的，则控制器340控制显示轮廓5520。 [0472] In one example, if the owner of the electronic device 300 to confirm angry, the controller 340 controls the display 5520 profile.如果控制器340从第一聊天方的电子装置接收到指示悲伤的表情数据，则控制器340控制将第一聊天方的轮廓显示为轮廓5510。 If the controller 340 received from the electronic device to the first chat party data indicative of sad expression, the controller 340 controls the contour of the first chat party is displayed as contour 5510.此外，如果控制器340从第二聊天方的电子装置接收到指示高兴的表情数据，则控制器340控制将第二聊天方的轮廓显示为轮廓5530。 Further, if the controller 340 receives from the electronic device to the second chat party indicating happy expression data, the controller 340 controls the profile of the second chat party is displayed as contour 5530.

[0473] 图56是解释了注册面部图像的过程的图，而图57是解释了训练面部图像的过程的图。 [0473] FIG. 56 is a diagram explaining a procedure of the registration face image, and FIG. 57 is a diagram explaining a process of training face images.

[0474] 参照图56和57，电子装置300可以基于用户5610注册的每个表情接收用户面部图像5620。 [0474] Referring to FIGS. 56 and 57, the electronic device 300 may receive a user's face image based on each face 5620 5610 registered user.在一个示例中，电子装置300可以接收用户5610注册的愤怒面部图像5710、悲伤面部图像5720和高兴面部图像5730。 In one example, the electronic device 300 may receive 5610 a user registration face image 5710 anger, sadness and pleasure face image 5720 5730 facial image.存储单元345可以基于每个表情存储相应的注册的面部图像5710,5720和5730。 The storage unit 345 may be based on the expression of each respective stored registered face image 5710,5720 and 5730.

[0475] 控制器340可以将存储单元345中存储的基于每个表情的面部图像与从观看者正、在观看内容时拍摄的该观看者的图像帧检测到的面部图像5740进行比较，然后确认所存储的面部图像中的与该面部图像5740最相似的一个。 [0475] The controller 340 may be stored in the storage unit 345 based on the detected image of each frame of the face image with the expression viewer positive, taken from a viewer when viewing the content 5740 compares the face image, and then confirmed a face image with the most similar facial image 5740 stored in the.控制器340可以将所确认的面部图像的表情确认为该观看者的表情。 The controller 340 may confirm the expression of the face image for the viewer to confirm expression.而且，控制器340可以将该面部图像5740在存储单元345中存储为具有所确认的表情的面部图像。 Further, the controller 340 may face images 5740 in a storage unit 345 having the confirmed expression.在一个示例中，如果确认面部图像5740与面部图像5710最相似，则控制器340可以将该面部图像5740作为与面部图像5710相似的愤怒表情的面部图像添加到存储单元345中。 In one example, if it is confirmed face image 5740 and 5710 is most similar to the face image, the controller 340 may add the face images as the face image 5740 5710 angry expression similar to the storage unit 345.利用这种面部图像的添加，电子装置300可以更加准确地确认观看者的表情。 With the addition of such a facial image, the electronic device 300 can more accurately identify the expression of the viewer.

[0476] 图58是解释了检测用户动作的方法的图。 [0476] FIG. 58 is an explanatory diagram of a method of detecting a user action.

[0477] 参照图58，在观看者5801正在观看内容5800时，图像拍摄装置301可以拍摄观看者5801的图像。 [0477] Referring to FIG 58, when the viewer is viewing content 5801 5800, image capture device 301 may capture an image of the viewer 5801.[0478] 控制器340从图像拍摄装置301输出的所拍摄的观看者5801的图像帧检测用户动作5810。 Detecting user motion image frame 5810 [0478] controller 340 of the viewer from the captured image 301 outputted from the imaging device 5801.然后，控制器340可以生成指示所确认的动作5810的动作数据，然后控制向聊天方的电子装置发送所生成的动作数据。 Then, the controller 340 may generate data indicative of an operation 5810 operation confirmed, then the control operation of the transmission data generated to the electronic device of the chat partner.

[0479] 图像拍摄装置301可以以预定间隔拍摄观看者5801的图像。 [0479] The image capture device 301 may capture an image of the viewer 5801 at predetermined intervals.控制器340可以以该预定间隔确认观看者5301的动作，然后在发生动作变化时生成动作数据，由此控制向聊天方的电子装置发送动作数据。 The controller 340 may be spaced a predetermined viewer confirmed in the operation 5301, and operation data generated during the operation changes, thereby controlling the operation of the chat partner transmits data to an electronic device.

[0480] 控制器340可以控制显示电子装置300的所有者的轮廓，使得该轮廓表示所确认的动作5810。 [0480] The controller 340 may control display of the profile of the owner of the electronic device 300, such that the contour indicating the confirmation operation 5810.而且，控制器340可以控制显示聊天方的轮廓，使得该轮廓被转换成表示由从聊天方的电子装置发送的动作数据指示的动作的轮廓的轮廓线。 Also, the controller 340 may control display of the contour of the chat partner, so that the profile is converted into a contour represented by the contour line operation of the electronic apparatus transmitted from the data indicative of the chat partner operation.

[0481] 图59A到59D是解释了在内容上反映画面效果的方法的图。 [0481] FIGS. 59A to 59D is a diagram explaining a reflecting screen effect on the content process.

[0482] 参照图59A到59D，可以在画面5900上显示画面效果窗口5910。 [0482] Referring to FIGS. 59A to 59D, the effect of the window 5910 may display a screen 5900 on the screen.画面效果窗口5910可以包括一个或更多个画面效果选择区域5911、5912和5913。 Effects window screen 5910 may include one or more screen effect selection area 5911, 5912 and 5913.用户可以执行用于选择画面效果选择区域5911、5912和5913中的一个的用户动作，并且控制器340可以将该用户动作检测为请求画面效果的用户动作。 The user may perform a selection screen for selection area 5911, 5912 and 5913 results in a user action, and the controller 340 may detect the user action is a user operation requesting a screen effect.控制器340可以检测用于请求画面效果的用户动作，响应于检测到的用户动作生成指示画面效果的画面效果数据，并控制向聊天方的电子装置发送所生成的效果数据。 The controller 340 may detect a user operation requesting a screen effect, in response to the detected user action indicating a screen effect generated screen effect data, performance data and transmits the generated control to the electronic device of the chat partner.在一个示例中，如果用户执行用于选择画面效果选择区域5911的用户动作5920，则控制器340可以生成指示画面效果选择区域5911的画面效果的画面效果数据，然后控制向聊天方的电子装置发送所生成的画面效果数据。 In one example, if the user performs a selection screen for the effect of the selection area 5911 user action 5920, the controller 340 may generate an indication screen effect selection screen effect region 5911 of the screen effect data, and then transmitted to the electronic control device of the chat partner screen effect generated data.

[0483] 此外，如果用户执行用于选择画面效果选择区域5911的用户动作5920，则控制器340控制显示指示选择了画面效果选择区域5911的标记5930，然后控制在显示内容5900上反映画面效果选择区域5911的画面效果5940。 [0483] Further, if the user performs a selection screen for the effect of the selection area 5911 user action 5920, the controller 340 controls the selected display instruction screen effect selection marker 5930 of region 5911, then control the content on a display screen reflects the effect selection 5900 screen effect region 5911 5940.这里，可以在用户点击对应区域时选择画面效果5940的位置。 Here, the effect of the selection screen 5940 when a user clicks the corresponding location area.

[0484] 如果控制器340从聊天方的电子装置接收到画面效果数据，则控制器340可以控制在显示内容5900上反映由接收到的画面效果数据指示的效果。 [0484] If the controller 340 received from the electronic device to the screen of the chat partner performance data, the controller 340 may control the contents on the display 5900 is reflected by the received effect data indicative of screen effect.

[0485] 控制器340可以控制视频解码器330，以根据画面效果改变图像帧的像素数据。 [0485] The controller 340 may control the video decoder 330, the pixel data of the image to change according to the picture frame effect.此夕卜，控制器340可以根据画面效果生成屏上显示（OSD)，由此控制该OSD在内容显示区域上的显示。 Bu this evening, the controller 340 may display (OSD) on the screen according to the screen generating effect, thereby controlling the OSD display area is displayed on the content.

[0486] 图60是例示了与同时远程观看内容的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0486] FIG. 60 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of an exemplary embodiment of a method associated with the remote viewing content simultaneously embodiment.[0487] 参照图60，控制器340检测用于请求显示内容的用户动作（S1200)。 [0487] Referring to FIG 60, the display controller 340 detects a user operation for requesting the content (S1200).

[0488] 控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作确认观看模式是否为同时观看模式(S1210)。 [0488] The controller 340 in response to the detected user operation check mode is the viewing simultaneous viewing mode (S1210).该同时观看模式可以通过初始值来设置，或者可以在必要时由用户设置。 The simultaneous viewing mode can be set by the initial value, or may be set by the user when necessary.

[0489] 如果观看模式是同时观看模式，则控制器340确认正在观看所请求的内容的人员频道所有者的存在（S1220)。 The presence of [0489] If the view mode is the simultaneous viewing mode, the controller 340 confirms the requested content being viewed by a person channel owner (S1220).这里，步骤S1220可以包括确认观看相同内容的方法的执行过程，该方法将在后面参照图64或65进行描述。 Here, step S1220 performs validation process may include a method of viewing the same content, which will be described later with reference to FIG. 64 or 65.

[0490] 控制器340控制以同时观看模式显示内容（S1230)。 [0490] The controller 340 controls the display content in the simultaneous viewing mode (S1230).显示器302可以显示画面4900、画面5000和画面5100中的一个。 The display 302 may display the screen 4900, a screen 5000 and the screen 5100.画面4900、画面5000和画面5100可以将步骤S1220中确认的所有者表示为聊天方。 Screen 4900, the screen 5000 and screen 5100 may be determined in step S1220 represent the owner chat partner.即，步骤S1220中确认的所有者成为聊天方。 That is, the owner confirmed in step S1220 becomes a chat partner.[0491] 如果观看模式不是同时观看模式，则控制器340控制显示所请求的内容（S1240)。 [0491] If the viewing mode is not the simultaneous viewing mode, the controller 340 controls the display content (S1240) requested.显示器302可以显示画面4800。 The display 302 may display the screen 4800.

[0492] 图60的用于同时远程观看内容的方法还可以包括后面将参照图67到70描述的方法的执行过程。 Method [0492] FIG. 60 for simultaneous remote viewing content may further include a method of performing the process later described with reference to FIGS. 67-70.

[0493] 图61是例示了与同时远程观看内容的方法相关的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0493] FIG. 61 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of another exemplary embodiment of a method associated with the remote viewing content simultaneously embodiment.

[0496] 控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作确认正在观看所显示的内容的人员频道所有者的存在（S1320)。 The presence of [0496] the controller 340 in response to the detected user action is to confirm the displayed content viewing person channel owner (S1320).这里，步骤S1320可以包括确认观看相同内容的方法的执行过程，该方法将在后面参照图64或65进行描述。 Here, step S1320 performs validation process may include a method of viewing the same content, which will be described later with reference to FIG. 64 or 65.

[0498] 图61的用于同时远程观看内容的方法还可以包括后面将参照图67到70描述的方法的执行过程。 Method [0498] FIG. 61 for simultaneous remote viewing content may further include a method of performing the process later described with reference to FIGS. 67-70.

[0499] 图62是例示了与同时远程观看内容的方法相关的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0499] FIG. 62 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of another exemplary embodiment of a method associated with the remote viewing content simultaneously embodiment.

[0501] 控制器340确认正在观看所显示的内容的人员频道所有者的存在（S1410)。 The presence of [0501] the controller 340 confirms the displayed content is viewing channel owner person (S1410).这里，步骤S1410可以包括确认观看相同内容的方法的执行过程，该方法将在后面参照图64或65进行描述。 Here, step S1410 performs validation process may include a method of viewing the same content, which will be described later with reference to FIG. 64 or 65.

[0503] 控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作控制以同时观看模式显示内容（S1430)。 [0503] The controller 340 in response to the detected user action to control the display content in the simultaneous viewing mode (S1430).显示器302可以显示画面4900、画面5000和画面5100中的一个。 The display 302 may display the screen 4900, a screen 5000 and the screen 5100.画面4900、画面5000和画面5100可以将步骤S1410中确认的所有者表示为聊天方。 Screen 4900, the screen 5000 and screen 5100 may be determined in step S1410 represent the owner chat partner.S卩，步骤S1410中确认的所有者成为聊天方。 S Jie, S1410 confirmed in step owner becomes a chat partner.

[0504] 图62的用于同时远程观看内容的方法还可以包括后面将参照图67到70例示的方法的执行过程。 Method [0504] FIG. 62 for simultaneous remote viewing content may further include execution later with reference to the method illustrated in FIG. 67 to 70 cases.

[0507] 控制器340检测用于请求邀请观看一个频道的用户动作（S1510)。 [0507] The controller 340 detects a user operation for requesting the invitation to watch a channel (S1510).在一个示例中，该用户动作可以是拖动上面显示了内容的画面并将该内容放在人员频道地图中列出的人员频道上的动作。 In one example, the user action may be dragged above a screen and displays the contents of the content stored in the action on the human channel listed in the channel map art.更具体地说，如果图36中例示的图像3630被拖到并被放到人员频道号码“43”上，则控制器340可以检测到请求邀请观看一个频道的用户动作。 More specifically, if the image 3630 illustrated in FIG 36 is placed onto the person and the channel number "43", the controller 340 may detect a user action requesting the invitation to watch a channel.在另一个示例中，该用户动作可以是用于选择所显示的广播节目的用户动作和用于选择人员频道（或频道号码）的用户动作的组合。 In another example, the user action may be a user action for selecting a displayed broadcast program and to select the art for combining a channel (or channel number) of the user action.

[0508] 控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作控制发送频道观看请求信号（S1520)。 [0508] The controller 340 in response to the detected user action transmitting a control signal channel viewing request (S1520).该频道观看请求信号可以具有图38中例示的格式3800。 The channel viewing request signal 3800 may have the format illustrated in FIG. 38.

[0509] 在一些实施方式中，控制器340可以控制向提供由步骤S1510中的用户动作指定的频道号码指示的人员频道的电子装置发送频道观看请求信号。 [0509] In some embodiments, the controller 340 may control the operation specified by the user in step S1510 channel number indicating a channel art electronic device transmitting channel viewing request signal.该电子装置的地址可以通过如图19到21的上述方法获取。 Address of the electronic device can be obtained by the method described above in FIG. 19-21.

[0510] 在一些实施方式中，控制器340可以控制向服务器发送频道观看请求信号。 [0510] In some embodiments, the controller 340 may control the server transmits channel viewing request signal.该服务器可以是图I中例示的服务器10。 The server may be the server 10 illustrated in FIG. I.

[0511] 网络接口320接收针对该频道观看请求信号的响应信号（S1530)。 [0511] The network interface 320 receives a viewing request response signal (S1530) a signal for that channel.该响应信号可以是观看接受信号、不能观看信号和观看拒绝信号中的一个。 The response signal may be viewed acceptance signal, and the signal can not be viewed in a viewing rejection signal.

[0512] 如果该响应信号是观看接受信号，则控制器340控制以同时观看模式显示内容。 [0512] If the response signal is a viewing acceptance signal, the controller 340 controls the display content in the simultaneous viewing mode.显示器302可以显示画面4900、画面5000和画面5100中的一个。 The display 302 may display the screen 4900, a screen 5000 and the screen 5100.而且，画面4900、画面5000和画面5100可以表示与发送了观看接受信号的电子装置相关联的人员频道的所有者。 Further, the screen 4900, the screen 5000 and screen 5100 may indicate the owner of the viewing transmission associated electronics of the person receiving the signal channel.该所有者成为了聊天方。 The owner became a chat party.

[0513] 图63的用于同时远程观看内容的方法还可以包括后面将参照图67到70描述的方法的执行过程。 Method [0513] FIG. 63 for simultaneous remote viewing content may further include a method of performing the process later described with reference to FIGS. 67-70.

[0514] 图64是例示了与确认观看相同内容的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0514] FIG. 64 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of an exemplary embodiment of a method associated with the confirmed embodiment viewing the same content.

[0515] 参照图64，控制器340基于人员频道地图获取电子装置的地址（S1600)。 [0515] Referring to FIG. 64, the address controller 340 acquires (S1600) of the electronic device based on a human channel map.人员频道地图可以是图12中的人员频道地图1210，或者可以包括如图12中例示的人员频道地图1210、第一连接信息地图1230、第二连接信息地图1240、第三连接信息地图1250、第四连接信息地图1260和第五连接信息地图1270。 The human channel map in FIG. 12 may be the human channel map 1210, or may include a channel map 1210 in FIG. 12 persons illustrated, the first connection information map 1230, the second connection information map 1240, the third connection information map 1250, the four connection information map 1260 and the fifth connection information map 1270.该电子装置的地址可以通过如图19到21的上述方法获取。 Address of the electronic device can be obtained by the method described above in FIG. 19-21.该电子装置可以限于在线电子装置。 The electronic device may be limited to online electronic device.

[0516] 控制器340利用所获取的电子装置的地址来控制发送观看信息请求信号(S1610)。 [0516] Address controller 340 of the electronic device is controlled using the acquired viewing information transmission request signal (S1610).该观看信息请求信号可以是根据图52如上所述的图像帧请求信号。 The viewing information request signal may be a request signal according to the image frame 52 as described above in FIG.

[0517] 网络接口320接收观看信息信号（S1620)。 [0517] The network interface 320 receives viewing information signal (S1620).在一些实施方式中，观看信息信号可以具有图38中例示的格式3800。 In some embodiments, the viewing information signal 3800 may have the format illustrated in FIG. 38.在一些实施方式中，观看信息信号可以是根据图52如上所述的图像帧发送信号。 In some embodiments, the viewing information signal may be a signal transmitted in accordance with the image frame 52 as described above in FIG.

[0518] 控制器340基于接收到的观看信息信号确认正在观看所显示的内容的人员频道所有者的存在（S1630)。 Viewing information confirmation signal is present [0518] controller 340 based on the received content is viewing the displayed channel owner person (S1630).在一些实施方式中，控制器340可以通过比较图38的上述信息来确认该所有者。 In some embodiments, the controller 340 can confirm the owner information by comparing FIG. 38 described above.在一些实施方式中，控制器340可以基于图52的上述比较算法5215来确认该所有者。 In some embodiments, the controller 340 can confirm the owner based on the comparison algorithm 5215 of FIG. 52.

[0519] 图65是例示了与确认观看相同内容的方法相关的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0519] FIG. 65 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of another exemplary embodiment related to a method of viewing the same content to confirm embodiment.

[0520] 参照图65，控制器340控制向服务器发送所有者列表请求信号（S1700)。 [0520] Referring to FIG 65, the controller 340 controls transmission owner list request signal (S1700) to the server.所发送的所有者列表请求信号可以是请求正在观看所显示的内容的所有者的列表的信号。 The owner of the list sends a request signal may be a signal of the owner of the list are viewing the displayed content of the request.该服务器可以是服务器10。 The server can be a server 10.

[0521] 网络接口320从该服务器接收所有者列表（S1710)。 [0521] The network interface 320 receives an owner list (S1710) from the server.该所有者列表包括正在观看所显示的内容的所有者。 The list includes the owner is viewing the displayed content owner.在一些实施方式中，该所有者列表还可以包括其中包含的所有者的表情数据或动作数据中的至少一个。 In some embodiments, the owner list may further include wherein the expression data comprising the owner or at least one motion data.[0522] 控制器340将所接收到的所有者列表中包含的所有者确认为正在观看所显示的内容的所有者（S1720)。 [0522] The controller 340 Owner List Owner received acknowledgment is included is viewing the displayed content owner (S1720).

[0523] 图66是例示了与提供观看列表的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0523] FIG. 66 is a flowchart illustrating a method of providing execution viewing list according to an exemplary embodiment relating to FIG.

[0524] 参照图66，服务器10从电子装置接收包括内容观看信息的频道观看信号(S1800)。 [0524] Referring to FIG. 66, the server 10 receives the content from the electronic device includes a viewing channel viewing information signal (S1800).接收到的内容观看信息可以包括图38的上述信息。 Viewing information received content information may include the above-described FIG 38.在一些实施方式中，内容观看信息还可以包括与电子装置相关联的人员频道的所有者的表情数据或动作数据中的至少一个。 In some embodiments, the content may further include viewing information owner of the human expression data channel associated with the electronic device or at least one motion data.

[0525] 服务器10利用接收到的内容观看信息构造观看地图（S1810)。 [0525] 10 viewing information server configured to map viewing (S1810) using the received content.所构造的观看地图可以包括每个人员频道所有者正在观看的内容的识别信息、表情数据、动作数据或组信息中的至少一个。 The constructed map view can include identifying information for each channel owner who is viewing content, expression data, or data or information in at least one of the group.组信息指示正在观看相同内容的一组所有者。 Group information indicating a group of owners are watching the same content.

[0527] 服务器10利用所构造的观看地图构造所有者列表（S1830)。 View map structure constructed owner list (S1830) [0527] 10 server utilization.该所有者列表与图65的上述所有者列表相对应。 The owner list of the above-described FIG 65 corresponds to the list of owners.服务器10可以将具有相同组信息的所有者添加到该所有者列表中。 The owner of the server 10 may have the same group information is added to the list of owners.

[0529] 图67是例示了与显示轮廓的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0529] FIG. 67 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of an exemplary embodiment of the profile associated with the display method.

[0530] 参照图67，控制器340从所有者拍摄的图像检测该所有者的面部区（S1900)。 [0530] Referring to FIG 67, the image captured from the controller 340 detects a face region of the owner of the owner (S1900).该所有者可以是人员频道所有者或者正在观看内容的观看者。 The owner may be a human channel owner or viewers are watching content.在一个示例中，该所有者可以是图53的观看者5301。 In one example, the owner may be the viewer 5301 of FIG. 53.图像拍摄装置301可以以预定间隔拍摄所有者的图像，并且控制器340可以以该预定间隔从所拍摄的图像检测所有者的面部。 The image capture device 301 may capture an image at predetermined intervals owner, and the controller 340 may be a predetermined interval from the captured facial image detection owner.

[0531] 控制器340基于检测到的面部区确认所有者的表情。 [0531] The controller 340 confirms the owner's face based on the face area detected.控制器340可以通过图56和57的上述方法确认所有者的表情。 The controller 340 may confirm the expression of the owner by the above method of FIGS. 56 and 57.然后，控制器340可以生成指示所确认的表情的表情数据。 Then, the controller 340 may generate emotion data indicating the confirmed expression.在一些实施方式中，如果发生表情变化，则控制器340可以生成表情数据。 In some embodiments, if the change in the expression, the controller 340 may generate emotion data.

[0532] 控制器340控制发送指示所确认的表情的表情数据（S1920)。 [0532] The controller 340 controls transmission of the acknowledgment indicative of the expression of the emotion data (S1920).在一些实施方式中，如果发生表情变化，则控制器340可以控制发送表情数据。 In some embodiments, if the change in the expression, the controller 340 may control the transmit emotion data.

[0533] 控制器340根据所确认的表情控制轮廓的轮廓线的变化（S1930)。 [0533] The controller 340 changes the profile contour (S1930) control according to the confirmed expression.控制器340可以利用图55的上述方法改变轮廓的轮廓线。 The controller 340 may change the contour of the profile 55 of the above-described method of FIG.

[0534] 网络接口320接收表情数据（S1940)。 [0534] The network interface 320 receives the emotion data (S1940).在一些实施方式中，可以从聊天方的电子装置发送表情数据。 In some embodiments, the expression data may be transmitted from the electronic device of the chat partner.在一些实施方式中，可以从服务器10发送表情数据。 In some embodiments, the expression data may be transmitted from the server 10.

[0535] 控制器340根据接收到的表情数据控制发送表情数据的所有者的轮廓的轮廓线的变化。 Change of the contour of the profile of the owner of the [0535] controller 340 controls the transmission of the emotion data according to the received emotion data.控制器340可以利用图55的上述方法改变轮廓的轮廓线。 The controller 340 may change the contour of the profile 55 of the above-described method of FIG.

[0536] 图68是例示了与显示轮廓的方法相关的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0536] FIG. 68 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of another exemplary embodiment of a display method associated with the embodiment of the profile.

[0537] 参照图68，控制器340检测所有者的动作（S2000)。 [0537] Referring to FIG 68, operation of the controller 340 detects the owner (S2000).所有者可以是人员频道的所有者，并且可以是正在观看内容的观看者。 The owner can be the owner of the human channel, and can be a viewer watching content.在一个示例中，所有者可以是图58的观看者5801， 并且控制器340可以通过图58的上述方法检测所有者的动作。 In one example, the owner may be a viewer 5801 of FIG. 58, and the operation of the controller 340 may detect the above-described method of FIG. 58 by the owner.

[0538] 在一些实施方式中，图像拍摄装置301可以拍摄所有者的图像，并且控制器340可以从所拍摄的所有者的图像中包含的图像帧检测所有者的动作。 [0538] In some embodiments, the image capture device 301 may capture an image of the owner, the owner of the operation of the image frame is detected and the controller 340 may include the owner of the image from the captured.

[0540] 控制器340控制发送所生成的动作数据（S2020)。 [0540] The controller 340 controls the operation of transmitting the generated data (S2020).在一些实施方式中，如果发生动作变化，则控制器340可以控制发送动作数据。 In some embodiments, if the change operation, the controller 340 may control the operation of the data transmission.

[0541] 控制器340根据检测到的动作控制轮廓的轮廓线的变化（S2030)。 Change [0541] The controller 340 controls the operation of the detected contour of the contour line (S2030).控制器340可以利用图58的上述方法改变轮廓的轮廓线。 The controller 340 may change the contour of the profile 58 of the above-described method of FIG.

[0542] 网络接口320接收动作数据（S2040)。 [0542] The network interface 320 receives motion data (S2040).在一些实施方式中，可以从聊天方的电子装置发送动作数据。 In some embodiments, the motion data may be transmitted from the electronic device of the chat partner.在一些实施方式中，可以从服务器10发送动作数据。 In some embodiments, the motion data may be transmitted from the server 10.

[0543] 控制器340根据接收到的动作数据控制发送动作数据的所有者的轮廓的轮廓线的变化。 Change of the contour of the profile of the owner of the [0543] controller 340 controls the operation of the transmission data according to the received operation data.控制器340可以利用图58的上述方法改变轮廓的轮廓线。 The controller 340 may change the contour of the profile 58 of the above-described method of FIG.

[0544] 图69是例示了与将轮廓显示为3D图像的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0544] FIG. 69 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of an exemplary embodiment of a method of 3D image display associated with the embodiment of the contour.

[0545] 参照图69，控制器340选择轮廓图像（S2100)。 [0545] Referring to FIG 69, the controller 340 selects the contour image (S2100).可以通过图67或68的上述方法选择轮廓图像。 Silhouette image may be selected by the method of FIG. 67 or 68.更具体地说，轮廓图像可以根据检测到的表情或者由接收到的表情数据指示的表情来选择，或者可以根据检测到的动作或者由检测到的动作数据指示的动作来选择。 More specifically, the contour image may be selected according to the expression or the expression detected by the received emotion data indicative of, or action may be selected according to operation detected by the detected operation or instruction data.

[0546] 控制器340利用所选择的轮廓图像生成左视图像和右视图像（S2110)。 [0546] The controller 340 using the selected contour image generating left view image and a right view image (S2110).在一个示例中，所生成的左视图像和所生成的右视图像可以用来显示图51的轮廓5110。 In one example, a left view image and the generated right view image generated may be used to show the outline 5110 of FIG. 51.

[0547] 控制器340利用要显示的内容的图像帧控制所生成的左视图像和所生成的右视图像中的各个图像的合成（S2120)。 Left view and the right view image synthesized image generated in each of the image [0547] The controller 340 of the content to be displayed using the image frames generated by the control (S2120).合成器360可以使左视图像与内容的图像帧合成，由此生成左视图像帧，或者可以使右视图像与内容的图像帧合成，由此生成右视图像帧。 Combiner 360 may view the left image and the image frame of the content, thereby generating an image frame left-view or right-view image can be made to the content of the frame image to thereby produce a right-view image frame.在一个示例中，该图像帧可以是图51的画面上显示的图像帧。 In one example, the image frame may be a frame image displayed on the screen 51 of FIG.

[0548] 格式器370可以对合成器360输出的左视图像帧和右视图像帧执行抽样，以获取可以通过显示器302显示为3D图像的3D输出格式。 [0548] The formatter 370 may output the left-view image frame 360 ​​and the right-view image synthesizer performs sampling frames, to obtain the output format may be displayed as a 3D image by the 3D display 302.

[0549] 显示器302显示合成的图像帧（S2130)。 [0549] The monitor 302 displays the synthesized image frame (S2130).合成的图像帧可以是具有通过对在步骤S2120中由合成器360生成的左视图像帧和右视图像帧进行抽样而获得的3D输出格式的图像帧。 The synthesized image may be an image frame having a frame format by the 3D output generated in Step S2120 by the synthesizer 360 left-view and right-view image frames sampled image frame is obtained.在一个示例中，显示器302可以在步骤S2130中显示画面5100。 In one example, the display 302 may display a screen 5100 in step S2130.

[0550] 图70是例示了与共享画面效果的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0550] FIG. 70 is a flowchart illustrating an implementation procedure of an exemplary embodiment of a method associated with the shared screen effect of the embodiment.

[0551] 参照图70，控制器340检测用于请求画面效果的用户动作（S2200)。 [0551] Referring to FIG 70, the controller 340 detects a user operation requesting a screen effect (S2200).该用户动作可以是用于选择图59A到59D的画面效果选择区域5911、5912和5913中的一个的用户动作。 The user action may be used to effect selection screen of FIG. 59A to 59D selection area 5911, 5912 and 5913 of a user action.

[0553] 控制器340向聊天方的电子装置或者服务器10发送所生成的画面效果数据(S2220)。 [0553] The controller 340 transmits screen effect data (S2220) the generated chat party to an electronic device 10 or the server.[0554] 控制器340控制在所显示的内容上反映所请求的画面效果（S2230)。 [0554] The controller 340 controls to reflect the requested content is displayed on the screen effect (S2230).显示器302可以显示图59D的画面5900。 The display 302 may display the screen 5900 in FIG. 59D.

[0555] 网络接口320从聊天方的电子装置或者服务器10接收画面效果数据（S2240)。 [0555] The network interface 320 receives from the chat screen of the electronic device or a server side performance data 10 (S2240).

[0556] 控制器340控制在所显示的内容上反映由接收到的画面效果数据指示的画面效果（S2250)。 [0556] The controller 340 controls the displayed content on the screen is reflected by the received effect data indicative of picture effect (S2250).显示器302可以显示图59D的画面5900。 The display 302 may display the screen 5900 in FIG. 59D.

[0557] 图71是例示了显示频道地图的一个示例性实施方式的广播画面的图。 [0557] FIG. 71 is a diagram illustrating a broadcast screen of an exemplary embodiment of the channel map is displayed.

[0558] 参照图71，显示器302可以显示画面7100。 [0558] Referring to FIG 71, the display 302 may display a screen 7100.如果控制器340在画面7100上显示广播节目7110的状态下检测到用于请求频道地图的用户动作，则控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作控制在画面7100上显示广播频道地图7120。 Detecting a user action for requesting channel map in a state where a broadcast program 7110. If the controller 340 displays on the screen 7100, the controller 340 in response to the detected user action to control the display of the broadcast channel map 7120 on a screen 7100.在一些实施方式中，用于请求频道地图的用户动作可以是用户按压用于频道地图的热键或者用于频道地图的菜单项的动作。 In some embodiments a user operation, a method for requesting channel map may be a user presses a hot key or a channel map for channel map operation menu item.

[0560] 广播频道地图7120列出了广播频道（例如，CNN)、广播频道上的今日的广播内容(例如，CNN新闻）和与该广播频道相关联的频道号码（例如，39)。 [0560] Radio channel map 7120 lists broadcast channels (eg, CNN), today broadcast content (eg, CNN news) and the channel number and the broadcast channel associated (eg, 39) on the broadcast channel.根据正在显示的广播节目7110，在指示器指示的行上列出对应的广播频道“NBC”、广播节目名称或标题“首页”和频道号码“37”。 According to the broadcast program 7110 is displayed, listing the corresponding broadcast channel "NBC" on the line indicated by the indicator, broadcast program name or title "Home" and the channel number "37."如果用户执行用于选择广播频道地图7120中列出的广播频道中的一个的用户动作，则控制器340控制显示所选择的广播频道的广播节目。 If the user performs a user action for selecting a broadcast channel in the channel map are listed in the 7120, the controller 340 controls display of the broadcast program of the selected broadcast channel.

[0561] 图72是例示了显示频道地图的另一个示例性实施方式的广播画面的图。 [0561] FIG. 72 is a diagram illustrating another exemplary embodiment of the broadcast screen displaying a channel map.

[0562] 参照图72，显示器302可以显示画面7200。 [0562] Referring to FIG 72, the display 302 may display a screen 7200.如果控制器340在显示图71中例示的广播频道地图7120或图73中例示的应用频道地图7320的状态下检测到用于请求频道地图切换的用户动作，则控制器340控制显示人员频道地图7220。 If the broadcast channel map controller 340 in FIG. 71 illustrates a display state in the embodiment shown the channel map application 7320 detects a user operation for requesting channel map switch in FIG. 73 or 7120, the controller 340 controls the display human channel map 7220 .在一些实施方式中，该用户动作可以是用户按压遥控器的左键和右键中的一个的动作。 In some embodiments, the user action may be a user operation of remote controller is pressed in the left and right buttons.

[0563] 在显示人员频道地图7220的过程中，控制器340可以控制显示人员频道地图7220中列出的一个人员频道的内容。 [0563] In the process of displaying the human channel map 7220, the controller 340 may control the display contents of a person who channel listed in the channel map 7220.可以根据图18的步骤S310接收该内容。 You can receive the content in accordance with step S310 of FIG. 18.人员频道地图7220可以与图15中例示的人员频道地图1510相同。 The same personnel who channel map 7220 may be channel map illustrated in FIG 151,510.

[0564] 图73是例示了显示频道地图的又一个示例性实施方式的广播画面的图。 [0564] FIG. 73 is a graph illustrating another exemplary embodiment of a broadcast screen displaying a channel map of the embodiment.

[0565] 参照图73，显示器302可以显示画面7300。 [0565] Referring to FIG 73, the display 302 may display a screen 7300.如果控制器340在显示图71中例示的广播频道地图7120或图72中例示的人员频道地图7220的状态下检测到用于请求频道地图切换的用户动作，则控制器340控制显示人员频道地图7320。 If the broadcast channel map controller 340 in FIG. 71 illustrates a display state in the embodiment shown of the human channel map 7220 detects a user action for requesting channel switching map in FIG. 72 or 7120, the controller 340 controls the display human channel map 7320 .在一些实施方式中，该用户动作可以是用户按压遥控器的左键和右键中的一个的动作。 In some embodiments, the user action may be a user operation of remote controller is pressed in the left and right buttons.[0566] 应用频道地图7320列出应用频道（例如，Netflix)、应用内容和与这些应用频道相关联的频道号码（例如，55)。 [0566] App channel map 7320 lists the application channel (eg, Netflix), application content and channel number and a channel associated with these applications (for example, 55).控制器340可以控制应用频道地图7320的显示，以使得通过指示器指示列出了画面7300上显示的由附图标记7310表示的提供应用内容“谷歌地图”的应用频道“谷歌”和频道号码“56”的行。 The controller 340 may control the channel map display application 7320, so that the pointer indicated by a list displayed on a screen 7300 to provide the reference numeral 7310 denotes application content "Google Maps" application channel "Google" and the channel number ' line 56 "of.控制器340可以控制应用频道地图7320的显示，以使得显示应用频道地图7320中列出的一个应用频道的应用内容。 The controller 340 may control the display channel map 7320 is applied to an application so that the application content channel display applications listed in the channel map 7320.如果用户执行用于选择应用频道地图7320中列出的应用频道中的一个的用户动作，则控制器340可以控制显示所选择的应用频道的应用内容。 If the user performs a channel selection for a user action application App channel map 7320 are listed in a, the controller 340 may control the application contents of the application to display the selected channel.

[0567] 图74是例示了显示全频道地图的一个示例性实施方式的画面的图。 [0567] FIG. 74 is a screen diagram illustrating an exemplary embodiment of a display of the full channel map.

[0568] 参照图74，显示器302可以显示画面7400。 [0568] Referring to FIG 74, the display 302 may display a screen 7400.如果控制器340检测到用于请求全频道地图的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制在画面7400上显示全频道地图。 If the controller 340 detects the full channel map for requesting user action, the controller 340 in response to a detected user action to control the display on a screen in a full channel map 7400.全频道地图可以是例如整个显示区域或全屏图像上以全频道模式显示的频道地图。 Full channel map may be, for example, the entire channel map is displayed on the full screen of the image display region or in a full channel mode.在一些实施方式中，该用户动作可以是用户按压用于全频道地图的热键或者用于全频道地图的菜单项的动作。 In some embodiments, the user action may be a user presses a hot key for the full channel map for the full channel map or menu item.

[0569] 全频道地图7400可以显示对应于例如广播内容、SNS内容和应用内容的不同类型的内容的多个频道地图。 [0569] The full channel map 7400 may display a map corresponding to the plurality of channels, for example, different types of content of broadcast content, SNS content and application content.不同类型的内容可以与不同类型的频道相关联。 Different types of content can be associated with different types of channels.全频道地图7400包括列出了至少一个广播频道的行7410、列出了至少一个人员频道的行7420和列出了至少一个应用频道的行7430。 The full channel map 7400 lists, including at least one broadcast channel line of 7410, a list of at least one human channel line 7420 and listed at least one application channel line 7430.这些行7410、7420和7430在其第一单元分别提供了标记7411、7421、7431，这些标记指示了列出了哪个广播频道、人员频道或应用频道。 These lines 7410,7420 and 7430 in a first tag means provided respectively 7411,7421,7431, these markers are listed which indicate a broadcast channel, a channel or application channel art.标记7411、7421、7431可以是图标或者可选择的链接，并且可以包括表示频道类型的图像。 7411,7421,7431 marker may be a selectable link or icon, and may include an image representing the channel type.在一个实施方式中，标记的选择可以在全屏上显示对应类型的频道地图。 In one embodiment, the selection marker may be displayed corresponding to the type of channel maps on the full screen.例如，如果选择了广播频道的标记7411，则三行7410、7420、7430中的各行可以广播多个频道。 For example, if the broadcast channel selection flag 7411, the three rows of each row 7410,7420,7430 may broadcast a plurality of channels.

[0570] 在一些实施方式中，全频道地图可以组织为使得在一行上列出至少一个广播频道，在另一行上列出至少一个人员频道，而在其它行上列出至少一个应用频道。 [0570] In some embodiments, the full channel map may be organized such that the at least one broadcast channels listed on one line, at least one human channel listed on another line, and the at least one application channel lists on other rows.

[0571] 在全频道地图7400中，同一行中的频道之间的移动可以取决于左键或右键的输入，并且不同行之间的移动可以取决于上键和下键的输入。 [0571] In the full channel map 7400 to move between channels in the same row may depend on the input left or right, and can be moved between different rows depending on the input key and the down key.如果用户执行用于指定全频道地图7400中列出的频道中的一个的用户动作，则控制器340可以控制显示所指定的频道的内容。 If the user performs a user operation for designating a channel in the full channel map 7400 is listed, the controller 340 may control the display of the content channel designated.可以根据图18中例示的步骤S310接收该内容。 The step can be illustrated in FIG. 18 S310 to receive the content.

[0572] 图75是例示了显示全频道地图的另一个示例性实施方式的画面的图。 [0572] FIG. 75 is a diagram illustrating a screen according to another exemplary embodiment of displaying a full channel map.

[0573] 参照图75，显示器302可以显示画面7500。 [0573] Referring to FIG 75, the display 302 may display a screen 7500.如果控制器340检测到用于请求全频道地图的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制在画面7500上显示全频道地图。 If the controller 340 detects the full channel map for requesting user action, the controller 340 in response to a detected user action to control the display on a screen in a full channel map 7500.在一些实施方式中，该用户动作可以是用户按压用于全频道地图的热键或者用于全频道地图的菜单项的动作。 In some embodiments, the user action may be a user presses a hot key for the full channel map for the full channel map or menu item.

[0574] 全频道地图7500列出了广播频道7510、人员频道7520和7530以及应用频道7540。 [0574] The full channel map 7500 lists broadcast channels 7510, 7520 and 7530 as well as the human channel application channel 7540.全频道地图7500可以以频道号码的顺序列出这些频道。 The full channel map 7500 may list these channels in order of channel number.全频道地图7500可以通过用户评级（rating)(例如，喜好）基于频道类型按照字母顺序排序，或者全频道地图7500可以以用户设置的定制顺序显示。 The full channel map 7500 (Rating) (e.g., preferences) Rating based on the channel type of user sorted alphabetically, or the full channel map 7500 may be displayed in order to customize the user.在如图75所示的示例中，在全频道地图7500中，与频道号码“20”相对应的广播频道“Star Plus”位于最上位置，与频道号码“21”相对应的电台频道“MTV Radio”位于紧接广播频道“Star Plus”之下，而与频道号码“22”相对应的人员频道“Brandon”位于紧接电台频道“MTV Radio”之下。 In the example shown in Figure 75, the full channel map 7500, the channel number "20" corresponding to the broadcast channel "Star Plus" is located in the uppermost position, and the channel number "21" corresponding to the radio channel "MTV Radio "located immediately broadcast channel" Star Plus "below, and the channel number" 22 "corresponding to the human channel" Brandon "located immediately radio channel" MTV radio "below.对应于频道号码“26”的应用频道、“Picasa”位于最下位置。 Corresponding to the channel number "26" in the application channel, "Picasa" located at the lowermost position.不同类型的频道可以被分配相同的频道号码（例如，SNS频道26用于Susan，而应用频道26用于Picasa)。 Different types of channels may be allocated the same channel number (e.g., SNS channel 26 for Susan, the channel 26 and the application for Picasa).在这种情况下，可以基于用户预定或者设置的类型对频道进行排序。 In this case, the channel can be sorted based on the user settings or predetermined type.

[0575] 当用户输入特定号码时，与该特定号码相关联的频道号码可以列在全频道地图7500中。 [0575] When the user inputs a specific number, associated with that particular number associated channel number can be listed in the full channel map 7500.全频道地图7500的区域7505示出了用户输入的号码。 Region 7500 of the full channel map 7505 shows a number of user input.在图中，随着区域7505示出“2_”，具有与“2_”相关联的20到29范围内的频道号码的频道显示在全频道地图7500上。 In the drawing, it is shown as region 7505 "2_" having "2_" 20-29 channel number in the range associated with the channel displayed on the full channel map 7500.[0576] 如果用户执行用于指定全频道地图7500中列出的频道中的一个的用户动作，则控制器340可以控制显示所指定的频道的内容。 [0576] If the user performs a user operation for designating a channel full channel map 7500 are listed in, the controller 340 may control the display contents of the designated channel.可以根据图18中例示的步骤S310接收该内容。 The step can be illustrated in FIG. 18 S310 to receive the content.

[0577] 图76是例示了显示全频道地图的另一个示例性实施方式的画面的图。 [0577] FIG. 76 is a diagram illustrating a screen according to another exemplary embodiment of displaying a full channel map.

[0578] 参照图76，显示器302可以显示全频道地图7600。 [0578] Referring to FIG 76, the display 302 may display a full channel map 7600.如果控制器340检测到用于请求全频道地图的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制在画面上显示全频道地图7600。 If the controller 340 detects a user operation for requesting the full channel map, the controller 340 in response to a detected user action to the full channel map 7600 controls the display on the screen.在一些实施方式中，该用户动作可以是用户按压用于全频道地图的热键或者用于全频道地图的菜单项的动作。 In some embodiments, the user action may be a user presses a hot key for the full channel map for the full channel map or menu item.

[0579] 全频道地图7600包括广播频道页（或页面）、人员频道页和应用频道页。 [0579] The full channel map 7600 includes a broadcast channel page (or pages), human channel sheet and application channel page.广播频道页、人员频道页和应用频道页可以分别利用页选项卡（tab) 7601、页选项卡7602和页选项卡7603进行选择。 Broadcast channel page, staff page and channel applications can take advantage of each channel page tab page (tab) 7601, page tabs 7602 and 7603 were selected page tab.具体地说，如果用户执行按压页选项卡7601、7602和7603中的一个的动作，则控制器340可以控制显示与所按压的页选项卡相关联的页。 Specifically, if the user presses the execution of a page tab and the operation 7601,7602 7603, the controller 340 may control to display the page associated with the page tab is pressed.

[0580] 在画面上显示全频道地图7600的过程中，控制器340可以控制显示广播频道页、人员频道页和应用频道页中的一个。 [0580] the full channel map display procedure 7600, the controller 340 may control to display a page broadcast channel, and the application of human channel page page channel on the screen.在图76中，显示广播频道页7610。 In FIG. 76, page 7610 displays a broadcast channel.广播频道页7610可以包括指示广播频道是TV频道的标记7612和指示广播频道是电台频道的标记7614。 Broadcast channel sheet 7610 may include an indication of a broadcast channel is a TV channel in 7612 and marks indicating radio channels broadcast channel is marked 7614.广播频道页7610的各单元包括广播频道（例如，Colors)和与该广播频道相关联的频道号码(例如，T01)。 Each page broadcast channel unit 7610 comprises a broadcast channel (e.g., Colors) and the channel number associated with the broadcast channel (e.g., T01).如果用户执行按压广播频道页7610上的一个单元的动作，则控制器340控制在所按压的单元的广播频道上显示广播节目。 If the user performs an action on a cell broadcast channel of the pressing sheet 7610, the controller 340 controls the broadcast program displayed on the broadcast channel by the pressing unit.

[0582] 参照图77，如果用户执行用于选择页选项卡7602的用户动作，则控制器340检测该用户动作，并响应于所检测到的用户动作控制显示全频道地图7700的人员频道页7710。 [0582] Referring to FIG 77, if the user performs user action for selecting the page of the tab 7602, the controller 340 detects the user operation and, in response to the detected user action control channel map to display full pages 7700 to 7710 human channel .

[0583] 人员频道页7710的各单元包括人员频道（例如,Brandon)和与该人员频道相关联的频道号码（例如，22)。 [0583] Each human channel unit 7710 comprises a p channel art (e.g., Brandon) and the channel number of the person associated with the channel (e.g., 22).如果用户执行按压人员频道页7710上的一个单元的动作，则控制器340可以控制显示所按压的单元的人员频道的内容。 If the user performs an action on a pressing means human channel page 7710, the controller 340 may control the display contents of human channel unit pressed.可以根据图18中例示的步骤S310接收该内容。 The step can be illustrated in FIG. 18 S310 to receive the content.

[0584] 图78是例示了显示图76的全频道地图的应用频道页的画面的图。 [0584] FIG. 78 is a diagram illustrating a screen showing the application channel page 76 of the full channel map.

[0585] 参照图78，如果用户执行用于选择页选项卡7603的动作，则控制器340检测该用户动作，并响应于所检测到的用户动作控制在全频道地图7800上显示应用频道页4210。 [0585] Referring to FIG 78, if the user performs an operation for selecting the page of the tab 7603, the controller 340 detects the user operation and, in response to the detected user action to control the display on the full channel map page channel 7800 Application 4210 .

[0586] 应用频道页7810的各单元包括应用频道（例如，NFS9)和与该应用频道相关联的频道号码（例如，01)。 [0586] Applications of each channel unit 7810 comprises a p channel applications (e.g., NFS9) and a channel number and a channel associated with the application (e.g., 01).如果用户执行按压应用频道页7810上的一个单元的动作，则控制器340可以控制显示所按压的单元的应用频道的内容。 If the user performs an action on a pressing unit channel page application 7810, the controller 340 may control the display contents of the application of the pressing channel unit.

[0587] 图79是例示了显示最近观看的频道地图的一个示例性实施方式的画面的图。 [0587] FIG. 79 is a diagram illustrating a display screen of a recently viewed channel map exemplary embodiment.[0588] 参照图79，显示器302可以显示最近观看的频道地图7900。 [0588] Referring to FIG 79, the display 302 may display a recently viewed channel map 7900.如果控制器340检测到用于请求最近观看的频道地图的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制在画面上显示最近观看的频道地图7900。 If the controller 340 detects a recently viewed channel map for requesting a user operation, the controller 340 in response to a detected user action to control the display of recently viewed channel map 7900 on the screen.在一些实施方式中，该用户动作可以是用户按压用于最近观看的频道地图的热键或者用于最近观看的频道地图的菜单项的动作。 In some embodiments, the user action may be a user presses a recently viewed channel map or a hotkey for action recently viewed channel map menu item.

[0589] 最近观看的频道地图7900列出了在预定时段内显示的广播频道、人员频道和应用频道。 [0589] recently viewed channel map 7900 lists broadcast channels, channels and applications personnel channel display for a predetermined period of time.该预定时段可以是I天、7天、10天、15天和30天。 The predetermined period may be I days, 7 days, 10 days, 15 days and 30 days.该预定时段可以是初始设置值，或者可以由用户设置。 The predetermined period may be an initial set value, or may be set by the user.

[0590] 最近观看的频道地图7900基于每行显示频道。 [0590] recently viewed channel map based on 7900 channels per line.各行的第一单元指示该频道与广播频道、人员频道和应用频道中的哪一个相对应。 Indicating the first cell of each row of the channel with a broadcast channel, and application of human channel in which a channel corresponds.例如，第一单元上的标记“TV”指示广播频道，标记“Radio ”指示电台频道,标记“ SNS”指示人员频道,而标记“App ”指示应用频道。 For example, the indicia on the first unit "TV" indicating a broadcast channel, labeled "Radio" indicating radio channels, labeled "SNS" indicates human channel, while the mark "App" indicates application channel.

[0591] 最近观看的频道地图7900可以以显示时间的逆序列出这些频道。 [0591] recently viewed channel map 7900 may list these channels in order to reverse the time display.例如，在最近观看的频道地图7900中，在广播频道“Star Plus”之前广播的广播频道“Set Max”位于广播频道“Star Plus”之后。 For example, in the recently viewed channel map 7900, before the broadcast channel "Star Plus" broadcast of the broadcast channel "Set Max" is located after the broadcast channel "Star Plus".

[0592] 如果用户执行按压最近观看的频道地图7900中列出的行中的一个的用户动作，则控制器340可以控制显示由所按压的行指示的频道的内容。 [0592] If the user presses a user action performed row recently viewed channel listed in the map 7900, the controller 340 may control the display contents of the line indicates the pressing channel.可以根据图18中例示的步骤S310接收该内容。 The step can be illustrated in FIG. 18 S310 to receive the content.

[0593] 图80是例示了显示全频道地图的又一个示例性实施方式的画面的图。 [0593] FIG. 80 is a diagram showing a screen of a further exemplary embodiment of displaying a full channel map.

[0594] 参照图80，显示器302可以显示全频道地图8000。 [0594] Referring to FIG 80, the display 302 may display a full channel map 8000.如果控制器340检测到用于请求全频道地图的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制在画面上显示全频道地图8000。 If the controller 340 detects the full channel map for requesting user action, the controller 340 in response to a detected user action to the full channel map 8000 controls the display on the screen.该用户动作可以是用户按压用于全频道地图的热键或者用于全频道地图的菜单项的动作。 The user action may be a user presses a hotkey or full channel map for the full channel map menu item.

[0595] 全频道地图8000具有与全频道地图7400相同的配置，并且还包括用于指示人员频道的所有者的在线状态的连接状态标记8050和8055 (也称为状态指示器）。 [0595] The full channel map 8000 has the same configuration as the full channel map 7400, and further comprising a connection state indicating the online state to the owner of the human channel markers 8050 and 8055 (also referred to as a status indicator).第一连接状态标记8050指示表示人员频道的所有者是否通过电子装置在线的第一在线状态。 A first connection state indicates that the owner flag 8050 indicates whether the human channel through a first line of the electronic device online.第二连接状态标记8055指示表示该所有者是否登录到服务器的第二在线状态。 8055 marks the second connection status indicator indicates that the owner is logged on to a second online server.该服务器可以是图I中例示的服务器10或者服务器20，并且该电子装置可以是图I中例示的第一数字TV100、第二数字TV 110、个人计算机系统120、笔记本计算机130或移动终端140。 The server may be digraph I in the server 10 or the server 20 illustrated, and the electronic device may be a first digital TV100 FIG. I is illustrated, the second digital TV 110, the personal computer system 120, computer 130 or the mobile terminal 140.所有者通过该电子装置在线意味着另一电子装置可通过人员频道连接到该电子装置。 It means the owner of another electronic device can be connected to the electronic device by the electronic device via the online channel staff.所有者登录到该服务器意味着另一所有者可以通过网络I与该所有者通信。 Owner log on to the server means another owner can communicate with the owner through the network I.例如，如果第一连接装置标记8050未激活（关闭）而第二连接状态标记8055激活（打开），则所有者没有通过其数字TV连接，而是通过其SNS帐号连接。 For example, if the first connecting means 8050 labeled inactive (off) and the second connection state flag 8055 to activate (open), through which the owner of a digital TV is not connected, but are connected via their SNS account.

[0596] 关于所有者的在线状态的信息可以从电子装置或服务器接收。 [0596] Information regarding the online status of the owner of the electronic device or may be received from the server.电子装置可以周期性地从服务器接收关于第一在线状态的信息或者关于第二在线状态的信息。 The electronic device may periodically receive information regarding the online state from a first server or a second information about the online state.

[0597] 电子装置可以向与人员频道地图中存储的人员频道相关联的电子装置或服务器发送关于第一在线状态的信息。 [0597] The electronic device may transmit information regarding the state of the first line to the electronic device or server human channel associated with a person stored in the channel map.在一些实施方式中，电子装置可以向与人员频道相关联的所有电子装置发送关于第一在线状态的信息。 In some embodiments, the electronic device may transmit information regarding the online state to a first electronic device and all persons associated with the channel.在一些实施方式中，电子装置可以向与人员频道相关联的电子装置当中的在线的电子装置发送关于第一在线状态的信息。 In some embodiments, the electronic device may transmit information regarding the online status of a first electronic device to the online art electronic device associated with the channel among.

[0598] 图8IA到8ID是例示了人员频道的所有者的在线状态的图。 [0598] FIG 8IA to 8ID is a diagram illustrating an online state of the art channel owner.

[0600] 在图81A中，连接状态标记8111指示表示人员频道的所有者不在线的第一在线状态，而连接状态标记8115指示表示该所有者未登录到服务器的第二在线状态。 [0600] In FIG. 81A, a connection state 8111 indicates the owner flag indicates a first-line human channel state is not online, the flag 8115 indicates a connection state indicates that the owner is not logged in to the server of the second online state.

[0601] 在图81B中，连接状态标记8121指示表示人员频道的所有者在线的第一在线状态，而连接状态标记8125指示表示该所有者未登录到服务器的第二在线状态。 [0601] In FIG 81B, the connection status flag indicates the owner of the line 8121 indicates a first line of human channel state flag 8125 indicates a connection state representing that the owner is not logged in to the server of the second online state.

[0602] 在图81C中， 连接状态标记8131指示表示人员频道的所有者不在线的第一在线状态，而连接状态标记8135指示表示该所有者登录到服务器的第二在线状态。 [0602] In FIG. 81C, the connection flag 8131 indicates the state of the art represented by the owner of the channel is not a first-line state line, 8135 indicates a connection state mark indicates that the owner is logged in to a second online server.

[0603] 在图81D中，连接状态标记8141指示表示人员频道的所有者在线的第一在线状态，而连接状态标记8145指示表示该所有者登录到服务器的第二在线状态。 [0603] In FIG. 81D, the connection status flag indicates the owner of the line 8141 indicates a first line of the human channel state, indicates a connection state mark 8145 indicates that the owner is logged in to a second online server.

[0604] 图82是例示了提供根据本公开的频道地图业务的方法的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0604] FIG. 82 is a flowchart illustrating a procedure performed provided according to an exemplary embodiment of the method of channel map service is disclosed.

[0605] 参照图82，显示器302在正在显示内容的画面上显示包括至少一个广播频道的广播频道地图（S2300)。 [0605] Referring to FIG 82, the display 302 is being displayed on the display screen of the content includes a broadcast channel map of the at least one broadcast channel (S2300).广播频道地图可以是图71中例示的广播频道地图7120。 Map broadcast channel may be a broadcast channel map 7120 illustrated in FIG 71.

[0606] 控制器340检测用于请求频道地图切换的第一用户动作（S2305)。 [0606] The controller 340 detects a first user action for requesting channel map switch (S2305).在一些实施方式中，该第一用户动作可以是用户按压遥控器的上键、下键、左键和右键中的一个的动作。 In some embodiments, the first user action may be a user presses a key on the remote controller, the operation in a key, the left and right.

[0607] 控制器340响应于检测到的第一用户动作将所显示的广播频道地图切换到包括至少一个人员频道的人员频道地图（S2310)。 [0607] The controller 340 in response to detecting the first user action broadcast channel map display is switched to a channel map including at least one person who channel (S2310).控制器340可以控制在画面上显示人员频道地图中包含的一个人员频道的内容。 The controller 340 may control the contents of a human channel art channel map is displayed on the screen.所选择的人员频道可以具有第一频道号码、中间频道号码或最末频道号码，并且可以是比其它人员频道更近期显示的人员频道。 The selected human channel may have a first channel number, channel number or the last intermediate channel number, and may be a person other than the channel displayed more recent human channel.人员频道地图可以是图72中例示的人员频道地图7220。 Human channel map may be the human channel map 7220 illustrated in FIG. 72.

[0608] 控制器340检测用于请求频道切换的第二用户动作（S2315)。 [0608] The controller 340 detects a second user action for requesting channel switching (S2315).在一些实施方式中，该第二用户动作可以是用户按压遥控器的上键、下键、左键和右键中的一个的动作。 In some embodiments, the second user action may be a user presses the key on the remote controller, the operation in a key, the left and right.在一些实施方式中，如果用于请求频道地图切换的第一用户动作是按压遥控器的左键或右键的动作，则用于请求频道切换的第二用户动作可以是按压该遥控器的上键或下键的动作。 In some embodiments, the channel map if a first user action for requesting the handover operation of the remote controller is pressed left or right, the second user action for requesting channel switching may be pressing the button on the remote controller or down key operation.

[0609] 控制器340响应于所检测到的第二用户动作将所选择的人员频道切换到人员频道地图中的另一人员频道（S2320)。 [0609] The controller 340 in response to the detected second user action the selected channel is switched to another person who channel (S2320) human channel map.

[0610] 控制器340控制显示所切换的人员频道的内容（S2325)。 [0610] The controller 340 controls the display contents of the switched human channel (S2325).可以根据图18中的步骤S310接收该内容。 The content may be received in accordance with step 18 of FIG S310.

[0612] 控制器340响应于检测到的第三用户动作将人员频道地图切换到包括至少一个应用频道的应用频道地图（S2335)。 [0612] The controller 340 in response to detecting the third user action will switch to the channel map art channel map comprises applying at least one application channel (S2335).该应用频道地图可以是图73中例示的应用频道地图7320。 The application may be an application channel map channel map 7320 illustrated in FIG 73.

[0613] 控制器340检测用于请求全频道地图的第四用户动作（S2340)。 [0613] The controller 340 detects a fourth user action (S2340) requesting a full channel map.在一些实施方式中，该第四用户动作可以是用户按压用于全频道地图的热键或者用于全频道地图的菜单项的动作。 In some embodiments, the fourth user action may be a user presses a hot key for the full channel map for the full channel map or menu item.

[0614] 控制器340响应于检测到的第四用户动作控制显示包括至少一个广播频道、至少一个人员频道和至少一个应用频道的全频道地图（S2345)。 [0614] The controller 340 in response to a fourth control detected user action comprises display of at least one broadcast channel, at least a full channel map human channel and at least one application channel (S2345).该全频道地图可以是图74中例示的全频道地图7400、图75中例示的全频道地图7500、图76中例示的全频道地图7600和图80中例示的全频道地图8000中的一个。 The full channel map may be the full channel map 7400 in FIG. 74 illustrated, the full channel map in FIG. 75 illustrated in 7500, the full channel map 8000 the full channel map in FIG. 76 illustrated in 7600 and FIG. 80 illustrates in a.[0615] 控制器340检测用于请求最近观看的频道地图的第五用户动作（S2350)。 [0615] The controller 340 detects the operation for the fifth user (S2350) a request of recently viewed channel map.在一些实施方式中，该第五用户动作可以是按压用于最近观看的频道地图的热键或者用于最近观看的频道地图的菜单项的用户动作。 In some embodiments, the fifth user action may be pressed for recently viewed channel map or a hotkey for user actions recently viewed channel map menu item.

[0616] 控制器340响应于检测到的第五用户动作控制显示包括在预定时段内显示的广播频道、人员频道和应用频道的最近观看的频道地图（S2355)。 [0616] The controller 340 in response to the detected user action to control the display comprises a fifth channel map (S2355) recently watched broadcast channel is displayed for a predetermined period, and application of human channel channels.最近显示的频道地图可以是图79中例示的最近显示的频道地图7900。 Recently viewed channel map may be displayed in the latest channel map 7900 illustrated in FIG 79.该预定时段可以是I天、7天、10天、15天和30天。 The predetermined period may be I days, 7 days, 10 days, 15 days and 30 days.该预定时段可以是初始设置值，或者可以由用户设置。 The predetermined period may be an initial set value, or may be set by the user.

[0617] 图83是例示了与根据本发明的用户注册方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0617] FIG. 83 is a flowchart illustrating an exemplary process of the embodiment related to user registration method according to the present invention is performed.

[0618] 参照图83，控制器340控制显示用于接收用户注册信息的⑶I (S2400)。 [0618] Referring to FIG 83, the controller 340 controls the display for receiving the user registration information ⑶I (S2400).该⑶I可以在电子装置300的初始执行（启动）时或者在接收到用户请求时显示。 The ⑶I can be displayed or when the user request is received at the initial execution (start) of the electronic device 300.用户注册信息可以包括装置序列号、用户名称、用户ID、密码、连接信息、姓别信息、生日、国籍信息或场所信息中的至少一个。 The user registration information may include a device serial number, user name, user ID, password, connection information, gender information, date of birth, nationality information or location information of at least one.连接信息可以包括电子邮件地址、SIP地址、IP地址、端口号、MAC地址、SNS帐号或URL中的至少一个。 The connection information may include email addresses, SIP addresses,, IP address, port number, MAC address, SNS account or at least one of the URL.

[0619] 图84是例示了用于接收用户注册信息的GUI的一个实施方式的图。 [0619] FIG. 84 is a diagram illustrating one embodiment for receiving user registration information of a GUI.

[0620] 参照图84，显示器302可以在步骤S2400中显示⑶I 8400。 [0620] Referring to FIG 84, the display 302 may display ⑶I 8400 in step S2400.⑶I 8400用于接收用户注册信息。 ⑶I 8400 for receiving user registration information.GUI 8400包括用于输入用户ID、密码、名和姓的输入框、用于选择性别信息的复选框和用于选择生日的列表框。 GUI 8400 includes an input box for entering a user ID, password, name and last name for the check box to select the gender of information and for selecting the birthday list box.“下一步”按钮用于显示下一个画面，“退出”按钮用于结束用户注册方法。 "Next" button is used to display the next screen, "Exit" button to end user registration method.控制器340可以响应于检测到的按下“下一步”按钮的用户动作控制显示下一步的画面，并且可以响应于检测到的按下“退出”按钮的用户动作控制结束用户注册方法。 The controller 340 may control the operation of the user in response to the detected pressing the "Next" button to display the next screen, and in response to the detected press the "Exit" button user operation control method of the end user registration.

[0621] 控制器340控制显示用于选择SNS站点的⑶I (S2410)。 [0621] The controller 340 controls the display for selecting ⑶I SNS site (S2410).如果控制器340检测到用于按下“下一步”按钮的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制GUI的显示。 If the controller 340 detects a user action for pushing the "Next" button, the display controller 340 may be responsive to a user action is detected to control the GUI.可以预先存储SNS站点的列表，并且控制器340可以控制在⑶I上显示预先存储的列表。 You may be previously stored in a list of SNS site, and the controller 340 may control the display on the pre-stored list ⑶I.

[0622] 图85是例示了用于选择SNS站点的⑶I的一个实施方式的图。 [0622] FIG. 85 is a diagram illustrating an SNS site for selecting one embodiment of the ⑶I.

[0623] 参照图85，显示器302可以在步骤S2410中显示⑶I 8500。 [0623] Referring to FIG 85, the display 302 may display ⑶I 8500 in step S2410.⑶I 8500包括SNS站点8511到8519、分别用于选择SNS站点8511到8519的复选框8521到8529和用于全部选择SNS站点8511到8519的复选框8530。 ⑶I 8500 8511-8519 comprising SNS sites, respectively, for selecting the checkbox SNS site from 8511 to 8519 and 8521 to 8529 of the box 8530 is used to select all of the SNS sites 8511-8519.可以在存储单元345中预先存储SNS站点8511到8519的列表。 8511-8519 can list previously stored in the storage unit SNS site 345.而且，可以更新SNS站点8511到8519的列表。 Also, the SNS site can update the list of 8511-8519.

[0624] 控制器340控制显示用于接收SNS站点认证信息的⑶I (S2420)。 [0624] The controller 340 controls the display for receiving a SNS site ⑶I authentication information (S2420).如果控制器340检测到用于按下“下一步”按钮的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制⑶I的显示。 If the controller 340 detects a user action for pushing the "Next" button, the display controller 340 may be responsive to a user action is detected control ⑶I.认证信息可以包括用户ID和密码。 The authentication information may include a user ID and password.用户ID可以是SNS站点中注册的电子邮件地址。 SNS site user ID may be registered in the e-mail address.

[0625] 要显示的⑶I的数量可以与步骤S2410中选择的SNS站点的数量相同。 [0625] ⑶I the same number to be displayed can be selected in the step S2410 SNS site.即，可以显示用于接收关于每一个所选择的SNS站点的认证信息的GUI。 That is, the display can be configured to receive authentication information for each of the selected SNS site of the GUI.

[0626] 图86是例示了接收SNS站点的认证信息的⑶I的一个实施方式的图。 [0626] FIG. 86 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of the authentication information received ⑶I SNS site.

[0627] 参照图86，显示器302可以在步骤S2420中显示⑶I 8600。 [0627] Referring to FIG 86, the display 302 may display ⑶I 8600 in step S2420.⑶I 8600包括图标8610以及用于输入该图标8610指示的SNS站点的电子邮件ID和密码的输入框。 ⑶I 8600 includes e-mail ID and password input box icons 8610 and SNS sites for entering the icon 8610 indicated.[0628] 控制器340控制显示用于确认频道扫描执行的⑶I (S2430)。 [0628] The controller 340 controls display of a ⑶I (S2430) to confirm the channel scan performed.如果控制器340检测到用于按下“下一步”按钮的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制⑶I的显示。 If the controller 340 detects a user action for pushing the "Next" button, the display controller 340 may be responsive to a user action is detected control ⑶I.

[0630] 参照图87，显示器302可以在步骤S2430中显示⑶I 8700。 [0630] Referring to FIG 87, the display 302 may display step in ⑶I 8700 S2430.⑶I 8700包括用于询问是否执行频道扫描的引导语句8710、用于选择执行频道扫描的“是”按钮和用于防止执行频道扫描的“退出”按钮。 ⑶I 8700 includes a guide for asking whether the statement 8710 channel scanning, choose to perform a channel scan for the "Yes" button and perform a channel scan is used to prevent the "Exit" button.控制器340可以响应于检测到的选择“是”按钮的用户动作控制用于提供图88的频道扫描界面的方法的进展。 The controller 340 may in response to detecting the selection of "YES" button progression user action method for providing a control interface of FIG. 88 is a channel scan.

[0631] 在图83的用户注册方法的执行过程中输入的用户注册信息和SNS站点认证信息可以在各输入步骤中发送给服务器10，并且可以在步骤S2430完成之后发送给服务器10。 [0631] SNS site user registration information and authentication information input during execution of the user registration process of FIG. 83 may be sent to the server 10 in the input step, and may be transmitted to the server 10 after completion of step S2430.

[0632] 图88是例示了根据本公开的提供频道扫描界面的方法的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0632] FIG. 88 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of a process according to an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure provides a method of performing a channel scan interface.

[0633] 参照图88，控制器340控制显示用于选择扫描方法的⑶I (S2500)。 [0633] Referring to FIG 88, the controller 340 controls the display ⑶I (S2500) for selecting a scan method.该⑶I可以在服务器注册方法执行之后自动或通过用户请求显示。 The ⑶I can be displayed either automatically or by user request after the server registration method is executed.另选地，Gn可以通过用户请求在可选时间显示，或者或以在更新过程中显示。 Alternatively, Gn request by a user selectable time display, or to display or update process.扫描方法可以包括自动扫描和手动扫描中的至少一个。 The method may include an automatic scanning and manual scans at least one.GUI可以包括用于选择至少一个扫描方法的扫描方法选项。 GUI may comprise a scanning method for selecting at least the option of scanning method.

[0634] 图89是例不了用于选择扫描方法的⑶I的一个实施方式的图。 [0634] FIG. 89 is a diagram of one embodiment of the scanning method can not be used to select the ⑶I.

[0637] 如果选择了指示自动扫描的扫描方法选项，则控制器340控制显示用于选择业务类型的⑶I(S2520)。 [0637] If instructed to automatically scan method of scanning option is selected, the controller 340 controls the display for selecting a service type ⑶I (S2520).该⑶I可以包括用于选择至少一个业务类型的业务类型选项。 The ⑶I may include selecting at least one service type of business type option.业务类型指示广播频道、应用频道或人员频道中的一个。 Business type indicates a broadcast channel, use the channel or channels of staff.

[0638] 图90是例示了用于选择业务类型的⑶I的一个实施方式的图。 [0638] FIG. 90 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment for selecting a service type ⑶I.

[0640] 控制器340确认是否选择了用于选择业务类型选项的⑶I 9000提供的业务类型选项当中的特定业务类型选项（S2530)。 [0640] The controller 340 confirms whether the selected service option to select the type of the service type options ⑶I 9000 to provide a particular service type among the options (S2530).

[0641] 如果选择了特定业务类型选项，则控制器340控制执行针对与所选择的业务类型选项相关联的频道的频道扫描（S2540)。 [0641] If a certain type of service option is selected, the controller 340 controls execution of a channel and scanning channels of the selected service type option associated (S2540).在一个示例中，如果选择了业务类型选项9010，则控制器340控制执行针对广播频道的频道扫描。 In one example, if the service type option 9010 is selected, the controller 340 performs a channel scan for the broadcast control channel.如果选择了业务类型选项9030，则控制器340控制执行针对人员频道的频道扫描。 If you select the service type option 9030, the controller 340 controls to perform a channel scan for human channel.

[0643] 参照图91，显示器302可以在步骤S2540中显示画面9100。 [0643] Referring to FIG 91, the display 302 may display a screen 9100 in step S2540.画面9100显示了表示人员频道扫描的进展的程度的状态条9110。 9100 represents progress screen shows the extent of human channel scan status bar 9110.画面9100显示了作为人员频道扫描的对象的SNS站点的列表9120。 9100 screen displays a list of 9120 SNS sites as human channel scan objects.SNS站点列表9120中包含的SNS站点可以是执行图83的用户注册方法的过程中选择的SNS站点。 SNS sites SNS site list 9120 contained in the user registration may be performed during the method of FIG. 83 selected SNS site.画面9100还可以显示用于显示当前的扫描结果的区域9130。 The screen 9100 may also display area 9130 for displaying the current scan results.在画面9100中，“跳过”按钮用于停止频道扫描，并选择显示至此的扫描结果，并且“退出”按钮用于选择结束频道扫描。 In screen 9100, the "skip" button is used to stop the channel scan and select Scan results showed that so far, and the "Exit" button is used to select the end of the channel scan.控制器340可以响应于检测到的选择“跳过”按钮的用户动作停止频道扫描，然后进行到步骤S2550。 The controller 340 may in response to detecting the "Skip" button to stop the operation of the user channel scan, and then proceeds to step S2550.而且，控制器340响应于检测到的选择“退出”按钮的用户动作控制结束频道扫描。 Also, the controller 340 in response to detecting the selection of the "Exit" button, operation control of the end user channel scan.

[0644] 控制器340控制显示频道扫描的结果（S2550)。 [0644] The controller 340 controls display of a channel scan result (S2550).如果频道扫描完成，则控制器340可以控制显示频道扫描的结果。 If the channel scan is completed, the controller 340 may control the display of the channel scanning results.

[0645] 如果控制器340检测到用于选择画面9100的“跳过”按钮的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制显示频道扫描的结果。 [0645] If the controller 340 detects a screen 9100 for selecting the "Skip" button of the user operation, the controller 340 in response to the detected user action results show control channel scan.所显示的频道扫描的结果是到频道扫描停止时频道扫描的结果。 Channel scan results are displayed channel scan results to stop the channel scan.在一个实施方式中，“跳过”按钮可以配置成跳过当前SNS业务提供商，以扫描下一SNS业务提供商，而不是跳过所有其余的SNS业务提供商。 In one embodiment, the "Skip" button may be configured to skip the current SNS service provider, in order to scan the next SNS service provider instead of skipping all remaining SNS service provider.

[0648] 画面9200显示SNS帐号选择区域9210、更新统计信息区域9220、频道输入框9230、SNS站点选择区域9250、用于显示所选择的SNS站点的图标9201、“添加”按钮、“后退”按钮和“首页”按钮。 [0648] SNS account selection screen 9200 display area 9210, area 9220 update statistics, channel input box 9230, SNS site selecting region 9250, 9201 icon for displaying the selected SNS site, the "Add" button, "back" button and "Home" button.SNS帐号选择区域9210包括所选择的SNS帐号的图片9211、用于选择前一SNS帐号的按钮9213、用于选择下一SNS帐号的按钮9215和用于显示所选择的SNS站点中扫描的SNS帐号的总数和所选择的SNS帐号的顺序的标记9217。 SNS account selection area 9210 including the selected images SNS account 9211 for selecting SNS account before a button 9213 for selecting the next button 9215 and SNS account the selected SNS site to display scanned SNS account the total number and order of the selected SNS account indicia 9217.

[0649] 更新统计信息区域9220显示了关于所选择的SNS帐号9211的更新统计信息。 [0649] update statistics area 9220 shows the updated statistical information about the selected SNS account 9211.更新统计信息可以包括已更新视频的数量、已更新图片的数量或已更新消息的数量中的至少一个。 Update statistics may include the number of updated video updated the number of images or the number of messages have been updated in at least one.

[0650] 频道输入框9230显示分配给所选择的SNS帐号9211的频道号码。 [0650] channel input box 9230 displays 9211 SNS account number assigned to a channel selected.如果没有向所选择的SNS帐号9211分配频道号码，则频道输入框9230可以为空。 If no SNS account to the selected distribution channel number 9211, the channel input box 9230 may be empty.用户可以将要分配给所选择的SNS帐号9211的频道号码输入到频道输入框9230中。 Users may be assigned to a selected SNS account 9211 is input to the channel number input box 9230 in the channel.在一个实施方式中，频道输入框9230的选择可以显示弹出窗口，以显示可选择来分配给SNS帐号的可用频道号码。 In one embodiment, the selected channel input box 9230 may display a pop-up window can be used to selectively display the channel numbers assigned to SNS account.

[0651] SNS站点选择区域9250显示SNS站点或SNS提供商的图标。 [0651] SNS site selecting region 9250 displays icons SNS SNS site or provider.如果用户选择了SNS站点选择区域9250上显示的任何一个图标，则控制器340控制从SNS帐号选择区域9210选择在由所选择的图标指示的SNS站点中扫描的SNS帐号。 If the user selects any one of the icons displayed on the SNS site selection region 9250, the controller 340 controls the selection area to select an account from the SNS SNS site indicated by scanning the selected icon 9210 in the SNS account.

[0652] 图标9201显示所选择的SNS站点。 [0652] Icon 9201 displays the selected SNS site.用户可以从SNS帐号选择区域9210中选择在由图标9201指示的SNS站点中扫描的SNS帐号。 Users can choose to scan the SNS site indicated by an icon 9201 of SNS SNS account from the account in the selection area 9210.

[0653] “添加”按钮用于接收构造频道地图的请求，“后退”按钮用于接收显示前一画面的请求，而“首页”按钮用于接收显示首页的请求。 [0653] "Add" button configured for receiving a request channel map, "back" button for receiving a request to display the previous screen, and the "Home" button for receiving a request home page is displayed.

[0655] 参照图93，显示器302可以在步骤S2550中显示画面9300。 [0655] Referring to FIG 93, the display 302 may display a screen 9300 in step S2550.画面9300是显示人员频道扫描的结果的画面。 Screen 9300 is a screen the result of a human channel scan display.画面9300可以包括朋友列表（或联系人列表）区域9310、共同(mutual)朋友列表区域9320、扫描结果统计信息区域9330和SNS站点选择区域9350。 Screen 9300 may include a list of friends (or contact list) area 9310, common (mutual) friend list region 9320, the scan results and statistics area 9330 SNS site selecting region 9350.

[0656] SNS站点选择区域9350是与图92的SNS站点选择区域9250相对应的区域，从而由图92的描述代替其详细描述。 [0656] SNS site selection region 9350 is a region 9250 in FIG selected SNS site 92 corresponding to a region, so a detailed description thereof is replaced by a description of FIG. 92.朋友列表区域9310显示从SNS站点选择区域9350选择的SNS站点中注册的朋友的列表。 Friends list area 9310 displays a list of selected region 9350 selected from the SNS site SNS sites registered friends.用户可以从朋友列表区域9310选择特定朋友（或联系人）。 Users can select a particular friend (or contact) from the friend list region 9310.例如，指针9360可以用于选择用于Iva的SNS帐号的图标9317。 For example, a pointer 9360 can be used to select the icon of SNS account for Iva 9317.朋友列表区域9310可以显示朋友的SNS帐号。 Friend list region 9310 can display a friend's SNS account.

[0657] 连接状态标记9311和9315用于显示是否连接了对应朋友。 [0657] connection state mark 9311 and 9315 for displaying whether the connection correspondence friends.更具体地说，连接状态标记9311可以表示由图81的连接状态标记8111、8121、8131和8141中的一个显示的在线状态，而连接状态标记9315可以表示由图81的连接状态标记8115、8125、8135和8145中的一个显示的在线状态。 More specifically, the connection state indicated by the flag 9311 may represent a connection state of FIG. 81 8111,8121,8131 and 8141 in a display of the status line, a connection state mark 9315 can be represented by a connection state flag 8115,8125 81 online status 8135 and 8145 in a display.

[0658] 共同朋友列表区域9320显示从朋友列表区域9310选择的朋友的共同朋友的列表。 [0658] mutual friend list region 9320 displays a list of mutual friends from the region 9310 select list of friends of friends.共同朋友列表区域9320可以显示共同朋友的SNS帐号。 Mutual friend list region 9320 can display a common friend of SNS accounts.例如，如果选择了Iva的SNS帐号的图标9317，则Iva和John的共同朋友只可以显示在共同朋友列表区域9320中。 For example, if you select the icon Iva's SNS account 9317, the common friend Iva and John's only show up in mutual friend list region in 9320.

[0659] 在一个实施方式中，区域9320可以显示这些朋友中的被请求了信息的朋友的SNS 帐号的列表。 [0659] In one embodiment, the region 9320 may display the friend list of the requested information SNS account of these friends.例如，参照图93，如果针对Iva的SNS帐号（例如，Hi5帐号）选择了图标9317，则区域9320可以显示John和Iva的朋友之间的潜在或可能朋友的列表，例如，朋友的朋友的列表。 For example, referring to FIG. 93, if you select the icon for Iva's SNS account (for example, Hi5 account) 9317, the region 9320 can display a list of possible or potential friends, for example, a list of friends of friends of friends between John and Iva's .用于这些朋友的图标还可以包括指示用户是否利用他们的电子装置在线或者登录到他们在服务器上的SNS帐号的连接状态标记9311、9315。 For these friends may also include an icon indicating whether the user to use their electronics online connection or log on to the status of their accounts on a server SNS marks 9311,9315.在一个实施方式中，共同朋友的列表和朋友的朋友的列表可以仅列出已经注册使用他们的电子装置来访问人员频道（例如，在他们的多功能显示装置上通过一个频道访问他们的SNS帐号）的那些用户，或者该列表可以仅包括当前登录的那些用户。 In one embodiment, a common list of friends and friends of friends' list can only list already registered to use their electronic devices to access the human channel (for example, on a device to access their accounts through a channel SNS show their versatility ) of those users, or the list may include only those users currently logged on.用户的这些偏好设置可以存储针对这些显示区域的配置和其它设置。 These user preferences may be stored for a configuration of these settings and other display areas.

[0660] 信息区域9330显示用于表示从朋友列表区域9310选择的朋友的人员频道是否可用的消息9331、用于表示分配给所选择的朋友的人员频道号码的消息9333和用于表示所选择的朋友的共同朋友的数量的消息9335。 [0660] information area 9330 displays a message indicating a selected region 9310 from a friend list of a friend who is available to channel 9331, for indicating assigned to the selected friends who channel number and a message 9333 indicating the selected the number of common friends of friends messages 9335.例如，如果选择了Iva的SNS帐号的图标9317，则扫描结果统计信息区域9330可以显示与Iva的帐号相关的信息。 For example, if the icon is selected SNS account Iva 9317, the results of the scan area 9330 can display statistical information related to Iva account information.在本示例中，Iva具有与John的SNS帐号公共的12个朋友，并且Iva的SNS帐号在电子装置100的频道号码27上可访问。 In the present example, John has Iva SNS account friend common 12, and Iva SNS account accessible on channel number 100 of the electronic device 27.

[0661] 用户可以从朋友列表区域9310和共同朋友列表区域9320上显示的SNS帐号当中选择特定SNS帐号，然后向所选择的特定SNS帐号分配频道号码。 [0661] The user can region 9310 in common SNS account and displayed on the list area 9320 from among the selection of a particular account SNS friends list, then the channel number assigned to a particular SNS account selected.

[0662] 控制器340构造频道地图（S2560)。 [0662] The controller 340 is configured channel map (S2560).如果控制器340从显示了频道扫描的结果的画面检测到针对特定SNS帐号请求频道分配的用户动作，则控制器340可以进行到步骤S3560。 If the controller 340 detects from the results of channel scanning of the display screen to a user action requesting channel allocation for a particular SNS account, the controller 340 may proceed to step S3560.该用户动作可以是选择图92的“添加”按钮的用户动作。 The user action may be selecting "Add" button 92 of the user action.

[0663] 如果控制器340检测到用于选择图92的“添加”按钮的用户动作，则控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作将输入到频道输入框9230的频道号码分配给所选择的SNS帐号9211。 [0663] If the controller 340 detects a "Add" user action selecting button 92, the controller 340 in response to detecting the user action block 9230 is inputted to the input channel assigned to the channel number of the selected SNS account 9211.控制器340可以存储所选择的SNS帐号9211、输入到频道输入框9230中的频道号码和使所选择的SNS帐号9211与输入到频道输入框9230中的频道号码彼此相关联的信息。 The controller 340 may store the selected SNS account 9211, the channel information is input to the input box 9230 of the selected channel number and SNS account 9211 and input to the channel input box 9230 of the channel number associated with each other.人员频道地图可以是图12中例示的人员频道地图，或者可以是后面将描述的图97中例示的人员频道地图。 Human channel map may be human channel map illustrated in FIG. 12, or may be a human channel map in FIG. 97 will be described later is exemplified.

[0664] 步骤S2560可以包括用于根据图13的构造人员频道地图的方法的执行过程或用于根据图34A和34B的构造人员频道地图的方法的执行过程。 [0664] Step S2560 may include performing the process according to the art configuration of FIG. 13 or the channel map for performing the method according to the processes of FIGS. 34A and 34B constructing a human channel map method.图92的画面9200和图93的画面9300可以是步骤SlOO中指定人员地址的第一⑶I。 FIG 92 is a screen 9200 and screen 9300 of FIG. 93 may be specified in step SlOO first human address ⑶I.SNS帐号选择区域9210、朋友列表区域9320和共同朋友列表区域9330上显示的SNS帐号可以是第一⑶I中列出的可选择的人员地址。 SNS account selecting region 9210, friends and mutual friends list area 9320 displayed on the list area 9330 SNS account may be selectable staff first ⑶I address listed.[0665] 图94是例示了与根据本公开的扫描人员频道的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0665] FIG. 94 is a flowchart illustrating a procedure of an exemplary embodiment of the method according to related art channel scanning performed disclosed.

[0666] 参照图94，电子装置9410向中继服务器9420发送用于请求关于朋友的信息的朋友信息请求信号（S2600)。 [0666] Referring to FIG. 94, the electronic device sends a request 94109420 friend information about the friend information request signal to the relay server (S2600).关于朋友的信息例如可以包括新的或潜在的朋友、共同的朋友的列表、或者诸如状态更新、新上传内容、他们是否在利用人员频道业务的现有朋友的更新、或另一适当类型的信息。 On a friend's information may include new or potential friends, mutual friends list, or such as status updates, upload new content, whether they are updating an existing channel service personnel use a friend's, or another appropriate type of information .可以在图88的步骤S2540中执行朋友信息请求信号的发送，以对一个或更多个SNS服务器扫描朋友信号。 May perform the friend information request signal in step S2540 in FIG. 88, the signal to one or more friends SNS server scans.步骤S2540可以包括根据图94的扫描人员频道的方法的执行过程。 Step S2540 may include performing the process according to the scan method of FIG human channel 94.朋友信息请求信号还可以包括用户ID。 Friend information request signal may further include a user ID.该用户ID可以是中继服务器9420的帐号，或者可以是在图83的用户注册方法的执行过程中在服务器10中注册的信息。 The user ID 9420 may be a relay server account, or may be information registered in the server 10 executes the user registration process in the method of FIG 83.在一些实施方式中，朋友信息请求信号还可以包括单个或多个SNS帐号、针对所包含的SNS帐号的密码和SNS站点的站点名称。 In some embodiments, the friend information request signal may also include a single or a plurality of SNS accounts, contained in the domain name for the account password and SNS SNS site.[0667] 中继服务器9420向第一SNS服务器9430发送请求朋友信息的朋友信息请求信号(S2610)。 Friend information [0667] The relay server 94,209,430 friend information transmission request to the SNS server a first request signal (S2610).服务器9420可以是服务器10，并且所发送的朋友信息请求信号可以包括第一SNS服务器9430上的帐号的帐号信息，并且还可以包括该帐号的密码。 Server 9420 may be a server 10, and friend information transmitted account information request signal may include a first account on the SNS server 9430, and may further include a password for the account.第一SNS服务器9430上的帐号信息和该帐号的密码可以预先存储在中继服务器9420中，可以在图83的用户注册方法的执行过程中发送给服务器10，或者可以包含在步骤S2600中发送的朋友信息请求信号中。 First SNS account information and password for the account on the server 9430 may be stored in the relay server 9420 may be sent to the server 10 during the execution of the user registration process of FIG. 83, or may be included in step S2600 is transmitted friend information request signal.

[0668] 中继服务器9420可以使单个或多个SNS帐号与用户ID相关联，并存储相关联的信息。 [0668] The relay server 9420 enables a single or multiple SNS accounts associated with the user ID, and store the associated information.如果中继服务器9420从电子装置9410接收到朋友信息请求信号，则中继服务器9240可以搜索用户ID和相关联的SNS帐号，然后将该朋友信息请求信号发送给包含搜索到的SNS帐号的SNS服务器。 If the relay server 9420 receives the request signal from the electronic device 9410 to the friend information, the relay server 9240 may search for the user ID and the associated SNS account, the friend information and then transmits the request signal to the SNS server containing the searched SNS account .

[0669] 例如，如果来自电子装置9410的对朋友信息的请求（或者从电子装置9410接收到的与用户ID相关联的用户帐号）包括多个服务器（例如,facebook、twitter)上使用的SNS帐号，则中继服务器9420向多个SNS服务器请求信息。 [0669] For example, using a request (or received from the electronic device 9410 to the user ID associated with the user account) comprises a plurality of servers (e.g., Facebook, Twitter) if the friend information from the electronic device 9410 of SNS account , the relay server 9420 to the plurality of SNS server request information.中断服务器9420可以向第二SNS服务器9440发送用于请求朋友信息的朋友信息请求信号（S2620)。 Interrupt server 9420 may send 9440 a request for the second friend information SNS server friend information request signal (S2620).所发送的朋友信息请求信号可以包括第二SNS服务器9440上的帐号的帐号信息，并且还可以包括该帐号的密码。 Friend information transmitted request signal may include account information for an account on the second SNS server 9440, and may further include a password for the account.第二SNS服务器9440上的帐号的帐号信息可以存储在中继服务器9420中、可以从另一服务器接收、或者可以包含在朋友信息请求中。 Account information for an account on the second SNS server 9440 may be stored in the relay server 9420 may be received from another server, or may be included in the friend information request.

[0670] 第一SNS服务器9430向中继服务器9420发送包括朋友信息的朋友信息信号(S2630)。 [0670] 94309420 first SNS server transmits friend information signal (S2630) comprises the friend information to the relay server.朋友信息可以包括针对在步骤S2610中发送的朋友信息请求信号中包含的朋友的SNS帐号。 Friend information may include a request signal includes friends of friends SNS account for the information transmitted in the step S2610.朋友信息还可以包括朋友名字、SNS站点IP地址、端口号、SNS站点名称或关于SNS帐号的更新信息中的至少一个。 Friend information may also include the name of a friend, SNS site IP address, port number, SNS site name or updated information about the SNS accounts of at least one.第一SNS服务器9430可以是服务器20，或者可以是在图83的用户注册方法的执行过程中选择的SNS服务器中的一个。 The first SNS server 9430 may be a server 20, or may be selected in the SNS server during the execution of the user registration process of FIG. 83 a.此外，第一SNS服务器9430可以具有在步骤S2600中发送的朋友信息请求信号中包含的SNS站点名称。 Further, the first SNS server 9430 may have the SNS site name included in the signal transmitted in step S2600 friend information request.

[0671] 第二SNS服务器9440向中继服务器9420发送包括朋友信息的朋友信息信号(S2640)。 [0671] 94409420 SNS server transmits a second friend information signal (S2640) comprises the friend information to the relay server.朋友信息可以包括针对在步骤S2620中发送的朋友信息请求信号中包含的朋友的SNS帐号。 Friend information may include a request signal includes friends of friends SNS account for the information transmitted in the step S2620.朋友信息还可以包括朋友名字、SNS站点IP地址、端口号、SNS站点名称或关于SNS帐号的更新信息中的至少一个。 Friend information may also include the name of a friend, SNS site IP address, port number, SNS site name or updated information about the SNS accounts of at least one.第二SNS服务器9440可以是服务器20，或者可以是在图83的用户注册方法的执行过程中选择的SNS服务器中的一个。 The second SNS server 9440 may be a server 20, or may be selected in the SNS server during the execution of the user registration process of FIG. 83 a.此外，第二SNS服务器9440可以具有在步骤S2600中发送的朋友信息请求信号中包含的SNS站点名称。 Further, the second SNS server 9440 may have the SNS site name included in the signal transmitted in step S2600 friend information request.

[0672] 中继服务器9420组合所接收到的朋友信息（S2650)。 [0672] The relay server 9420 to combine the received friend information (S2650).中继服务器9420可以将从第一SNS服务器9430发送的朋友信息与从第二SNS服务器9440发送的朋友信息组合。 Friend information from the first relay server 9420 may be sent by the SNS server 9430 9440 friend information transmitted from the second combination of SNS server.此夕卜，中继服务器9420可以将先前存储的信息与从第一SNS服务器9430发送的朋友信息或从第二SNS服务器9440发送的朋友信息组合。 Bu this evening, the relay server 9420 may be previously stored information and the friend information transmitted from a first 9430 or 9440 SNS server transmitted from the second friend information SNS server combination.这里，先前存储的信息可以是SNS站点认证信息和在图83的用户注册方法的过程中由电子装置300发送的用户注册信息。 Here, the information may be previously stored authentication information and the user SNS site transmitted by the electronic device 300 during the user registration process of FIG. 83 registration information.中继服务器9420可以基于名称或SNS帐号将先前存储的信息和接收到的朋友信息彼此组合。 The relay server 9420 may be based on the name or SNS account information previously stored and the received friend information combined with each other.

[0673] 中继服务器9420向电子装置9410发送包括朋友信息的朋友信息信号（S2660)。 [0673] The relay server 9420 transmits friend information signal (S2660) includes friend information to the electronic device 9410.该朋友信息可以是步骤S2650中组合的信息，或者可以是从组合信息中选择的信息。 The friend information may be information in step S2650 in combination, or may be information selected from a combination of information.在一些实施方式中，该朋友信息可以包括朋友姓名、SNS站点名称、SNS帐号或用户ID中的至少一个。 In some embodiments, the friend information may include names of friends, SNS site name, SNS account or user ID at least one.在一些实施方式中，该朋友信息可以包括朋友姓名、连接信息和用户ID。 In some embodiments, the friend information may include names of friends, connection information and user ID.在一些实施方式中，该朋友信息可以包括朋友姓名、连接信息、SNS站点名称、SNS帐号和用户ID。 In some embodiments, the friend information may include names of friends, connection information, SNS site name, SNS account and user ID.

[0674] 电子装置9410存储所接收到的朋友信息（S2670)。 [0674] The electronic device 9410 stores the received friend information (S2670).电子装置9410可以暂时或永久存储所接收到的朋友信息。 The electronic device 9410 may be temporarily or permanently stores the received friend information.所存储的信息可以显示为图88的步骤S2550中的频道扫描的结果。 The stored information may be displayed as a result of the step S2550 in FIG. 88, a channel scan.

[0675] 电子装置9410可以利用所接收到的朋友信息构造人员频道地图。 [0675] The electronic device 9410 may be utilized to friend information received channel map configured art.图97的连接信息地图1230、1240、1250、1260和1270中包含的信息可以从所接收到的朋友信息获取。 FIG connection information map 97 1230,1240,1250,1260 and 1270 included in the information received can be acquired from the friend information.

[0676] 在一些实施方式中，无论何时接收到朋友信息，中继服务器9420都可以执行步骤S2650和步骤S2660。 [0676] In some embodiments, whenever the friend information is received, the relay server 9420 can perform steps S2650 and step S2660.例如，中继服务器9420可以利用步骤S2630中接收到的朋友信息执行步骤S2640和步骤S2660，或者可以利用步骤S2640中接收到的朋友信息执行步骤S2640和S2660。 For example, the friend information friend information step performed in step 9420 can use the relay server received in step S2630 and step S2660 in S2640, or may utilize the received in step S2640 and S2640 S2660.例如，可以基于彼此的预定时段内接收到的朋友信息来开始步骤S2640和S2660。 For example, based on the received friends of each other within a predetermined period begins at step S2640 and information S2660.

[0677] 图95是例示了与根据本公开的构造频道地图的方法相关的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0677] FIG. 95 is a flowchart illustrating a procedure of another exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure related to a configuration method for performing a channel map.

[0680] 控制器340响应于检测到的第一用户动作确认是否存在被分配给与所指定的人员地址相关联的朋友的频道号码（S2720)。 [0680] The controller 340 in response to detecting a first user action to confirm whether there is allocated to the designated person friends address associated channel number (S2720).

[0681] 如果存在该频道号码，则控制器340显示该频道号码（S2730)。 [0681] If the channel number exists, the controller 340 displays the channel number (S2730).在一个示例中，该频道号码可以显示在图92的输入框9230上，可以显示在图93的输入框9333上，或者可以显示在独立显示的消息上。 In one example, the channel number may be displayed on the input block 9230 of FIG. 92 may be displayed in the input box 9333 of FIG. 93, or in a separate message may be displayed on the display.该频道号码可以在图27的⑶I 2700的频道号码区域2710中列出的频道号码当中或者图29的GUI 2900的频道号码区域2910中列出的频道号码当中被高亮显示，或者可以显示在图31的⑶I 3100的频道号码区域3140上。 Channel number or the channel number may GUI of FIG. 29 the channel number region of 2910 2900 are listed in channel number ⑶I channel number region of 2710 2700 of Figure 27 are listed among which are highlighted or may be displayed in FIG. ⑶I 3100 31 channel number region 3140 on.

[0682] 控制器340检测用于指定频道号码的第二用户动作（S2740)。 [0682] The controller 340 detects a second user action for designating a channel number (S2740).在图92的画面9200的实施方式中，第二用户动作可以是用于按压“添加”按钮的用户动作。 In the FIG. 92 embodiment of the screen 9200, the second user action may be used to press the "Add" button user action.在图93的画面9300的实施方式中，第二用户动作可以是用于按压用于完成向输入框9333中输入频道号码的按钮（例如，遥控器上的“确认”按钮）的用户动作。 In the FIG. 93 embodiment of the screen 9300, the second user action may be used to press the button for performing a channel number input to the input block 9333 (e.g., the "OK" button on the remote) user action.在图27的⑶I 2700、图29的⑶I 2900和图31的⑶I 3100的实施方式中，第二用户动作可以是包括图34A和34B的步骤S802的第二用户动作和步骤S803的第三用户动作的用户动作。 In FIG. 27 ⑶I ⑶I 2700, FIG. 29 embodiment ⑶I 3100 and 2900 in FIG. 31, the second user action may include the step of FIGS. 34A and 34B of the second user operation S802 and the step S803 of the third user action the user action.该频道号码可以与步骤S2720中搜索到的频道号码相等。 It may be equal to the channel number in the search in step S2720 to the channel number.

[0683] 控制器340响应于检测到的第二用户动作在人员频道地图中存储人员地址、频道号码和使该人员地址与该频道号码彼此相关联的信息（S2750)。 [0683] The controller 340 in response to a second user action is detected in the channel map store personnel who address, channel number and address information of the person and the channel number associated with each other (S2750).如果该频道号码与步骤S2720中搜索到的频道号码相等，则将单个个人的多个人员地址分配给单个频道号码。 If the channel number is searched in step S2720 channel number are equal, the plurality of single individual person addresses assigned to a single channel number.

[0684] 控制器340确认是否存在与所指定的人员地址相关联的朋友的其它人员地址(S2760)。 [0684] The controller 340 confirms whether the other human addresses associated with the specified address associated with a person's friends (S2760).例如，朋友可以具有诸如与facebook帐号相对应的人员地址和与MSN帐号相对应的另一人员地址的多个SNS帐号。 For example, a friend may have a plurality of SNS accounts such as account number and facebook address corresponding to a person and an MSN account corresponding to the address of another person.

[0685] 如果存在其它人员地址，则控制器340控制显示所述其它人员地址（S2770)。 [0685] if other persons address exists, the controller 340 controls the display address of the other person (S2770).

[0686] 图96是例示了显示具有与频道号码相关联的人员地址的朋友的其它人员地址的⑶I的一个实施方式的图。 [0686] FIG. 96 is a diagram illustrating another embodiment of ⑶I personnel who address having a display address associated with the channel number of the friends.

[0687] 参照图96，显示器302可以在步骤S2770中显示消息9600。 [0687] Referring to FIG 96, the display 302 may display the message 9600 in step S2770.该消息9600列出其它人员地址的SNS帐号。 The message 9600 lists SNS account other human address.在本示例中，假设步骤S2710中指定的人员地址是Lisa的人员地址。 In the present example, it is assumed in step S2710 is designated personnel who address the address of the Lisa.消息9600可以列出SNS帐号9601、9603、9605和9607作为Lisa的其它人员地址，并且可以包括用于添加附加地址的按钮9610和用于取消该处理的按钮9620。 List message 9600 may SNS accounts 9601,9603,9605 and 9607 as another person Lisa's address, and may include a button for adding additional address 9610 and a button 9620 for canceling the process.在步骤S2770中，不必显示复选框9631、9633、9635和9637。 In step S2770, a check box is displayed 9631,9633,9635 and 9637 is not necessary.

[0689] 在一些实施方式中，步骤S2770和步骤S2780可以组合成用于显示提供其它人员地址和在这些其它人员地址当中指定特定人员地址的⑶I的单个步骤。 [0689] In some embodiments, step S2770 and step S2780 may be combined to provide other personnel for displaying address and a single step ⑶I particular person designated address in which addresses these other persons.该⑶I可以是包括SNS 帐号9601,9603,9605 和9607、复选框9631、9633、9635 和9637、按钮9610 和按钮9620的消息9600。 This may be a ⑶I SNS accounts 9601,9603,9605 and 9607, 9631,9633,9635 and 9637 check boxes, buttons and button 9610 of the message 96,009,620.

[0690] 控制器340检测用于指定人员地址的第三用户动作（S2790)。 [0690] The controller 340 detects a user action for a third person specified address (S2790).第三用户动作可以是用于按压步骤S2780中显示的消息9600的按钮9610的用户动作。 The third user action may be a pressing step S2780 the message 9600 displayed in the operation button 9610 of the user.

[0691] 控制器340响应于检测到的第三用户动作在人员频道地图中存储人员地址、频道号码和使该人员地址与该频道号码彼此相关联的信息（S2795)。 [0691] The controller 340 in response to a third user action is detected in the channel map store personnel who address, channel number and address information of the person and the channel number associated with each other (S2795).人员地址可以是复选框9631、9633、9635和9637中复选的人员地址，而频道号码可以是步骤S2750中存储的频道号码。 Box address may be a person 9631,9633,9635 and 9637 in the human address check, the channel number and the channel number may be stored in step S2750.

[0693] 图97的人员频道地图1210还包括与多个人员地址相关联的频道编号“80”。 [0693] FIG. 97 is a human channel map 1210 further includes a plurality of addresses associated with a person associated channel number "80."频道号码“80”与朋友“Lisa”相关联，而朋友“Lisa”具有多个人员地址（LisaOTV. com、LisaiSNS. com 和LisaOfacebook. com)。 Channel number "80" with a friend "Lisa" is associated, but a friend "Lisa" has a plurality of human addresses (LisaOTV. Com, LisaiSNS. Com and LisaOfacebook. Com).S卩，频道号码“80”被分配给LisaOTV. com、LisaOSNS. com和LisaOfacebook. com 中的每一个。 S Jie, the channel number "80" is assigned to LisaOTV. Com, LisaOSNS. Com and LisaOfacebook. Each of com.

[0694] 如果指针指示特定表，则控制器340确认相应频道号码与多个人员地址相关联。 [0694] If the pointer indicates a particular table, the controller 340 confirms channel number and a corresponding plurality of addresses associated with the art.在一个示例中，如果频道号码“80”的指针9701指示表9700，则控制器340确认该频道号码“80”与多个人员地址相关联。 In one example, if the channel number "80" pointer table 9701 indicates 9700, the controller 340 confirms the channel number "80" and a plurality of addresses associated with the art.

[0699] 在本公开中，指针9711、9712和9713不限于指示第三连接信息地图1250的这些行的实施方式，而可以指示不同连接信息地图的多个行。 [0699] In the present disclosure, the pointer indicating 9711,9712 and 9713 is not limited to these embodiments of the third row of connection information map 1250, and may indicate the plurality of different rows of connection information map.在一个实施方式中，频道80可以链接到多个不同个体的人员地址。 In one embodiment, the channel 80 may be linked to a plurality of addresses different individuals art.例如，人员地址“Lisa”可以由表示一组个体的人员地址“家庭”替换。 For example, the staff address "Lisa" may "family" is replaced by a group of people represents the address of the individual.表9700中的人员地址可以分别链接到该组中的各个个体的SNS帐号，例如，表1240和1230中的人员地址父亲和我。 Staff address table 9700 can be linked separately to each individual SNS account in the group, for example, table 1240 and who addresses his father in 1230 and I.

[0700] 图98是例示了与根据本公开的提供人员频道业务的方法相关的另一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的流程图。 [0700] FIG. 98 is a flowchart illustrating a procedure of another exemplary embodiment of the related art method for providing channel service according to the present disclosure is performed.

[0701] 参照图98，控制器340检测用于请求转换到人员频道模式（或者社交网络频道模式）的用户动作（S2800)。 [0701] Referring to FIG 98, the controller 340 detects a request to convert human channel mode (channel mode or a social network) user action (S2800).在一些实施方式中，该用户动作可以是用于按压遥控器的上键、下键、右键和左键中的一个的用户动作，或者可以是用于按压遥控器的模式转换键（例如，彩色按钮）的用户动作。 In some embodiments, the user action may be a button on a remote controller is pressed, a user operation in the key, the left and right, or may be a remote controller is pressed in a mode conversion key (e.g., color button) the user action.

[0702] 控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作控制显示人员频道地图（S2810)。 [0702] The controller 340 in response to the detected user action to control the display of the art channel map (S2810).显示器302可以显示图72中例示的人员频道地图7220。 The display 302 may display illustrated in FIG. 72 in the human channel map 7220.

[0703] 控制器340检测用于指定频道号码的用户动作（S2820)。 [0703] The controller 340 detects a user action to specify a channel number (S2820).

[0704] 控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作确认多个人员地址是否与该频道号码相关联（S2830)。 [0704] The controller 340 in response to the detected user action personnel confirm whether a plurality of addresses associated with the channel number (S2830).控制器340可以通过使用人员频道地图确认该多个人员地址是否与该频道号码相关联。 The controller 340 may confirm that the person plurality of addresses is associated with the channel number by using the human channel map.在一个示例中，如果在步骤S2820中指定了频道号码“77”，则可以根据图97的人员频道地图确认频道号码“77”与单个人员地址相关联。 In one example, if the channel number is specified in Step S2820, "77", the channel number may be "77" associated with a single address acknowledgment art according to art 97 of the channel map in FIG.如果在步骤S2820中指定了频道号码“80”，则可以根据图97的人员频道地图确认频道号码“80”与多个人员地址（即，LisaiTV. com、LisaOSNS. com 和LisaOfacebook. com)相关联。 If the channel number is specified in Step S2820, "80", depending on the channel map in FIG. 97 by a person to confirm the channel number "80" and a plurality of the art addresses (i.e., LisaiTV. Com, LisaOSNS. Com and LisaOfacebook. Com) associated .

[0707] 参照图99，如果在步骤S2820中检测到用于指定频道号码“80”的用户动作，则显示器302可以将⑶I 9900显示为用于指定人员地址的⑶I。 [0707] Referring to FIG 99, if it is detected in step S2820 is used to specify the channel number "80" user action, the display 302 may be displayed for the specified ⑶I 9900 human address ⑶I.⑶I 9900列出与频道号码“80”相关联的人员地址LisaOTV. com、LisaiSNS. com 和LisaOfacebook. com。 ⑶I 9900 list and the channel number "80" personnel LisaOTV address associated. Com, LisaiSNS. Com and LisaOfacebook. Com.

[0708] 控制器340检测用于指定人员地址的用户动作（S2850)。 [0708] The controller 340 detects a user operation for designating a human address (S2850).在一个示例中，用户动作可以是用于在图99的指示器9901位于特定人员地址的状态下按压遥控器上的特定键（例如，“确认”键）的用户动作。 In one example, the user action may be used for a particular key (e.g., "OK" button) is pressed on the remote user action at a specific person at the address pointer 99 in the 9901 state.该用户动作指定指示器9901所在的人员地址。 The user action for designating a human address pointer 9901 is located.

[0709] 控制器340执行与该人员地址的连接（S2860)。 [0709] The controller 340 performs connection to the human address (S2860).如果多个人员地址不与在步骤S2820中指定的频道号码相关联，则控制器340执行到与步骤S2820中指定的频道号码相关联的人员地址的连接。 If a plurality of persons specified address is not the channel number in step S2820 is associated, connected to the controller 340 performs Step S2820, the address specified person associated channel number.而且，如果多个人员地址与在步骤S2820中指定的频道号码相关联，则控制器340执行与步骤S2850中指定的人员地址的连接。 Further, if a plurality of persons address specified in step S2820 associated with the channel number, the controller 340 performs step S2850 is connected in the address specified person.

[0710] 控制器340可以基于该连接结果显示与SNS服务器的SNS帐号相关联的网页、电子装置拍摄的画面、电子装置的用户正在观看的广播频道、电子装置中存储的内容或内容列表中的至少一个。 [0710] The controller 340 may result display based on the connection with the user web server of the SNS SNS account associated with the picture taken by the electronic device, the electronic device is viewing a broadcast channel, the electronic device stored in the table of contents or at least one.与SNS服务器的SNS帐号相关联的网页可以是首页（home page)。 SNS account pages associated with SNS server can be a home page (home page).

[0711] 步骤S2860可以包括根据图19到21的用于接收人员频道的内容的方法的执行过程中包含的至少一个步骤，并且可以包括图26的用于设置电子装置之间的连接的方法的执行过程中包含的至少一个步骤。 [0711] The step S2860 may comprise at least one step process of Fig. 19 to the content receiving method for human channel 21 included, and may include a connector disposed between the electronic device 26 of the method of FIG. performing at least one step included in the process.

[0712] 图100是例示了显示人员频道地图和所选择的人员频道的内容的画面的另一个实施方式的图。 [0712] FIG. 100 is a diagram illustrating another embodiment of the display content of a human channel map and the selected human channel screen embodiment.

[0713] 参照图100，控制器340可以基于步骤S2860的连接结果控制画面10000的显示。 [0713] Referring to FIG. 100, the controller 340 may control the screen display based on the connection 10000 in the result of step S2860.画面10000是显示从SNS服务器接收到的网页的画面。 10000 is a display screen received from the server to the SNS page.

[0714] 画面10000可以包括列表区域10010、用户信息区域10020、统计信息区域10030、朋友列表区域10040、视频链接10051、图片链接10053和消息链接10054。 [0714] Screen 10000 10010 area can include a list of the user information area 10020, 10030 regional statistics, friend list region 10040, 10051 video links, image links and message links 10053 10054.列表区域10010显示用户问题以及朋友针对该问题的回答，用户信息区域10020显示关于该用户的简介信息，而统计信息区域10030显示统计信息。 List display area 10010 and friends for user questions to answer this question, the user information display area 10020 profile information about the user, and the statistics area 10030 displays statistics.朋友列表区域10040显示多个拥护者（follower)(注册以接收关于该用户的信息的其他用户）及追随者（following)(其他用户，该用户注册以接收关于所述其他用户的信息），视频链接10051是可以看到未加载视频文件的网页的连接链接，图像链接10053是可以看到上传图像的网页的连接链接，而消息链接10054是可以看到用户与朋友之间的消息的网页的连接链接。 10040 friend list area displays a plurality of supporters (follower) (Register to receive information about the user of the other users) and the follower (following) (other users, the user to receive information about the registration of other users), video 10051 links can see the connection link page does not load the video file, the image can see the connection link 10053 pages link to upload images and messages can see the connection link 10054 pages of messages between the user and friends link.

[0715] 图101是例示了显示根据本公开的人员频道的电子节目指南（EPG)的画面的一个实施方式的图。 [0715] FIG. 101 is a diagram showing a screen in accordance with one embodiment of the present embodiment of the art disclosed in the channel an electronic program guide (EPG) of.

[0716] 参照图101，控制器304可以控制人员频道的电子节目指南10100的显示。 [0716] Referring to FIG. 101, the controller 304 may control the electronic program guide channel displayed person 10100.如果在人员频道的显示过程中检测到用于请求EPG的用户动作，则可以显示电子节目指南10100。 If the detected user action for requesting the display of the human EPG channel, the electronic program guide may be displayed 10100.如果在广播频道的显示过程中检测到用于请求EPG的用户动作，则控制器340可以控制广播频道的EPG的显示。 If the detected user action is a request for EPG display process in a broadcast channel, the controller 340 may control the display of the EPG broadcast channel.

[0717] 遥控器304可以包括用于请求人员频道的电子节目指南10100的按钮。 [0717] Remote control 304 may include an electronic program guide button 10100 human channel request.如果控制器340检测到用于按下该按钮的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制电子节目指南10100的显示。 If the controller 340 detects a user action for this button is pressed, the display controller 340 in response to a detected user action control electronic program guide 10100.在一个实施方式中，用于请求人员频道的EPG10100的按钮可以是专用按钮。 In one embodiment, EPG10100 person button for requesting channel may be a dedicated button.在这种情况下，可以不管正在显示的内容的类型（例如，广播、应用或人员频道内容）而显示人员频道的EPG。 Type (eg, broadcast, channel content application or person) content in this case, regardless of being displayed and display the EPG human channel.另选地，该按钮可以配置成显示与正在显示的内容的类型相对应的特定类型的EPG (例如，人员频道类型EPG)。 Alternatively, the button can be configured to display a particular type of EPG content being displayed corresponding to the type (e.g., human channel type EPG).

[0718] EPG 10100可以配置为网格或者日历。 [0718] EPG 10100 can be configured as a grid or a calendar.EPG 10100可以包括第一列的第一行处的人员指示单元10111和第二列的第一行处的人员频道指示单元10112，并且第一行的其它列可以包括日期单元10113到10118。 EPG 10100 may include a person at the first row of the first column and the first row indicating unit 10111 at 10112 art channel indicating cell of the second column, and other columns may include the date of the first row unit 10113-10118.人员指示单元10111显示指示第一列中列出了人员单元的信息，人员频道指示单元10112显示指示第二列中列出了频道单元的信息，而日期单元10113到10118显示日期。 Instructions at a first display unit 10111 are listed in the column indicates the information unit personnel, staff channel guide display means 10112 is listed in the second column indicates the information of the channel unit, and the date of the date display unit 10113-10118.

[0719] 在一些实施方式中，如果不存在与特定日期相关联的事件，则显示该特定日期的日期单元不必显示。 [0719] In some embodiments, if the specific date is associated with the absence of the event, the date display unit need not display the specific date.此外，日期单元可以从表示当前日期的日期单元10113到表示未来日期的日期单元10114顺序地进行显示。 Further, the unit may date from the present date is the date unit 10113 to display the date indicates the date of the next unit 10114 sequentially.

[0720] 电子节目指南10100包括第一列的其它行中的人员单元10121、10131和10141、第二列的其它行中的频道单元10122、10132和10142以及其它列的其它行中的事件单元10123和10134。 [0720] Electronic Program Guide unit 10100 includes a person other row and first column of 10121, 10131 and 10141, the other rows of the second column of the channel units 10122, 10132 and 10142, and other columns in the other row event cell 10123 and 10134.人员单元10121、10131和10141显示与各个人员频道的所有者相关联的信息。 Human cells 10121, 10131 and 10141 display information associated with the owner of each channel of the art.这里，人员单元可以显示人员频道的所有者的图片。 Here, the personnel unit can display the picture owner of the human channel.频道单元10122、10132和10142分别显示人员频道号码（例如，频道号码101、110和116)。 Channel units 10122, 10132 and 10142, respectively, show the art channel number (e.g., channel number 101, 110 and 116).频道单元10122、10132和10142还可以显示人员频道的所有者（例如，Mike、Miranda和Sweety)的人员地址。 Channel units 10122, 10132 and 10142 may also display human channel address of the owner of the art (e.g., Mike, Miranda and Sweety) a.在一些实施方式中，不必显示人员单元10121,10131和10141。 In some embodiments, the personnel having to display unit 10121, 10131 and 10141.

[0721] 事件单元根据其位置而与特定人员单元、特定频道单元和特定日期单元相关联。 [0721] The event means that a particular person with a location unit, and the particular channel means a specific date associated unit.更具体地说，各事件单元与同一行的人员单元和频道单元相关联，并且还与同一列的日期单元相关联。 More specifically, human cells, and a channel unit cells each event is associated with the same row, and also the date associated with the same column unit.事件单元与以下的事件相关联，该事件是在与由具有同一行的频道单元显示的频道号码的人员频道相关联的事件当中的与由同一列的日期单元显示的日期相关联的事件。 The following events unit associated with the event, the event is an event in the art with the channel by the channel number display unit having a channel associated with the same row among the events associated with the date displayed by the date cell of the same column.

[0722] 事件单元可以显示至少部分事件信息，即，与所关联的事件相关的信息。 [0722] The event unit may display at least a portion of the event information, i.e., associated with the event associated information.事件信息可以包括与事件相关联的SNS帐号、与该事件所上传到的SNS站点相关的信息、与该事件的类型相关的信息、该事件的标题、该事件的日期和与该事件相关的详细信息。 Event information may include SNS account associated with the event, uploaded to the event to the information related to the SNS site, associated with the type of the event information, the title of the event, the date of the event and the related details with the event information.该事件可以包括日程、功能、纪念日或节日、内容等中的至少一个。 The event may include a schedule, functionality, anniversaries or holidays, at least one of the content.例如，该内容可以是诸如图片或视频的多媒体内容，或者该内容可以是消息或注释。 For example, the content may be a multimedia content such as a picture or video, or the content may be a message or comment.

[0723] 事件单元可以显示事件标题10151、10152和10153、事件图标10161和10162或事件源标记10171、10172和10173中的至少一个。 [0723] The event unit may display an event title 10151,10152 and 10153, 10161 and 10162 events icon or marker event source 10171,10172 and 10173 of at least one.事件单元还可以显示提醒标记10191(或者记号）。 Unit may further display a reminder event mark 10191 (or symbols).可以在建立事件提醒的情况下显示该提醒标记10191。 It can display the reminder mark 10191 in the case of creating an event reminder.如果建立了提醒，则该事件的告警可以显示为例如多功能显示装置上的消息，或者可以发送给移动装置、电子邮件地址等。 If the reminder is established, the event is an alarm may be displayed, for example, multifunctional message on a display device, or may be transmitted to the mobile device, the email address.可以根据用户请求建立提醒。 You can create reminders based on user requests.

[0724] 如果一个事件单元与多个事件相关联，则可以分别显示与该多个事件相关的事件信息。 [0724] If a plurality of unit event associated with the event, the event information may be displayed, respectively associated with the plurality of events.例如，事件单元10134显示多个事件10172和10173。 For example, a plurality of the event display unit 10134 and 10173 10172 events.

[0725] 图102是例示了在根据本公开的电子节目指南上显示事件的详细信息的画面的一个实施方式的图。 [0725] FIG. 102 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment in accordance with FIG screen displaying detailed information on the event an electronic program guide of the present disclosure.

[0726] 参照图102，控制器340可以检测例如利用所例示的光标或箭头选择电子节目指南10200的日期单元的用户动作。 [0726] Referring to FIG. 102, the controller 340 may select an electronic program guide, for example, detecting user operation unit 10200 Date illustrated by the arrow or cursor.控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制与该日期单元相关联的事件的详细信息10210的显示。 The controller 340 may in response to the detected user operation control unit displays the date of the event associated details 10210.在一个示例中，如果控制器340检测到用于选择日期单元10243的用户动作，则控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作控制关于与该日期单元10243相关联的“比赛”事件的详细信息10210的显示。 In one example, if the controller 340 detects a user action for selecting a date cell 10243, the controller 340 in response to the detected user action on the control details 10243 associated with the date unit "match" event 10210 display.

[0727] 图103是例示了在根据本公开的电子节目指南上选择频道号码的画面的一个实施方式的图。 [0727] FIG. 103 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of selecting a channel number in accordance with the present disclosure an electronic program guide screen.

[0728] 参照图103，控制器340可以检测用于选择电子节目指南10300的人员单元的用户动作。 [0728] Referring to FIG. 103, the controller 340 may detect a user action for selecting an electronic program guide unit 10300 person.控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制由该人员单元指示的个人的人员频道的内容的显示。 The controller 340 may response to the detected user action control content individual human channel from the person indicating a display unit.在一个示例中，如果控制器340检测到用于选择人员单元10341的用户动作，则控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作控制该人员单元10341指示的个人“Sweety”的人员频道的内容的显示。 In one example, if the controller 340 detects a user action for selecting a human cell 10341, the controller displays the content 340 in response to the detected user operation control unit 10341 indicating the person's personal "Sweety" human channel .

[0729] 图104是例示了显示人员频道的内容的画面的一个实施方式的图。 [0729] FIG. 104 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of the display contents of a screen human channel.

[0730] 参照图104，如果控制器340检测到用于选择人员单元10341的用户动作，则控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制由该人员单元10341指示的所有者“Sweety”的人员频道的内容10400的显示。 [0730] Referring to FIG. 104, if the controller 340 detects a user action for selecting human cell 10341, the controller 340 in response to the detected user action controlled by the owner of the indicated human cell 10341 "Sweety" person 10400 content of the channel display.画面10400还可以显示所有者“Sweety”的图片10410、所有者“Sweety”的人员地址10420和所有者“Sweety”的人员频道的频道号码10430。 10400 screen can also display the owner "Sweety" pictures 10410, channel number who address of the owner "Sweety" and owner of the 10420 "Sweety" human channel 10430.

[0731] 如果该内容10400是视频文件，则控制器340还可以显示表示该视频文件的整个播放时间的显示时间的时间引导图10450。 [0731] 10400 If the content is a video file, the display controller 340 may also represent the entire time display time play time of the video file guide 10450 FIG.在时间引导图10450中，区域10451指的是已显示的量，区域10453指的是要显示的量，而分隔线10455表示正在显示的图像的位置。 In FIG. 10450 boot time, the region 10 451 refers to the amount already displayed region of 10453 refers to the amount to be displayed, and the position of the parting line 10455 denotes an image being displayed.

[0732] 图105到107是例示了拖动根据本公开的电子节目指南的一个实施方式的图。 [0732] FIGS. 105-107 illustrate that the drag is a view of an electronic program guide embodiment of the present disclosure.

[0733] 参照图105到107，在指针10501位于电子节目指南10500的第三行的状态下，如果控制器340检测到向下事件，并随后检测到至少一个拖动事件，则控制器340响应于检测到的向下事件和检测到的拖动事件将指针10501移到位置10601。 [0733] ​​Referring to FIGS. 105 to 107, the pointer is located in an Electronic Program Guide 10501 10500 third line state, if the controller 340 detects a down event and then a drag event is detected at least, the controller 340 in response to down to the detected event and the detected drag event to move the pointer position 10501 10601.然后，控制器340控制指示在经过了与指针10501的移动距离相对应的特定时间之后的日期的日期单元10610的一部分和与该日期的事件相关联的事件单元10620的至少一部分的显示。 Then, the controller 340 controls the display indicates elapsed portion of at least a portion of the date after the date of a particular unit of time and the movement distance of the pointer corresponding to 10501 and 10610 of the event associated with the event date unit 10620.向下事件可以是用于选择频道单元10513的用户动作，或者可以是用于选择事件单元10523、10533和10543中的一个的用户动作。 Down event may be a user action for selecting a channel unit 10513, or may be means for selecting 10523,10533 and 10543 in the event of a user action.

[0734] 如果控制器340在检测到至少一个拖动事件之后检测到向上事件，则控制器340控制包括添加的列10710的电子节目指南10700的显示。 [0734] If the controller 340 after detecting at least one event upward drag event is detected, the controller 340 controls includes an electronic program guide to display the added column 10710 10700.添加的列10710包括表示经过了特定时间之后的特定日期的日期单元10713和与该特定日期的事件相关联的事件单元10723、10724和10743。 Added column 10710 includes a representation of the event after event date cell unit 10723,10724 10713 specific date after a certain time and date of the specific associated and 10743.事件单元10723显示在相应日期上传的内容10751和10752。 The event cell 10723 displays the corresponding date uploaded content 10751 and 10752.添加的列的数量（以及显示的相应日期）可以对应于沿预定方向拖动单元的量。 Adding a number of columns (and corresponding date shown) may correspond to the amount of a drag unit in a predetermined direction.此外，拖动单元的方向可以确定向EPG添加以前的还是以后的日期。 Further, the drag unit may determine a direction added before or after the date of the EPG.例如，在EPG中向右拖动单元可以显示以后的日期的列。 For example, in the EPG display columns rightward drag unit may later date.

[0735] 在一个实施方式中，可以输入EPG中包含的日期的日期范围，以显不与输入的日期范围相对应的事件。 [0735] In one embodiment, the range can enter the date of the date contained in the EPG, to date no substantial range corresponding to the input event.可以提供滚动条，以使EPG滚动到期望日期范围。 We can provide a scroll bar, so EPG scroll to the desired date range.此外，还可以提供滚动条，以使EPG垂直滚动，以显示分配给不同用户的附加频道及其各自的SNS帐号。 In addition, the scroll bar may also be provided to enable vertical scrolling EPG to display additional channels are assigned to different users and their respective SNS account.在一个实施方式中，可以基于手动指定或基于用户偏好或筛选器（例如，朋友列表）来隐藏各频道以及特定日期（例如，EPG的各行或各列）。 In one embodiment, the manually specified or may be based on user preferences or filters (e.g., friends list) of each channel and to hide specific date (e.g., each row or column of the EPG).例如，可以在EPG是隐藏与Miranda相对应的频道号码110的整个行。 For example, the EPG may be hidden entire row Miranda corresponding channel number 110.

[0736] 图108是例示了在根据本公开的电子节目指南上显示内容列表的画面的一个实施方式的图。 [0736] FIG. 108 is a diagram illustrating one embodiment of a content list screen that is displayed on an electronic program guide of the present disclosure.

[0737] 参照图108，控制器340可以检测用于选择电子节目指南10800的事件单元10823的用户动作。 [0737] Referring to FIG. 108, the controller 340 may detect an electronic program guide for selecting events 10800 10823 units of user action.控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制与该事件单元10823相关联的内容列表10850的显示。 The controller 340 may response to the detected user action 10850 controls the display unit of the content of the event list associated with 10823.内容列表10850可以是与事件单元10823相关联的事件的列表，或者可以是在与事件单元10823相关联的日期上传到服务器的内容的列表。 10850 content list may be a list of events associated with the event unit 10823, or can be uploaded to the date of the event list 10823 unit associated to the content server.该服务器可以是服务器10或者服务器20，并且内容可以是上传到属于与具有频道号码“101”的人员频道相关联的帐号的服务器的内容。 The server may be the server 10 or the server 20, and the content may be content that is uploaded to the server account number with the human channel associated with a channel number "101" in FIG.该帐号可以是SNS帐号。 The account can be a SNS account.

[0738] 图109是例示了显示从图108的内容列表当中选择的内容的预览的画面的一个实施方式的图。 [0738] FIG. 109 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of a display screen selected from the content list 108 from among the preview content.

[0739] 参照图109，控制器340可以检测用于从电子节目指南10900上显示的内容列表10910中包含的项目10911、10913和10915当中选择特定项目的用户动作。 [0739] Referring to FIG. 109, the controller 340 may detect a list of content items displayed on the 10910 electronic program guide included in 10900 and 10915 10911,10913 among user action selecting a particular item.控制器340可以控制由所选择的特定项目指示的内容的预览10950的显示。 Preview content, specific items may be controlled by the controller 340 of the selected display instruction 10950.该预览可以独立于内容而准备，可以是内容的一部分，或者可以是整个内容。 The preview content may be prepared independently, it may be a part of, or may be the entire contents.

[0740] 在一个示例中，如果控制器340检测到用于选择项目10914的用户动作，则控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作控制由区域10950中的项目10914指示的内容的预览的显示。 [0740] In one example, if the controller 340 detects a user action for selecting the item 10914, the controller 340 in response to the detected user action to control the content preview by the area indicated 10950 10914 items displayed.如果控制器340检测到用于选择显示预览的区域10950的用户动作，则控制器340可以控制在整个画面上显示由项目10914指示的内容。 If the controller 340 detects a user for selecting the preview display area of ​​the operation 10950, the controller 340 may control the display contents indicated by the item 10914 on the entire screen.在这种情况下，该内容可以与电子节目指南10900重叠，或者电子节目指南10900可以在该内容的显示期间暂时从画面上消失。 In this case, the content may be overlapped with an electronic program guide 10900, 10900, or an electronic program guide may temporarily disappear from the screen during the display of the content.在一个实施方式中，如果控制器340检测到项目10911、10913、10914上的预定类型选择的选择（例如，双击或遥控器上的预定按钮的选择），则可以不在区域10950中显示该项目的预览,而立即显示该内容。 In one embodiment, the controller 340 detects if the selection (e.g., double-clicking, or selecting a predetermined button on the remote control) of a predetermined type on 10911,10913,10914 selected item, the item may not be displayed in the region 10 950 preview, and immediately display the content.

[0741] 图110是例示了显示生成事件的图形用户界面的画面的一个实施方式的图。 [0741] FIG. 110 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of a display screen of the event generated graphical user interface.

[0742] 参照图110，控制器340可以检测用于在电子节目指南11000上选择与用户人员频道相关联的行中包含的单元的用户动作。 [0742] Referring to FIG. 110, the controller 340 may detect a user action for selecting a channel associated with the user who is on the electronic program guide row contains 11,000 units.控制器340可以响应于检测到的用户动作控制产生一个事件的图形用户界面11010的显示。 The controller 340 may be responsive to a user action to control the generation of the detection event displays a graphical user interface 11010.在一个示例中，事件单元11024位于与指示频道号码“0”的频道单元11022的同一行，具有频道号码“0”的人员频道指的是电子装置300的所有者的人员频道，而频道单元11022还指示人员地址“Mike”，因此，该电子装置300的所有者是Mike。 In one example, the event unit is located at 11024 indicating the channel number "0" of the channel units in the same row 11022, having the channel number "0" channel refers to a person who channel owner of the electronic device 300, and a channel unit 11022 also instructed staff address "Mike", therefore, the owner of the electronic device 300 is Mike.如果控制器340检测到用于选择事件单元11024的用户动作，则控制器340响应于该用户动作控制图形用户界面11010的显示。 If the controller 340 detects a user action for selecting an event unit 11024, the controller 340 controls response to the user operation of displaying a graphical user interface 11010.

[0743] 图形用户界面11010可以包括用于输入事件的标题（或主题）的第一区域11011、用于输入事件的日期的第二区域11013和用于输入关于事件的详细信息的第三区域11015。 [0743] The graphical user interface 11010 may include a title (or topics) of a first area for the input event 11011, 11013 for the second region of the date input event and a third region of the input details about the event 11015 .

[0744] 图111是例示了显示输入到图110的图形用户界面中的事件的画面的一个实施方式的图。 [0744] FIG. 111 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of a graphical user interface to a display input 110 in FIG event screen.

[0745] 参照图111，图形用户界面11010的第一区域11111接收事件的标题“比赛”，第二区域11113接收该事件的日期“11年3月12日”，而第三区域11115接收关于该事件的详细信息“我将去观看3:00PM开始的印度-澳大利亚的比赛。邀请你们来参加。我已经...”。 [0745] Referring to FIG. 111, a first graphical user interface area receives event 11111 11010 entitled "game", the second receiving area 11113 date of the event, "On March 12, 11", and the third region with respect to the receiving 11115 for more information about the event, "I will go to India to watch the start of the 3:00 PM - Australia's competition invites you to attend ... I've..."

[0747] 参照图112A，如果完成了图111中例示的事件的输入，则控制器340控制在与电子节目指南11200的日期“11年3月12日”相关联的事件单元11224上显示图111中输入的事件信息的至少一部分的。 [0747] Referring to FIG. 112A, if completed enter 111 in the event the embodiment illustrated, the controller 340 controls the date and the electronic program guide 11 200 "11 on March 12," showing 111 event cell 11224 associated at least part of the information entered in the event.事件单元11224位于由电子装置300的所有者“Mike”的人员频道指示的行。 The event cell 11224 at line indicated by the owner of the electronic device 300 "Mike" human channel.

[0748] 如果完成了图111中例示的事件的输入，则控制器340可以控制向服务器10、月艮务器20和其它电子装置发送图111中输入的事件信息。 [0748] If completed enter the event 111 shown in the embodiment, the controller 340 may control the event information, that works to 20 months and other electronic devices transmit input 111 of FIG. 10 to the server.控制器340可以从人员频道地图检测与Mike相关联的SNS帐号，然后控制向检测到的SNS帐号上传事件信息。 The controller 340 may detect from the human channel map associated with the SNS account Mike, and control information to the SNS account to upload event detected.此外，控制器340可以获取发送给人员频道地图的各人员频道的电子装置的地址，然后控制向所获取的地址发送事件信息。 Further, the controller 340 may acquire the address of each channel is sent to the person who channel map of the electronic device, and then transmits the event information to control the acquired address.

[0749] 如图112B中所示，在Molly的电子装置上显示电子节目指南11201。 [0749] As shown in FIG 112B, the display on the electronic program guide 11201 Molly electronic device.在指示Mike的人员频道的行上与日期“11年3月12日”相关联的事件单元11234上显示图111中输入的事件信息。 And the date "11 years March 12" display event information entered on the map 111 events associated unit 11234 on the line indicating the human channel of Mike.Molly的电子装置可以直接从Mike的电子装置接收事件信息，或者可以通过服务器10或服务器20间接地接收事件信息。 Molly electronic device information may be received directly from the electronic device Mike event, or the event information may be received by the server 10 or the server 20 indirectly.

[0750] 图113是例示了与根据本公开的提供业务信息的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图。 [0750] FIG. 113 is a diagram illustrating an exemplary procedure of an exemplary embodiment related to the present disclosure a method for providing service information is executed.

[0753] 控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作构造业务信息（S2920)。 [0753] The controller 340 in response to the detected user action configured service information (S2920).所构造的业务信息可以是事件信息和与该事件信息及人员频道相关联的信息。 The constructed service information may be information associated with the event information and event information and personnel associated with the channel.所构造的业务信息可以存储在存储单元345中。 The configuration of the service information may be stored in the storage unit 345.

[0754] 在一些实施方式中，步骤S2920可以包括根据图114的用于构造业务信息的方法的执行过程。 [0754] In some embodiments, the process of step S2920 may include a method for performing service configuration information 114 of FIG.

[0755] 控制器340控制显示所构造的业务信息（S2930)。 [0755] The controller 340 controls display of traffic information (S2930) constructed.显示器302可以显示图101的电子节目指南10100。 The display 302 may display the electronic program guide 101 10100 FIG.所构造的业务信息可以以电子节目指南10100的形式显示。 The constructed service information can be displayed in the form of an electronic program guide 10100.

[0756] 在一些实施方式中，步骤S2930可以包括根据图115的用于显示业务信息的方法的执行过程（如后所述）。 [0756] In some embodiments, the process may include the step S2930 (described later) according to a method for displaying service information 115 of FIG performed.

[0757] 控制器340控制事件的生成和所生成的事件的发送（S2940)。 [0757] The controller 340 generates a transmission control event and the generated event (S2940).

[0758] 在一些实施方式中，步骤S2940可以包括根据图116的用于生成事件的方法的执行过程（如后所述）。 [0758] In some embodiments, the process may include the step S2940 (described later) according to the method for generating an event execution 116 of FIG.

[0759] 在一些实施方式中，步骤S2920可以在步骤S2910之前执行，步骤S2920中构造的业务信息可以存储在存储单元345中，并且步骤S2930可以在步骤S2910之后执行。 [0759] In some embodiments, the step S2920 may be performed before step S2910, in step S2920 the service configuration information can be stored in the storage unit 345, and step S2930 may be performed after the step S2910.在这种情况下，可以在步骤S2930中显示存储的业务信息。 In this case, the displayed service information stored in step S2930 in.

[0760] 步骤S2920可以在初始时执行，可以在另外生成或接收到事件时执行，或者可以以预定间隔执行。 [0760] Step S2920 may be performed initially, may be performed in addition to the events generated or received, or may be executed at predetermined intervals.可以在执行步骤S2920时更新存储单元345中存储的业务信息。 May update the service information stored in the storage unit 345 at step S2920.

[0761] 图114是例示了与根据本公开的构造业务信息的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图。 [0761] FIG. 114 is a diagram illustrating an exemplary procedure of an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure related to a method of performing service information structure.

[0762] 参照图114，控制器340控制请求事件信息的事件信息请求信息的发送（S3000)。 [0762] Referring to FIG. 114, the controller 340 controls the event information request event information request message (S3000).控制器340可以基于每个人员频道或者基于每个SNS帐号请求事件信息，或者可以利用单个信号针对人员频道地图中包含的人员频道请求事件信息。 The controller 340 may request event for each channel or the art on a per SNS account information, or may use a single signal channel request event information for the person who channel map based.控制器340可以向服务器10、服务器20或电子装置中的至少一个发送事件信息请求信号。 The controller 340 may be 10, 20 or the server electronic device transmits event information to the at least one request signal to the server.

[0763] 网络接口320响应于事件信息请求信号接收包括事件信息的事件信号（S3010)。 [0763] The network interface 320 in response to the event information request signal receiving event signal (S3010) including the event information.可以从服务器110、服务器20或电子装置中的至少一个接收事件信号。 May, at least one event signal is received in the server 20 or the electronic device 110 from the server.事件信息可以包括关于至少一个事件的信息。 Event information may include information regarding at least one event.例如，事件信息可以包括与图101中的Mike的频道单元10122相关联的事件10152和事件10123以及与Miranda的频道单元10132相关联的事件10153。 For example, event information may include events and event 10123 and 10152 in FIG 101 10122 Mike channel unit associated with the channel unit and the event associated Miranda 10132 10153.

[0764] 事件信息包括与事件相关联的SNS帐号，并且还可以包括与该事件所上传到的SNS站点相关的信息、与该事件的类型相关的信息、该事件的标题、该事件的日期和关于该事件的详细信息中的至少一个。 [0764] The event information includes associated with the event of an SNS account, and may also include information uploaded to the event to the SNS site, information on the type of the event related to the title of the event, the date of the event and For more information about the event at least one.该事件可以是上传到包括该SNS帐号的站点的事件。 The event may be uploaded to the site including the SNS account of events.

[0765] 控制器340使事件和频道号码彼此映射（S3020)。 [0765] The controller 340 makes an event and the channel number mapped to each other (S3020).通过利用包括至少一个频道号码和分配给该至少一个频道号码的至少一个SNS帐号的频道地图，并且还利用所接收到的事件信息中包含的SNS帐号，控制器340可以将该至少一个事件中的一个或者一个或更多个事件映射到该至少一个频道号码中的一个。 By using at least one channel number assigned to the at least one channel number is at least one SNS account channel map, and also to the use of SNS account the received event information contained in the at least one controller 340 may event one or one or more events that are mapped to a number of the at least one channel.包括至少一个频道号码和分配给该至少一个频道号码的至少一个SNS帐号的频道地图可以是人员频道地图，并且该人员频道地图可以是图12中例示的人员频道地图或者图97中例示的人员频道地图。 Comprising at least a channel number assigned to the at least one channel number is at least one SNS account channel map may be the human channel map, and the human channel map may be the human channel in human channel map or FIG. 12 illustrate 97 illustrated map.

[0766] 如果事件的SNS帐号与分配给该频道号码的SNS帐号相同，则控制器340将该事件映射到该频道号码。 [0766] If the same event SNS account assigned to the channel SNS account number, the controller 340 maps the event to the channel number.在一个示例中，分配有图101中的Mike的频道单元10122的事件10123和事件10152可以映射到频道号码“101”，而与Miranda的频道单元10132相关联的事件10153可以映射到频道号码“110”。 In one example, allocated 101 of Mike's channel cells events 10123 and event 10122 10152 may be mapped to the channel number "101", and the event channel unit Miranda 10132 10153 associated may be mapped to the channel number '110 . "

[0767] 控制器340构造用于显示频道号码和映射到这些频道号码的事件的引导画面(S3030)。 [0767] The controller 340 is configured to guide incident screen for displaying channel numbers and channel numbers are mapped to these (S3030).控制器340可以使频道号码和映射的事件以事件的日期顺序对齐，或者可以使这些事件以映射到这些事件的频道号码的顺序对齐。 The controller 340 may make the channel numbers and date of the event is mapped aligned sequence of events, or may be mapped to these events in order of the channel numbers of these events are aligned.控制器340可以选择和处理要显示在事件单元上的事件信息。 The controller 340 may select and process to display event information on the event unit.要显示在事件单元上的事件信息可以是事件的标题，并且可以包括指示这些事件所上传到的SNS站点的图标或事件图标中的至少一个。 To display the event information on the event can be a unit of title of the event, and may include an icon or an event icon indicates that these events are uploaded to the SNS site of at least one.

[0768] 图115是例示了与根据本公开的显示业务信息的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图。 [0768] FIG. 115 is a diagram illustrating an exemplary procedure of an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure related to a display method according to the service information is executed.

[0769] 参照图115，控制器340控制电子节目指南的显示（S3100)。 [0769] Referring to FIG. 115, the controller 340 controls the display (S3100) an electronic program guide.显示器302可以显示图101的电子节目指南10100。 The display 302 may display the electronic program guide 101 10100 FIG.

[0773] 控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作控制由与所选择的人员单元或所选择的频道单元相关联的频道号码指示的人员频道的内容的显示（S3120)。 Content [0773] The controller 340 in response to the detected user action to the control unit by a selected person or a selected human channel means a channel associated with a channel number indicated by the display (S3120).显示器302可以显示图104的内容10400。 10400 display 302 may display the content 104 of FIG.

[0774] 控制器340检测用于选择日期单元或者事件单元的用户动作（S3125)。 [0774] The controller 340 detects a user action (S3125) to choose a date or an event unit cell.用于选择日期单元或事件单元的用户动作可以是向下事件。 Means for selecting a date or event may be a user action unit down event.

[0776] 控制器340检测用于放下所拖动的单元的用户动作（S3135)。 [0776] The controller 340 detects a unit for dropping the dragged user action (S3135).用于放下所拖动的单元的用户动作可以是向上事件。 Means for down user action may be dragged up event.

[0777] 控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作在电子节目指南上显示与经过了特定时间之后的特定日期相关联的事件单元和日期单元（S3140)。 [0777] The controller 340 in response to the detected user action after a particular date displayed after a certain time units associated with the event and date unit (S3140) on the electronic program guide.显示器302可以显示图107的电子节目指南10700。 The display 302 may display an electronic program guide 107 10,700.

[0778] 控制器340检测用于选择与经过了特定时间之后的特定日期相关联的事件单元的用户动作（S3145)。 [0778] The controller 340 detects a user action selecting the elapsed time after a particular event cell associated with a particular date (S3145).

[0779] 控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作显示与所选择的事件单元相关联的内容的列表（S3150)。 [0779] The controller 340 in response to the detected user action content display unit associated with the event list of the selected (S3150).显示器302可以显示图108的内容列表10850。 The display 302 may display the content list 108 of FIG. 10850.

[0780] 控制器340检测用于选择内容列表中包含的项目中的一个的用户动作（S3155)。 [0780] The controller 340 detects a selection item included in the content list of a user action (S3155).

[0781] 控制器340控制显示与所选择的项目相关联的内容（S3160)。 [0781] The controller 340 controls the display of the content associated with the item selected (S3160).控制器340可以显示该内容的预览。 The controller 340 may display a preview of the content.该内容可以显示在整个画面上，或者可以显示在电子节目指南上的特定区域上。 The content may be displayed on the entire screen, or may be displayed on a certain region on the electronic program guide.在一个示例中，该内容可以显示在图109的区域10950上。 In one example, the content may be displayed on the area 109 of FIG. 10950.

[0782] 图116是例示了与根据本公开的生成事件的方法相关的一个示例性实施方式的执行过程的图。 [0782] FIG. 116 is a diagram illustrating an exemplary procedure of an exemplary embodiment of the method according to the associated event generated disclosed performed.

[0783] 参照图116，控制器340检测用于选择与指示用户人员频道的频道号码相关联的事件单元的用户动作（S3200)。 [0783] Referring to FIG. 116, the controller 340 detects a user action (S3200) and the selected event indicating the channel number associated with the user human channel unit.例如，与指示用户人员频道的频道号码相关联的事件单元可以是图110的事件单元11024。 For example, the user human channel indicating a channel number associated with the event may be an event unit 110 of FIG unit 11024.

[0784] 控制器340响应于检测到的用户动作控制产生事件的图形用户界面的显示(S3210)。 [0784] The controller 340 in response to the detected user operation control generates a graphical user interface of the event (S3210).显示器302可以显示图110的图形用户界面11010。 The display 302 may display a graphical user interface 110 of FIG. 11010.

[0786] 控制器340向服务器发送所输入的事件信息和分配给用户人员频道的SNS帐号(S3230)。 [0786] The controller 340 transmits to the server the input information and the event allocated to the user account human channel SNS (S3230).该服务器可以是包括SNS帐号的服务器或者可以是服务器10。 The server may be a server or SNS account may be the server 10.如果将所输入的事件信息和该SNS帐号发送给服务器10，则服务器10向包含该SNS帐号的SNS站点发送该事件信息和分配给该用户人员频道的SNS帐号。 If the event information is entered and the SNS accounts sent to the server 10, the server 10 sends the event information and the allocation to the SNS site including the SNS SNS account to the account of the user human channel.

[0787] 控制器340在与所映射的频道号码相关联的事件单元上显示所输入的事件信息的至少一部分和所输入的事件信息中包含的日期（S3230)。 [0787] date (S3230) The controller 340 included in the input event information on the event display unit associated with the channel number is mapped at least a portion of the input event information.显示器302可以显示图112A和112B的电子节目指南11200。 The display 302 may FIGS. 112A and 112B show an electronic program guide 11200.

[0788] 根据本公开的电子装置的配置及其操作方法不限于上述实施方式，并且可以对这些实施方式的全部或者部分进行选择性组合，以实现其各种变形。 [0788] The configuration of the present disclosure and methods of operating the electronic device is not limited to the above embodiments, and these embodiments may be all or part selectively combined to realize various modifications thereof.

[0789] 本公开可以实现为能够写在计算机可读记录介质从而能够由计算机读取的代码。 [0789] The present disclosure may be implemented as code that can be written in a computer-readable recording medium can be read by a computer.计算机可读记录介质包括以计算机可读方式存储数据的所有类型的记录装置。 The computer-readable recording medium includes all types of recording devices for storing computer-readable manner data.计算机可读记录介质的示例包括ROM、RAM、CD-ROM、磁带、软盘、光学数据存储器及载波（例如，通过互联网的数据传输）。 Examples of the computer readable recording medium include ROM, RAM, CD-ROM, magnetic tapes, floppy disks, optical data storage, and carrier wave (e.g., data transmission through the Internet).计算机可读记录介质可以分布在通过网络连接的多个计算机装置上，以便以分散方式向这些计算机装置写入计算机可读代码以及从这些计算机装置执行计算机可读代码。 The computer-readable recording medium may be distributed over a plurality of computer devices connected through a network, the computer-readable code is written to the computer devices in a decentralized manner, and executing the computer readable code from the computer devices.

[0790] 从以上述描述明显看出，通过电子装置，可以利用频道号码实现根据本公开的提供人员频道业务的方法、构造人员频道地图的方法以及对人员频道进行中继的方法、所指定个体之间的在线网络。 [0790] As apparent from the above description, by electronic means, the channel number may be utilized to implement the method of providing channel service personnel present disclosure, a method of constructing a human channel map of channels and relaying of the art methods, the individual designated online network between.用户可以通过选择分配给指定人员的频道号码与该指定人员通信，这确保了社交网络业务的便利和容易使用。 The user can specify the number of staff assigned to the communication channel with the designated person by choice, which ensures convenient social networking service and easy to use.另外，根据本公开，通过利用IP地址以及与IP地址无关的人员地址使得用户能够获取电子装置的地址，即使在该电子装置具有动态IP地址或者私用IP地址时用户也能够将该电子装置用于社交网络业务。 Further, according to the present disclosure, by using the IP address and independent human address and the IP address so that the user can obtain the address of the electronic device, having a dynamic IP address of the electronic device or even in a private user can use the IP address of the electronic device in the social networking business.另外，根据本公开，用户能够随时随地便利且容易地访问社交网络业务。 In addition, according to the present disclosure, the user can conveniently and easily access social networking services anytime, anywhere.另外，根据本公开，通过人员频道使得用户能够访问连接到社交网络的熟人，用户和熟人可以容易地通过其人员频道观看 Further, according to the present disclosure, human channel by enabling the user to access the social network is connected to an acquaintance, the user can easily view and acquaintances human channel through which

同一广播频道。 The same broadcast channel.

[0791] 本公开提供了用于使得用户能够利用人员频道地图确认正在观看与该用户相同内容的朋友并与所确认的朋友聊天的聊天画面，由此用户能够观看广播并同时与正在观看相同内容的朋友聊天。 [0791] The present disclosure provides a method for enabling a user to confirm the use of human channel map is viewing the same content, and the user's friends and friends identified chat screen, whereby the user can view the broadcast, and are simultaneously viewing the same content chat with friends.

[0792] 另外，根据本公开，作为提供各种类型的频道地图和用于辅助频道地图切换的用户接口的结果，用户能够容易地选择各种类型的频道地图。 [0792] Further, according to the present disclosure, as a result provide various types of user channel map and the map for the auxiliary channel switch interface, the user can easily select the various types of channel map.此外，使得用户能够选择频道地图中列出的各种类型的频道还能够便于用户容易地选择各种类型的频道。 In addition, the user can select various types of such channels listed in the channel map is also capable of facilitating the user to easily select various types of channels.

[0793] 本公开提供了用于扫描应用业务和SNS业务的菜单，类似于广播频道扫描菜单，其能够使得用户不仅能够容易地操作扫描菜单，而且能够基于扫描结果容易地设置应用频道和人员频道。 [0793] The present disclosure provides an application service for scanning a menu and the SNS service, similar to a broadcast channel scan menu that enables the user not only to easily operate the menu, to the application and can be easily set based on channels and human channel scan results .

[0794] 此外，本公开以电子节目指南（EPG)的形式提供关于朋友的事件信息，这能够使得用户能够容易地获取和管理关于朋友的信息，以容易地生成用户事件，并容易地与朋友共享所生成的事件。 [0794] In addition, the present disclosure provides event information about a friend in the form of an electronic program guide (EPG), which enables the user to easily access and manage information about friends, to easily generate user events, and easily with friends share event generated.

[0795] 如这里具体和广泛描述的，本公开致力于提供一种电子装置、一种提供人员频道业务的方法、一种构造人员频道地图的方法和一种对人员频道进行中继的方法、一种邀请观看频道的方法、一种同时远程观看内容的方法、一种提供频道地图业务的方法、一种提供频道扫描接口的方法和一种提供业务信息的方法，其基本上消除了由于相关技术的限制和缺点而导致的一个或更多个问题。 [0795] As embodied and broadly described herein, the present disclosure is directed to provide an electronic apparatus, a channel service personnel to provide a method of constructing a human channel map and a method of relaying a human channel method, One way of viewing channel to invite a method for remotely viewing content at the same time, a method of providing a channel map service method of providing a channel scan interface and a method for providing business information, which substantially eliminates the relevant technical limitations and disadvantages caused by one or more of the problems.

[0796] 本公开的一个目的是提供一种电子装置、一种提供人员频道业务的方法、一种构造人员频道地图的方法和一种对人员频道进行中继的方法，其使得用户能够更便利地且容易地使用社交网络业务。 [0796] It is an object of the present disclosure is to provide an electronic apparatus for providing a channel service personnel, constructing a human channel map and a method of relaying a human channel method, which enable a user to more convenient and easily use social networking services.

[0797] 本公开的另一个目的是提供一种电子装置、一种提供人员频道业务的方法、一种构造人员频道地图的方法和一种对人员频道进行中继的方法，其使得用户能够随时随地使用社交网络业务。 [0797] Another object of the present disclosure is to provide an electronic apparatus for providing a channel service personnel, constructing a human channel map and a method of relaying a human channel method, which enables a user at any time anywhere using social networking business.

[0798] 本公开的另一个目的是提供一种电子装置、一种提供人员频道业务的方法、一种构造人员频道地图的方法和一种对人员频道进行中继的方法，其使得即使在电子装置具有动态互联网协议（IP)地址时也能够进行电子装置之间的社交网络业务。 [0798] Another object of the present disclosure is to provide an electronic apparatus for providing a channel service personnel, constructing a human channel map and a method of relaying a human channel method, so that even when the electronic It means having a dynamic Internet protocol social network service can be performed between the electronic apparatus when (IP) address.

[0799] 本公开的另一个目的是提供一种电子装置、一种提供人员频道业务的方法、一种构造人员频道地图的方法和一种对人员频道进行中继的方法，其使得即使在电子装置具有私用IP地址时也能够进行电子装置之间的社交网络业务。 [0799] Another object of the present disclosure is to provide an electronic apparatus for providing a channel service personnel, constructing a human channel map and a method of relaying a human channel method, so that even when the electronic can be performed between the social network service apparatus when the electronic apparatus having a private IP address.

[0800] 本公开的另一个目的是提供一种电子装置和一种邀请观看一个频道的方法，其使得用户能够邀请连接到社交网络上的熟人观看该用户正在观看的广播频道。 [0800] Another object of the present disclosure is to provide an electronic apparatus and a method for viewing a channel invitation, which enables a user to connect to the invitation acquaintance social network of the user viewing a broadcast channel being watched.

[0801] 本公开的另一个目的是提供一种电子装置和一种同时远程观看内容的方法，该电子装置使得用户能够观看广播并同时与观看相同内容的朋友聊天。 [0801] Another object of the present disclosure is to provide an electronic apparatus and a method for simultaneous remote viewing content, the electronic device enables the user to view a broadcast while viewing the same content to chat with friends.

[0802] 本公开的另一个目的是提供一种电子装置和一种提供频道地图业务的方法，其提供了各种类型的频道地图，并且使得用户能够容易地选择各种类型的频道地图。 [0802] Another object of the present disclosure is to provide an electronic apparatus and a method for providing a channel map service, which provides various types of channel maps, and enables the user to easily select the channel map types.[0803] 本公开的另一个目的是提供一种电子装置和一种提供频道地图业务的方法，其提供了各种类型的频道，并且使得用户能够容易地选择各种类型的频道。 [0803] Another object of the present disclosure is to provide an electronic apparatus and a method for providing a channel map service, which offers various types of channels, and so that the user can easily select a channel of various types.

[0804] 本公开的另一个目的是提供一种电子装置以及一种提供频道扫描接口的方法，该电子装置能够容易地针对各种类型的业务执行频道扫描，并且能够提供针对各种类型的业务执行频道扫描的菜单，其类似于传统的广播频道扫描菜单。 [0804] Another object of the present disclosure is to provide an electronic device and a method of providing a channel scan interface, the electronic device can be easily performed for various types of channel scan operations, and can provide services for various types of perform a channel scan menu, which is similar to traditional broadcast channel scan menu.

[0805] 本公开的另一个目的是提供一种电子装置以及一种提供业务信息的方法，该电子装置提供关于社交网络中的朋友的信息。 [0805] Another object of the present disclosure is to provide an electronic device and a method of providing service information, the electronic device providing information about friends in the social network.

[0806] 为了实现这些目的和其它优点，并且根据本发明的目的，如这里所具体实施和广泛描述的，一种提供人员频道业务的方法可以包括以下步骤：检测用于指定频道号码的用户动作；响应于所检测到的用户动作从人员频道地图读取与所指定的频道号码相关联的人员地址；基于所读取的人员地址获取要访问的电子装置的地址；利用所获取的地址从所述电子装置接收内容；以及显示所接收到的内容。 [0806] To achieve these objects and other advantages and in accordance with the purpose of the present invention, as embodied and broadly described embodiments, a method of providing channel service personnel method may include the steps of: detecting a user operation for designating a channel number ; in response to the detected user action and the art read channel number designated by the address associated with the human channel map; obtaining the address of the electronic device to be accessed based on the read address of the person; using the addresses acquired from the said electronic device receiving the content; and displaying the content received.该人员地址可以包括电子邮件地址、帐号名称、姓、会话发起协议-统一资源定位符（SIP-URL)中的至少一个，或者另一适当类型的识别符或地址。 The human address may include an email address, an account name, last name, a Session Initiation Protocol - Uniform Resource Locator (SIP-URL) at least one, or another suitable type of identifier or address.

[0807] 该电子装置的地址可以包括媒体访问控制（MAC)地址、互联网协议（IP)地址、端口号、域名系统（DNS)名称或统一资源定位符（URL)中的至少一个。 [0807] address of the electronic device may include a media access control (MAC) address, an Internet Protocol (IP) address, port number, the domain name system (DNS) name or a uniform resource locator (URL) is at least one.

[0808] 获取所述电子装置的地址的步骤可以包括基于来自存储单元的人员地址读取所述电子装置的地址。 [0808] the step of obtaining the address of the electronic device may comprise a read address of said electronic device based on the address of the person from the storage unit.

[0809] 获取所述电子装置的地址的步骤可以包括：向服务器发送包括所述人员地址的连接请求信号；以及从所述服务器接收所述电子装置的地址。 [0809] The step of acquiring the address of the electronic device may comprise: transmitting connection comprises the human address request signal to the server; and said address received from the server electronic device.

[0810] 所述人员频道地图可以包括：频道号码、人员地址和使该频道号码和该人员地址彼此相关联的信息。 [0810] The human channel map may include: a channel number, a human address and the channel number and the address information of the person associated with each other.

[0811] 在一个实施方式中，一种构造人员频道地图的方法可以包括以下步骤：显示用于指定人员地址的第一图形用户界面（GUI);检测用于指定人员地址的第一用户动作；响应于所检测到的第一用户动作显示用于指定频道号码的第二⑶I ;检测用于指定频道号码的第二用户动作；以及响应于所检测到的第二用户动作在人员频道地图中存储所述频道号码、所述人员地址和使所述频道号码和所述人员地址彼此相关联的信息。 [0811] In one embodiment, the method of constructing a human channel map may include the steps of: displaying a first graphical user interface (GUI) address of the specified person; detecting a first user action for the address specified person; in response to the detected first user action for the second display ⑶I designating a channel number; detecting a second user action for designating a channel number; and a second user action in response to the detected channel map stored in the human the channel number, address information of the person and the channel number and address of the person associated with each other.所显示的第一GUI可以列出至少一个可选择的人员地址。 The GUI may display a first list the address of the art at least one selectable.所显示的第二⑶I可以列出多个可选择的频道号码。 The second display may be listed ⑶I plurality of selectable channel number.

[0812] 在本实施方式中，人员频道地图构造方法还可以包括以下步骤：从服务器接收所述至少一个人员地址。 [0812] In the present embodiment, the human channel map constructor method may further comprise the steps of: receiving said at least one person from the address server.

[0813] 所述人员频道地图构造步骤还可以包括：显示社交网络业务（SNS)服务器的网页，所显示的网页列出了至少一个人员地址；检测用于选择所列出的至少一个人员地址中的一个的第三用户动作；以及响应于所检测到的第三用户动作显示所述第一GUI。 [0813] The human channel map constructing step may further comprise: displaying a social network web service (SNS) server, the displayed web page address lists at least one person; detecting at least one address for selecting a person listed in the a third user action; and a third user action in response to the detected first displaying the GUI.

[0814] 在一个实施方式中，一种对人员频道进行中继的方法可以包括以下步骤：从第一电子装置接收包括第一人员地址和所述第一电子装置的地址的第一注册请求信号；响应于所接收到的第一注册请求信号存储所述第一人员地址和所述第一电子装置的地址；从第二电子装置接收包括第二人员地址和所述第二电子装置的地址的第二注册请求信息；响应于所接收到的第二注册请求信号存储所述第二人员地址和所述第二电子装置的地址；从所述第一电子装置接收包括所述第二人员地址的连接请求信息；以及响应于所接收到的连接请求信号向所述第一电子装置发送包括所述第二电子装置的地址的响应信号；并且向所述第二电子装置发送包括所述第一电子装置的地址的响应信号。 [0814] In one embodiment, the one channel of the art relaying method may include the steps of: a first electronic device comprises a first register address received from a first person and said first electronic device address request signal ; a first register in response to the received request signal to store the first address and the first address of the art electronic device; received from the second electronic device comprises a second human address and the address of the second electronic device second registration request message; and a second register in response to the received request signal to store the second address and the second address art electronic device; received from the first electronic device comprises a second address of the person connection request information; and in response to the received connection request signal transmits a response signal comprising an address of the second electronic device to the first electronic device; and the transmitting comprises a first electronic device to the second electronic in response to the address signal of the apparatus.

[0815] 在一个实施方式中，一种电子装置可以包括：控制器，其被配置成检测用于指定频道号码的用户动作，响应于所检测到的用户动作从人员频道地图读取与所指定的频道号码相关联的人员地址，并且基于所读取的人员地址控制获取要访问的电子装置的地址；以及网络接口，其被配置成利用所获取的地址从所述电子装置接收内容。 [0815] In one embodiment, an electronic device may include: a controller configured to detect a user action to specify a channel number in response to the detected user action is read from the channel map with the designated person human address associated with the channel number, and acquires the electronic device to access the address control based on the read address of the person; and a network interface that is configured to receive content from the electronic device to utilize the acquired address.

[0816] 所述电子装置还可以包括：显示器，其被配置显示所接收到的内容。 The [0816] electronic device may further comprise: a display which displays the contents of the received configuration.此外，所述控制器可以配置成控制向服务器发送包括所述人员地址的连接请求信号，并且控制从所述服务器接收所述电子装置的地址。 Furthermore, the controller may be configured to control the transmission to the server connection request signal including the human address, and controls the electronic device receiving an address from the server.

[0817] 在一个实施方式中，一种电子装置可以包括：接口，其被配置成接收用户动作；控制器，其被配置成检测用于指定用户地址的第一用户动作，响应于所检测到的第一用户动作控制显示用于指定频道号码的第二⑶I，检测用于指定频道号码的第二用户动作，并响应于所检测到的第二用户动作控制在人员频道地图中存储所述人员地址、所述频道号码和使所述人员地址和频道号码彼此相关联的信息；以及存储装置，其被配置成存储所述人员频道地图。 [0817] In one embodiment, an electronic device may include: an interface configured to receive a user operation; a controller configured to detect a user operation for designating a first address of the user, in response to the detected a first user display a second operation control ⑶I designating a channel number, detecting a second user action for designating a channel number, and in response to the detected second user action to control the persons stored in the human channel map address, the channel number and the channel number and address information of personnel associated with each other; and a storage means configured to store the channel map art.

[0818] 所述接口可以包括图像拍摄装置、触摸屏、触摸板和遥控器接收器中的至少一个。 [0818] The interface may include an image capture device, touch screen, touch pad and a remote receiver at least one.

[0819] 在一个实施方式中，一种构造人员频道地图的方法可以包括以下步骤：显示用于建立频道的⑶I，所显示的⑶I包括列出了至少一个人员地址的人员频道区域和列出了至少一个频道号码的频道区域；检测用于选择所述至少一个人员地址中的一个的第一用户动作；检测用于拖动所选择的人员地址的第二用户动作；检测用于选择所述至少一个频道号码中的一个的第三用户动作；以及响应于所检测到的第三用户动作在所述人员频道地图中存储所选择的人员地址、所选择的频道号码和使所述频道号码和所述人员地址彼此相关联的信息。 [0819] In one embodiment, the human channel map a configuration method may include the steps of: displaying a channel establishing ⑶I, ⑶I shown includes a list of human channel region and at least one human address list a channel region of at least one channel number; detecting the art for selecting the at least one address of a first user action; detecting a second user action for dragging the selected human address; detecting for selecting at least a third user action is a channel number; and in response to the detected user action is a third person in the channel map stored in the selected address of the person, the selected channel number and the channel number and the said human address information associated with each other.所显示的GUI还可以包括包含至少一个广播频道的广播频道区域和包含至少一个应用频道的应用频道区域。 The displayed GUI may further include a broadcast channel region comprising at least one broadcast channel and a channel region comprising application of at least one application channel.

[0820] 在本实施方式中，人员频道地图构造方法还可以包括以下步骤：响应于所检测到的第三用户动作确认与所选择的频道号码相关联的人员地址是否存在于所述人员频道地图中；以及如果存在相关联的人员地址，则从所述人员频道地图中删除该相关联的人员地址、所选择的频道号码和使该相关联的人员地址与所选择的频道号码彼此相关联的信息。 [0820] In the present embodiment, the human channel map constructor method may further comprise the step of: in response to detecting the third user action to confirm the channel number addresses and personnel associated with the selected person is present in the channel map ; and personnel associated with the address if present, from the person who removes the channel map address associated with the selected channel number and address of the person associated with the selected channel number associated with each other information.

[0821] 根据本公开的另一方面，一种邀请观看频道的方法包括以下步骤：检测用于选择所显示的广播节目的第一用户动作；检测用于选择所显示的人员频道地图中包含的至少一个频道号码中的一个的第二用户动作；以及响应于所述第二用户动作，向与所选择的频道号码相关联的电子装置或服务器发送用于请求观看所选择的广播节目的频道观看请求信号，并且所发送的频道观看请求信号包括详细的用户信息、与发送所述广播节目的物理频道相关的详细信息、所述广播节目的业务名称、所述广播节目的业务识别符ID、所述广播节目的频道号码、所述广播节目的事件名称、所述广播节目的传输流ID、所述广播节目的网络ID、与提供所述广播节目的业务提供商相关的信息、与发送所述广播节目的传输介质相关的信息、或与所述业务提供商所在的国家或地区相关 [0821] According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a method of viewing channel invitation comprising the steps of: detecting a first user action for selecting a broadcast program for display; detecting a person to select the displayed channel map contained a user action at least a second channel number; and a second channel in response to said user action, the channel number associated with the selected electronic device or server transmits a request for viewing the selected broadcast program viewed request signal, and viewing the transmitted channel signal includes detailed user information, details of the physical transmission channels associated with the broadcast program, the broadcast program service name, the broadcast program service request identifier ID, the said channel number of the broadcast program, the broadcast program event name, network ID, transport stream ID of the broadcast program, the broadcast program, information related to service providers and providing the broadcast program, the transmission transmission media broadcast program-related information, or in connection with the service provider's country or region的信息中的至少一个。 The information in at least one.所显示的人员频道地图还可以包括频道名称、事件名称、或者由与所述频道号码相关联的电子装置显示的广播节目的剩余广播时间中的至少一个。 Human channel map display may further include a channel name, event name, or the remaining broadcast time of the broadcast program displayed by the electronic device and the channel number associated with at least one.

[0822] 该方法还可以包括以下步骤：根据与人员频道地图中包含的频道号码相关联的访问方法，向所述电子装置或所述服务器发送包括所述频道名称、事件名称和所述广播节目的剩余广播时间中的至少一个的频道弓I导信号。 [0822] The method may further comprise the step of: transmitting includes the channel name, event name, and the broadcast program to the electronic device or the server according to the access method art channel map associated with the channel number the remaining broadcast time of the at least one guiding bow I channel signal.

[0823] 该方法还可以包括以下步骤：从所述电子装置接收频道观看请求信号，并确认是否可从由所接收到的频道观看请求信号中包含的信息指示的业务提供商接收广播业务。 [0823] The method may further comprise the step of: from said electronic device receives channel viewing request signal, and to verify that a received channel of the service provider information viewing request signal includes receiving an indication broadcast service.

[0824] 该方法还可以包括以下步骤：如果不能从所述业务提供商接收到所述广播业务，则基于所述频道观看请求信号中包含的信息从所存储的电子节目指南（EPG)数据搜索对由所接收到的频道观看请求信号中包含的信息指示的广播节目进行广播的频道。 [0824] The method may further comprise the step of: if the service provider can not be received from the broadcast service, based on the information included in the signal channel viewing request from the electronic program guide stored (EPG) data relevant of the channel received by the broadcast program information indicating a viewing request signal included in the broadcasting channel.

[0825] 该方法还可以包括以下步骤：从服务器接收频道观看请求信号；接收由所接收到的频道观看请求信号中包含的信息指示的频道的广播节目；以及显示所接收到的广播节目。 [0825] The method may further comprise the steps of: receiving from a server channel viewing request signal; received by the viewing request received channel information indicating the broadcast program channel included in the signal; and displays the received broadcast program.所述频道观看请求信号中包含的信息可以是在所述服务器根据提供所述广播业务的业务提供商、传输介质或区域中的至少一个的差别修改从所述电子装置接收到的频道观看请求信号中包含的信息时获取的信息。 The viewing information channel included in the signal may be a modified request received from the electronic device to the server providing the broadcast service based on the difference of the service provider, the transmission medium or the at least one region of the channel viewing request signal the information contained in the acquired time information.

[0826] 向所述电子装置发送信号的步骤可以包括：从所存储的人员频道地图读取与所述频道号码相关联的人员地址；基于所读取的人员地址获取所述电子装置的地址；以及利用所获取的地址发送所述频道观看请求信号。 [0826] may include the step of transmitting a signal of the electronic device: a reading address and the person associated with the channel number from the channel map stored by a person; obtain the address of the electronic device based on the read address of the person; and transmitting the channel using the acquired address of the viewing request signal.所述人员地址可以包括电子邮件地址、帐号名称、姓和会话发起协议-统一资源定位符SIP-URL中的至少一个。 The human address may include e-mail address, account name, last name, and Session Initiation Protocol - Uniform Resource Locator SIP-URL at least one.该电子装置的地址可以包括媒体访问控制（MAC)地址、互联网协议（IP)地址、端口号、域名系统（DNS)名称和统一资源定位符（URL)中的至少一个。 Address of the electronic device may include a media access control (MAC) address, an Internet Protocol (IP) address, port number, the domain name system (DNS) name, and uniform resource locator (URL) at least one.

[0827] 根据本公开的又一个方面，一种电子装置包括：接口，其被配置成接收用户动作；控制器，其被配置成控制显示广播节目和包括至少一个频道号码的人员频道地图，检测用于选择所述广播节目的第一用户动作，检测用于选择所述至少一个频道号码中的一个的第二用户动作，并响应于所检测到的第二用户动作控制向与所选择的频道号码相关联的电子装置或服务器发送用于请求观看所选择的广播节目的频道观看请求信号；以及网络接口，其被配置成输出所述频道观看请求信号，并且所发送的频道观看请求信号包括详细的用户信息、与发送所述广播节目的物理频道相关的详细信息、所述广播节目的业务名称、所述广播节目的业务识别符（ID)、所述广播节目的频道号码、所述广播节目的事件名称、所述广播节目的传输流ID、所述广播节目的网络ID、与 [0827] According to another aspect of the present disclosure, an electronic device includes: an interface configured to receive a user operation; a controller configured to control the display broadcasting program and human channel map including at least one channel number, detected the broadcast program for selecting a first user action for selecting the at least one detecting a second user action of channel numbers, in response to the detected second user to control the operation of the selected channel number associated electronic device or server transmits a request for viewing a broadcast program of the selected channel viewing request signal; and a network interface that is configured to output the channel viewing request signal, and the transmitted channel request signal includes a detailed view user information, physical channel transmitting detailed information related to the broadcast program, the broadcast program service name, the broadcast program service identifier (ID), the channel number of the broadcast program, the broadcast program transport stream ID of the event name, the broadcast program, the broadcast program of the network ID, and供所述广播节目的业务提供商相关的信息、与传输所述广播节目的传输介质相关的信息、或者与所述业务提供商所在的国家或地区相关的信息中的至少一个。 For the broadcast program-related information service providers, at least one of the relevant information related to the transmission medium of the broadcast program information, or with the service provider's country or region.所述人员频道地图还可以包括频道名称、事件名称、或者与所述频道号码相关联的电子装置的广播节目的剩余广播时间中的至少一个。 The human channel map may further include a channel name, event name, or with at least one remaining channel number of the broadcast time of the broadcast program associated with the electronic device.

[0828] 所述控制器可以配置成控制根据与人员频道地图中包含的频道号码相关联的访问方法向所述电子装置或所述服务器发送包括所述频道名称、事件名称和所述广播节目的剩余广播时间中的至少一个的频道弓I导信号。 [0828] The controller may be configured to control the transmission to the server or the electronic device includes the channel name, event name, and the broadcast program according to the access method art channel map associated with the channel number at least one guide channel bow I remaining broadcast time of the signal.

[0829] 所述网络接口可以配置成从所述电子装置接收频道观看请求信号，并且所述控制器被配置成确认是否可从由所接收到的频道观看请求信号中包含的信息指示的业务提供商接收广播业务。 [0829] The network interface may be configured from the electronic device receives channel viewing request signal, and the controller is configured to confirm whether the viewing information indicating that the request contained in the signal received from the channel service providing Suppliers for receiving broadcast services.

[0830] 所述控制器可以配置成如果不能从所述业务提供商接收所述广播业务，则基于所述频道观看请求信号中包含的信息，从所存储的电子节目指南（EPG)数据搜索对由所接收到的频道观看请求信号中包含的信息指示的广播节目进行广播的频道。 [0830] If the controller may be configured not to receive the broadcast service from the service provider, based on the information contained in the signal channel viewing request data from an electronic program guide (EPG) stored in the search received by the broadcast program viewing request channels indicated by the information contained in the broadcast signal of the channel.

[0831] 所述网络接口可以配置成从服务器接收频道观看请求信号，并且所述控制器可以被配置成控制接收由所接收到的频道观看请求信号中包含的信息指示的频道的广播节目。 [0831] The network interface received from the server may be configured to channel viewing request signal, and the controller may be configured to control the receiver from the received channel viewing information indicating the broadcast program channel included in the request signal.所述频道观看请求信号中包含的信息可以是在所述服务器根据提供所述广播业务的业务提供商、传输介质或区域中的至少一个的差别修改从所述电子装置接收到的频道观看请求信号中包含的信息时获取的信息。 The viewing information channel included in the signal may be a modified request received from the electronic device to the server providing the broadcast service based on the difference of the service provider, the transmission medium or the at least one region of the channel viewing request signal the information contained in the acquired time information.[0832] 所述控制器可以配置成从所存储的人员频道地图读取与所述频道号码相关联的人员地址，基于所读取的人员地址获取所述电子装置的地址，并且控制利用所获取的地址发送所述频道观看请求信号。 [0832] The controller may be configured to read from the channel map stored in a person with the address of the person associated with the channel number, obtains the address of the electronic device based on the read address of the person, and using the acquired control the address of the transmitting channel viewing request signal.所述人员地址可以包括电子邮件地址、帐号名称、姓和会话发起协议-统一资源定位符（SIP-URL)中的至少一个。 The human address may include e-mail address, account name, last name, and Session Initiation Protocol - Uniform Resource Locator (SIP-URL) at least one.该电子装置的地址可以包括媒体访问控制（MAC)地址、互联网协议（IP)地址、端口号、域名系统（DNS)名称和统一资源定位符(URL)中的至少一个。 Address of the electronic device may include a media access control (MAC) address, an Internet Protocol (IP) address, port number, the domain name system (DNS) name, and uniform resource locator (URL) at least one.

[0833] 根据本公开的另一个方面，一种同时远程观看内容的方法包括以下步骤：显示内容；检测用于请求同时观看模式的用户动作；响应于所检测到的用户动作确认人员频道地图中包含的人员频道的所有者当中正在观看所显示的内容的所有者的存在；以及显示所确认的所有者的轮廓。 [0833] According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a method for simultaneously viewing remote content comprising the steps of: displaying content; detecting a user operation for requesting a simultaneous viewing mode; in response to the detected user action to make sure that no channel map the presence of the owner of the owner of a human channel which is included viewing the displayed content; and display the owner's profile confirmed.可以根据所述所有者的表情改变并显示所显示的轮廓。 And displaying the outline can be changed according to the displayed expressions of the owner.可以根据所述所有者的动作改变并显示所显示的轮廓。 And displaying the outline can be changed according to the displayed operation of the owner.所述轮廓可以显示为3D图像。 The profile may be displayed as a 3D image.所述所有者的聊天语句可以显示在与所述轮廓相关联的位置处。 The owner of the chat statement may be displayed at the position associated with the profile.

[0834] 同时远程观看内容的方法还可以包括：在所显示的内容上反应所述所有者请求的画面效果。 [0834] The method of simultaneous remote viewing content may further include: content displayed on the screen effect reaction of the owners request.

[0835] 确认所述所有者的存在的步骤可以包括：发送请求特定时间的图像帧的图像帧请求信号；从所显示的内容的图像帧当中获取所述特定时间的图像帧；接收包括所述特定时间的图像帧的图像帧发送信号；以及将所获取的图像帧与所接收到的图像帧发送信号中包含的图像帧进行比较，以确认所述所有者的存在。 [0835] The owner of the presence confirmation step may include: sending a request image frames of a particular time of the request signal; obtaining the image frame specified time frame of the content image from among the displayed; said receiving comprises the image signal of the image frame transmission at a particular time frame; and the image frames acquired image frame transmission signal included in the received compared to confirm the presence of the owner.

[0836] 确认所述所有者的存在的步骤可以包括：向服务器发送包括与所述内容相关的信息的所有者列表请求信号；从所述服务器接收所有者列表；以及确认所述所有者列表中包含的一个所有者为正在观看所显示的内容的所有者。 [0836] The owner of the presence confirmation step may include: transmitting to a server a list comprising information related to the owner of the content request signal; owner list received from the server; and confirming the list of owners It contains an owner who is viewing the displayed content owner.与所述内容相关的信息可以包括详细的用户信息、与发送所述内容的物理频道相关的详细信息、所述内容的业务名称、所述内容的业务ID、所述内容的频道号码、所述内容的事件名称、所述内容的传输流ID、所述内容的网络ID、与提供所述内容的业务提供商相关的信息、与传输所述内容的传输介质相关的信息、或者与所述业务提供商所在的国家或地区相关的信息中的至少一个。 Associated with the content information may include detailed user information, and sending details of the content associated physical channel, the name of the service content, the service ID of the content, the content of the channel number, the event name of the content, the transport stream ID of the content, the content of the network ID associated with the service provider providing the content information related to the transmission of the content information transmission medium, or with the service at least one related information provider country or region.

[0837] 所述人员频道地图可以包括：频道号码、人员地址和使该频道号码和该人员地址彼此相关联的信息。 The [0837] human channel map may include: a channel number, a human address and the channel number and the address information of the person associated with each other.所述人员地址可以是给予所述所有者的识别标记。 The person may be an identification tag address of the owner.

[0838] 根据本公开的另一个方面，一种电子装置包括：接口，其被配置成接收用于请求同时观看模式的用户动作；以及控制器，其被配置成如果在显示内容的过程中检测到所述用户动作，则响应于所述用户动作确认人员频道地图中包含的人员频道的所有者当中正在观看内容的所有者的存在，并控制显示所确认的所有者的轮廓。 [0838] According to another aspect of the present disclosure, an electronic device includes: an interface configured to receive a user operation of requesting the simultaneous viewing mode; and a controller that is configured to detect if the contents displayed in the process to the user action, the user action in response to the acknowledgment channel map owner who a person is viewing channel exists among the content owner, the owner and a display control contour confirmed.

[0839] 所述控制器可以控制根据所述所有者的表情改变所显示的轮廓和显示所改变的轮廓。 [0839] The controller may control the expression changes of the owner displayed and displaying the changed profile contour.

[0840] 所述控制器可以控制根据所述所有者的动作改变所显示的轮廓和显示所改变的轮廓。 [0840] The controller may control the operation of changing the displayed profile owner and displaying the changed profile.

[0841] 所述控制器可以控制在与所述轮廓相关联的位置处显示所述所有者的聊天语句。 [0841] The controller may control statement in chat at a position of the owner associated with the profile display.

[0842] 所述控制器可以控制在所显示的内容上反映所述所有者请求的画面效果。 The [0842] controller may control the screen effect on the content displayed reflects the owners request.

[0843] 所述控制器可以控制将所述轮廓显示为3D图像。 [0843] The controller may control to display a 3D image of the contour.

[0844] 所述控制器可以控制图像帧请求信号的发送，以请求特定时间的图像帧、从所显示的内容的图像帧中获取该特定时间的图像帧，并且，如果接收到包括所述特定时间的图像帧的图像帧发送信号，则将所获取的图像帧与所接收到的图像帧发送信号中包含的图像帧进行比较，以确认所述所有者的存在。 [0844] The controller may control the image frame transmission request signal to request a particular time of image frames, image frames acquired from the particular time frame of the content image is displayed, and, if a particular including the the time frame of the image transmitted image signal, the acquired image frame is compared with the image frames received transmission signal included, to confirm the presence of the owner.

[0845] 所述控制器可以控制向服务器发送包括与所述内容相关的信息的所有者列表请求信号，并且，如果从所述服务器接收到所有者列表，则确认所述所有者列表中包含的一个所有者为正在观看所显示的内容的所有者。 [0845] The controller may control the server sends a list comprising information related to the owner of the content request signal, and, if received from the server to the owner of the list, the acknowledgment contained in the list of owners an owner who is viewing the displayed content owner.

[0846] 与所述内容相关的信息可以包括详细的用户信息、与发送所述内容的物理频道相关的详细信息、所述内容的业务名称、所述内容的业务ID、所述内容的频道号码、所述内容的事件名称、所述内容的传输流ID、所述内容的网络ID、与提供所述内容的业务提供商相关的信息、与传输所述内容的传输介质相关的信息、或者与所述业务提供商所在的国家或地区相关的信息中的至少一个。 [0846] associated with the content information may include detailed user information, physical channel transmitting detailed information related to the content, the name of the service content, the service ID of the content, the content of the channel number the content of the event name, the transport stream ID of the content, the content of the network ID associated with the service provider providing the content information related to the transmission of the content information transmission medium, or with at least one related information in the service provider's country or region.

[0847] 所述人员频道地图可以包括：频道号码、人员地址和使该频道号码和该人员地址彼此相关联的信息。 The [0847] human channel map may include: a channel number, a human address and the channel number and the address information of the person associated with each other.所述人员地址可以是给予所述所有者的识别标记。 The person may be an identification tag address of the owner.

[0848] 根据本公开的另一个方面，一种提供频道地图业务的方法包括以下步骤：在正在显示内容的画面上显示第一频道地图；检测用于请求频道地图切换的第一用户动作；响应于所检测到的第一用户动作将所显示的第一频道地图切换到第二频道地图。 [0848] According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a method of providing a channel map service method comprising the steps of: displaying a first channel map being displayed on the screen of the content; detecting a first user action for requesting channel map switch; Response first a first channel map to the detected user action will switch the displayed map to a second channel.所述第一频道地图和所述第二频道地图中的一个为包括至少一个人员频道的人员频道地图。 Said first channel map and a map of the second channel is a human channel map including at least one human channel.所述第一用户动作可以是用户按压遥控器的一个方向键的动作。 The first user action may be a user presses the direction key operation of the remote controller.

[0850] 该频道地图业务提供方法还可以包括以下步骤：在显示所述人员频道地图的状态下检测用于请求频道切换的第三用户动作；响应于所检测到的第三用户动作将所选择的人员频道切换到所述人员频道地图中的另一人员频道；以及显示所切换的人员频道的内容。 [0850] The channel map service providing method may further comprise the steps of: detecting a request from a third user action of channel switching in the display of the state of the art channel map; in response to the detected user action to the selected third the human channel is switched to another human channel map of the human channel; and a content display the switched human channel.

[0851] 所述显示步骤可以包括：读取与所述人员频道的频道号码相关联的人员地址；基于所读取的人员地址获取要访问的电子装置的地址；利用所获取的地址从所述电子装置接收所述内容；以及显示所接收到的内容。 [0851] The displaying step may include: a read address and channel number of the person associated with human channel; obtaining the address of the electronic device to be accessed based on the read address of the person; using the addresses acquired from the the electronic device receiving the content; and displaying the content received.

[0852] 该频道地图业务提供方法还可以包括以下步骤：检测用于请求频道地图切换的第二用户动作；以及响应于所检测到的第二用户动作将所显示的第二频道地图切换到第三频道地图。 [0852] The channel map service providing method may further comprise the steps of: detecting a second user action for requesting channel map switch; and in response to the detected second user action to a second channel map display is switched to the first three channel map.

[0853] 该频道地图业务提供方法还可以包括以下步骤：检测用于请求全频道地图的第三用户动作；以及响应于所检测到的第三用户动作显示包括所述至少一个人员频道的全频道地图。 [0853] The channel map service providing method may further comprise the steps of: detecting a third user action requesting a full channel map; and in response to the detected third user action comprises displaying a full channel to channel at least one person map.[0854] 所显示的全频道地图还可以包括至少一个广播频道和至少一个应用频道。 The full channel map [0854] The display may further comprise at least one broadcast channel and the at least one application channel.

[0855] 所显示的全频道地图可以包括上面标记了所述至少一个人员频道的页，并且通过页选项卡选择所述页。 The full channel map [0855] The display may comprise at least one of the above-tagged human channel page, and the page selected by the page tab.

[0856] 所述全频道地图可以包括上面分别标记了所述至少一个广播频道和所述至少一个应用频道的页。 The [0856] The full channel map may include the page labeled above the at least one broadcast channel and the channel of the at least one application.

[0857] 该频道地图业务提供方法还可以包括以下步骤：检测用于请求最近观看的频道地图的第三用户动作；以及响应于所检测到的第三用户动作显示包括预定时段内显示的广播频道、人员频道和应用频道的最近观看的频道地图。 [0857] The channel map service providing method may further comprise the steps of: detecting a request from a third user action recently viewed channel map; and in response to the detected third user action comprises displaying the broadcast channel are displayed within a predetermined time period , who recently viewed channel map of channels and application channels.

[0858] 根据本公开的另一个方面，一种提供频道地图业务的方法包括以下步骤：检测用于请求频道地图的第一用户动作；以及响应于所检测到的第一用户动作显示包括至少一个人员频道的频道地图。 [0858] According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a method of providing a channel map service method comprising the steps of: detecting a first user action for requesting channel map; and in response to the detected first user action comprises at least one display channel map human channel.所述频道地图可以包括指示所述至少一个人员频道的所有者的在线状态的连接状态标记。 The channel map may comprise a connection state flag indicating the owner of the online state of the art at least one channel.所述频道地图还可以包括至少一个广播频道和至少一个应用频道。 The channel map may further comprise at least one broadcast channel and the at least one application channel.

[0859] 所述连接状态标记可以包括：第一连接状态标记，其指示用于表示所述所有者是否通过电子装置在线的第一在线状态；以及第二连接状态标记，其指示用于表示所述所有者是否登录到服务器的第二在线状态。 [0859] connection state of the flag may include: a first connection state flag, which indicates for indicating whether the owner of the electronic device through a first line-line state; and a second connection state flag, which indicates for indicating the He said the owner is logged on to a second online server.与所述第一在线状态相关的信息可以从所述电子装置或所述服务器接收。 Associated with the first online state information may be received from the electronic device or the server.

[0860] 该频道地图业务提供方法还可以包括以下步骤：向与所述至少一个人员频道相关联的电子装置或者向所述服务器发送指示所述人员频道的所有者通过所述电子装置在线的信息。 [0860] The channel map service providing method may further comprise the step of: at least one electronic device to the person associated with the channel or an indication of the owner of the art channel transmitting to the server via the information line of the electronic device .

[0861] 向所述电子装置发送信息的步骤可以包括：从所存储的人员频道地图读取与频道号码相关联的人员地址；基于所读取的人员地址获取所述电子装置的地址；以及利用所获取的地址发送指示所述所有者在线的信息。 [0861] the step of transmitting information to the electronic device may include: a person read from the stored channel map human address associated channel number; obtain the address of the electronic device based on the read address of the person; and using the owner of the online address information acquired by the transmission instruction.所述人员地址可以包括电子邮件地址、帐号名称、姓和会话发起协议-统一资源定位符（SIP-URL)中的至少一个。 The human address may include e-mail address, account name, last name, and Session Initiation Protocol - Uniform Resource Locator (SIP-URL) at least one.电子装置的地址可以包括媒体访问控制（MAC)地址、互联网协议（IP)地址、端口号、域名系统（DNS)名称和统一资源定位符（URL)中的至少一个。 Address of the electronic device may include a media access control (MAC) address, an Internet Protocol (IP) address, port number, the domain name system (DNS) name, and uniform resource locator (URL) at least one.

[0862] 根据本公开的又一个方面，一种电子装置包括：接口，其被配置成检测用户动作；以及控制器，其被配置成控制在正在显示内容的画面上显示第一频道地图，检测用于请求频道地图切换的第一用户动作，并且响应于所检测到的第一用户动作将所显示的第一频道地图切换到第二频道地图，并且所述第一频道地图和所述第二频道地图中的一个为包括至少一个人员频道的人员频道地图。 [0862] According to another aspect of the present disclosure, an electronic device includes: an interface configured to detect a user operation; and a controller configured to control the display of the first channel map being displayed on the screen of the content, the detection a first user action for requesting channel map switch, and in response to the detected first user action to the first channel displayed map is switched to the second channel map, and said first and said second channel map a channel map for the human channel map including at least one human channel.

[0863] 根据本公开的另一个方面，一种提供频道扫描接口的方法包括以下步骤：显示用于选择业务类型的多个菜单项；检测用于选择所显示的多个菜单项中的一个的用户动作；响应于所检测到的用户动作扫描用于构造由所选择的菜单项指示的业务类型的频道的信息；以及显示扫描结果。 [0863] According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a method for providing an interface of a channel scanning method comprising the steps of: displaying a plurality of service types to select menu items; detecting one of the plurality of menu items displayed in the selection for user action; in response to the detected user action information for a channel scan by a configuration menu item indicating the selected service type; and displaying results of the scan.所述业务类型中的一个可以是人员频道。 The human channel may be a traffic types.所述业务类型还可以包括广播频道或应用频道中的至少一个。 The service type may further include a broadcast channel or at least one application channel.

[0864] 所述扫描步骤可以包括：向服务器发送用于请求与朋友相关的信息的信号；以及从所述服务器接收与所述朋友相关的信息。 [0864] The scanning step may comprise: transmitting a signal to the server information related to the friend request; and receiving the related information from the server friends.与所述朋友相关的信息可以包括单个SNS帐号，或者可以包括一个或更多个SNS帐号。 The related information may comprise a single friend SNS account, or may include one or more SNS account.

[0865] 显示所述扫描结果的步骤可以包括：显示所述单个SNS帐号，或者显示所述一个、或更多个SNS帐号中的至少一个。 [0865] the scan result displaying step may include: displaying the single SNS account, or displaying the one or more of the at least one SNS account.

[0866] 该提供频道扫描接口的方法还可以包括：对所述单个SNS帐号或者对所述一个或更多个SNS帐号中的一个分配第一频道号码。 [0866] The interface provides a channel scanning method may further comprise: a dispensing the one or more first SNS accounts for the single channel number or SNS account pair.

[0867] 该提供频道扫描接口的方法还可以包括：对与分配了所述第一频道号码的SNS帐号相关联的朋友的其它SNS帐号当中的至少一个SNS帐号分配所述第一频道号码。 [0867] The interface provides a channel scanning method may further comprise: a friend of the assigned channel number of the first account associated with other SNS SNS SNS account on the at least one account assigned said first channel number.

[0868] 所述第一频道号码可以与分配给与所述单个SNS帐号相关联的朋友的另一个SNS帐号的频道号码相同。 Another identical SNS account [0868] the first channel number can be given to the individual SNS account associated with the assigned channel number of friends.所述第一频道号码可以是分配给广播频道或应用频道的频道号码。 The first channel number may be assigned to a channel number of a broadcast channel or channel applications.

[0869] 根据本公开的另一个方面，一种电子装置包括：控制器，其被配置成控制显示用于选择业务类型的多个菜单项，检测用于选择所显示的多个菜单项中的一个的用户动作，响应于所检测到的用户动作控制扫描用于构造由所选择的菜单项指示的业务类型的频道的信息；以及显示扫描结果的显示器。 [0869] According to another aspect of the present disclosure, an electronic device comprising: a controller configured to control the display for selecting a service type of a plurality of menu items, detecting a plurality of menu items displayed in the selection a user action in response to the detected user action configured for controlling the scan of information from the channel service type indicated by the selected menu item; and a display scan results.所述业务类型中的一个可以是人员频道。 The human channel may be a traffic types.

[0870] 根据本公开的另一个方面，一种提供业务信息的方法包括以下步骤：接收包括与至少一个事件相关的信息的事件信息；利用包括至少一个频道号码和分配给所述至少一个频道号码的至少一个社交网络业务（SNS)帐号以及所接收到的事件信息中包含的SNS帐号，将所述至少一个事件中的一个或者一个或更多个事件映射到所述至少一个频道号码中的一个；以及显示所述至少一个频道号码中的一个或者一个或更多个频道号码以及与映射到所述至少一个频道号码中的一个或者所述一个或更多个频道号码的事件相关的信息的至少一部分。 [0870] According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a method of providing service information comprising the steps of: receiving the event information comprises information related to at least one event information; comprises using at least one channel number assigned to the at least one channel number at least a social network service (SNS) SNS account and account number to the received event information contained in the at least one event of one or more events or one mapped to one of said at least one channel numbers ; and displaying the at least one channel or a number of one or more channel numbers and mapped to at least one or said at least one of the one or more channel numbers of the channel number in an event-related information portion.所述事件可以上传到包括所述SNS帐号的SNS站点。 The event can be uploaded to the SNS site including the SNS account.所述事件可以包括日程、功能、纪念日和内容中的至少一个。 The event may include a schedule, functions, anniversaries and contents of at least one.所述事件信息可以包括与所述事件相关联的SNS帐号，并且还包括与该事件所上传到的SNS站点相关的信息、与该事件的类型相关的信息、该事件的标题、该事件的日期、或者与该事件相关的详细信息中的至少一个。 The event information may comprise event associated with the SNS account, and also includes information related to the SNS site to upload the event, the event associated with the type of information, the title of the event, the date of the event For more information or associated with the event at least one.所述频道地图可以是人员频道地图。 The channel map may be a human channel map.所显示的信息的至少一部分可以是所述事件的标题。 At least a portion of the information displayed may be the title of the event.该方法还可以包括：显示指示所映射的事件已经上传到的SNS站点的图标和所映射的事件的图标中的至少一个。 The method may further include: displaying an icon indicating the event icon map has been uploaded to the SNS site and mapped in at least one event.

[0871] 还可以对所述至少一个频道号码中的一个或所述一个或更多个频道号码分配广播频道。 [0871] or may also be a number of the at least one channel in one or more channel numbers assigned broadcast channel.可以对所述至少一个频道号码中的一个或所述一个或更多个频道号码分配多个SNS帐号。 A plurality of SNS accounts can be assigned a channel number of the at least one or the one or more channel numbers.

[0872] 所述至少一个事件中的一个或者一个或更多个事件可以映射到分配了与该事件相关联的SNS帐号的频道号码。 [0872] The at least one event of one or one or more events can be mapped to the assigned event associated with the channel number SNS account.

[0873] 可以以日历形式显示所述至少一个频道号码中的一个或者所述一个或更多个频道号码以及所显示的信息中的至少一部分。 [0873] or may display at least a portion of the one or more channel numbers of the at least one channel numbers, and information displayed in a calendar format.[0874] 所述日历形式可以配置成使得按列列出所显示的一个频道号码或者一个或更多个频道号码，按行列出日期，并基于频道号码列和日期行在相应区域上显示所显示的信息的至少一部分。 [0874] The form may be configured such that a calendar a channel number displayed by column lists or one or more channel numbers, dates listed in rows, and the channel number displayed on the display based on the respective columns and rows date area at least a portion of the information.与多个事件相关的信息的至少一部分可以独立显示在该区域上。 The plurality of event information associated with at least a portion may be independently displayed on the area.在该区域上还可以显示提醒标记。 On the area warning flag may also be displayed.

[0875] 该提供业务信息的方法还可以包括以下步骤：检测用于选择所述区域或显示了所述日期的区域的第一用户动作；检测用于拖动所选择的区域的第二用户动作；检测用于放下所拖动的区域的第三用户动作；以及响应于所检测到的第三用户动作显示特定时间之后的特定日期以及与所述日期的事件相关的信息的至少一部分。 [0875] The service information providing method may further comprise the steps of: detecting a region for selecting the first or the display region of the user date operations; detecting a second user dragging the selected region of operation ; detecting a user action dragged down a third region; and in response to the detected third user operation of the display after a specific date and time specific date associated with the event at least a portion of the information.[0876] 该提供业务信息的方法还可以包括以下步骤：检测用于从显示了所述至少一个频道号码中的一个或所述一个或更多个频道号码的区域当中选择位于包含显示了用户频道号码的区域的行的区域的用户动作；以及响应于所检测到的用户动作显示用于产生事件的图形用户界面。 [0876] The service information providing method may further comprise the steps of: detecting a display region from said at least one channel numbers or the one or more channel numbers selected among user channels include a display located a user operating region of the region number row; and in response to the detected user action to display a graphical user interface for generating an event.

[0877] 该提供业务信息的方法还可以包括以下步骤：检测用于选择显示了与所映射的事件相关的信息的至少一部分的区域的用户动作；以及响应于所检测到的用户动作显示与该事件相关的详细信息。 [0877] The service information providing method may further comprise the steps of: detecting a user action for selecting a display area of ​​at least a portion of the information associated with the event mapped; and in response to the detected user action and the display For more information related to the event.

[0878] 该提供业务信息的方法还可以包括以下步骤：检测用于选择显示了所述至少一个频道号码中的一个或所述一个或更多个频道号码的区域的用户动作；以及响应于所检测到的用户动作显示由所述频道号码指示的人员频道的内容。 [0878] The service information providing method may further comprise the steps of: detecting a user action for selecting a display region of the at least one of a channel number or the one or more channel numbers; and in response to the detected user action display contents human channel indicated by the channel number.

[0879] 该提供业务信息的方法还可以包括以下步骤：检测用于选择显示了与所映射的事件相关的信息的至少一部分的区域的用户动作；以及响应于所检测到的用户动作，显示与该事件相关联的至少一条内容的列表。 [0879] The service information providing method may further comprise the steps of: detecting a user action for selecting a display area of ​​at least a portion of the information associated with the event mapped; and in response to the detected user action, the display a list of at least one piece of content associated with the event.

[0880] 根据本公开的又一个方面，一种电子装置包括：网络接口，其被配置成接收包括与至少一个事件相关的信息的事件信息；存储单元，其被配置成存储至少一个频道号码和分配给该至少一个频道号码的至少一个SNS帐号；以及控制器，其被配置成利用所存储的SNS帐号和所接收到的事件信息中包含的SNS帐号将所述至少一个事件中的一个或者一个或更多个事件映射到所述至少频道号码中的一个，并构造用于显示所述至少一个频道号码中的一个或者所述一个或更多个频道号码以及与映射到所述至少一个频道号码中的一个或者所述一个或更多个频道号码的事件相关的信息的至少一部分的引导画面。 [0880] According to another aspect of the present disclosure, an electronic device includes: a network interface configured to receive event information comprises information associated with at least one event; a storage unit configured to store at least a channel number and the at least one channel is assigned to at least one SNS account number; SNS account and a controller configured to utilize the stored event information to the SNS and the account number included in the received at least one of the one event or a or more events are mapped to the at least one of the channel numbers, and configured to display the at least one channel or a number of the one or more channel numbers and mapped to the at least one channel number at least a portion of the guidance picture or one of the one or more channel numbers of the event-related information.

[0881] 本说明书中对“一个实施方式”、“实施方式”、“示例性实施方式”等的任何引用意味着与该实施方式一起描述的特定特征、结构或者特性包括在本发明的至少一个实施方式中。 [0881] The present specification to "one embodiment," "an embodiment," "example embodiment," etc., means that a particular feature together with the described embodiment, structure, or characteristic of the present invention comprises at least one embodiment.本说明书中的各位置处的这种短语的出现并不一定全部是指同一实施方式。 This occurs at each position of phrases in this specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment.此外，当与任何实施方式一起描述特定特征、结构或特性时，认为这是在本领域的技术人员的范围内与这些实施方式中的其它实施方式一起实现这种特征、结构或特性。 Further, when describing a particular feature, structure, or characteristic with any embodiment, it is considered to effect such feature, structure, or characteristic in the other embodiments together these embodiments within the scope of those skilled in the art.

[0882] 尽管已经参考本发明的多个示例性实施方式对本发明的实施方式进行了描述，但是应当理解的是，本领域的技术人员可以想出落入本公开的精神和原理范围内的多个其它修改例和实施方式。 [0882] Although the present invention with reference to a plurality of exemplary embodiments of the embodiments of the present invention have been described, it should be understood that those skilled in the art can be devised by the present disclosure fall within the spirit and scope of the principles of multi- EXAMPLE other modifications and embodiments months.更具体地说，可以在本公开、附图及所附权利要求的范围内对本主题组合装置的组成部件和/或装置进行各种变换和修改。 More particularly, various variations and modifications may be made to the component parts of the subject combination arrangement and / or devices within the scope of the present disclosure, the drawings and the appended claims.除对组成部件和/或装置的变换和修改外，替代性使用对本领域的技术人员也是明显的。 In addition to variations and modifications in the component parts and / or arrangements, alternative uses to those skilled in the art will also be apparent.

Claims (15)

Translated from Chinese

1. 一种用于在多个多功能显示装置上显示广播内容的方法，该方法包括以下步骤： 在第一多功能显示装置接收内容； 在所述第一多功能显示装置上显示所述内容； 从所述第一多功能显示装置向第二多功能显示装置发送在所述第二多功能显示装置上显示所述内容的请求； 调谐所述第二多功能显示装置，以接收所述内容；以及在所述第二多功能显示装置上显示所述内容。 1. A method for displaying broadcast content on a plurality of the multifunction display apparatus, the method comprising the steps of: means for receiving content displayed in the first multi-function; the display content on the first display means multifunction ; display from the first to the second multi-function multi-function display device requesting the content displayed on the display means transmits the second multi-function; the second tuning multifunction display means to receive said content ; and displaying said second content on the multifunction display means.

2.根据权利要求I所述的方法，其中，所述第一多功能显示装置和所述第二多功能显示装置同时显示所述内容。 2. The method of claim I, wherein said first and said second multi-functional display means simultaneously multifunction display means displaying the content.

3.根据权利要求I所述的方法，其中，所述第一多功能显示装置与第一个体的第一社交网络业务SNS帐号相关联，并且所述第二多功能显示装置与第二个体的第二SNS帐号相关联。 3. The method of claim I, wherein the first display device and the first multi-function social network service (SNS) account associated with the first individual and the second individual multifunction display means and the second the second SNS account associated.

4.根据权利要求3所述的方法，其中，所述第一多功能显示装置在显示器上显示频道地图，该频道地图包括一个或更多个频道的列表以及对应的用户识别符，所述对应的用户识别符和与所述第一SNS帐号相关联的个体的SNS帐号相关联。 4. The method according to claim 3, wherein the first multi-channel display device displays a map on a display, the channel map includes a list of one or more channels and a corresponding user identifier, corresponding to the and a user identifier associated with the first account individual SNS SNS account associated.

5.根据权利要求4所述的方法，该方法还包括：利用所述频道地图中显示的用户标识符中的一个检索所述第二多功能显示装置的地址信息。 5. The method as claimed in claim 4, the method further comprising: retrieving the user identifier using one of the channel map is displayed in the second address information of the multifunction display apparatus.

6.根据权利要求5所述的方法，其中，所述用户识别符是电子邮件地址、帐号名称、姓或会话发起协议-统一资源定位符SIP-URL中的至少一个。 6. The method according to claim 5, wherein the user identifier is an email address, an account name, surname or a Session Initiation Protocol - Uniform Resource Locator SIP-URL of at least one.

7.根据权利要求4所述的方法，其中，在所述第二多功能显示装置上显示所述内容的所述请求包括： 与所述第二SNS帐号相关联的帐号信息；以及为所述第一多功能显示装置提供服务的第一业务提供商的名称、业务ID、与所述内容相关联的频道号码、所述内容的标题、传输流ID或网络ID中的至少一个。 7. The method as claimed in claim 4, wherein the content of the display request on the display device comprises the second multi-function: the account information associated with the second SNS account; and to the name of the first service provider means for providing a first multi-function display services, service channel ID number, associated with the content, the title of the content, network ID, transport stream ID, or at least one.

8.根据权利要求I所述的方法，其中，所述第一多功能显示装置从第一广播业务提供商接收所述内容，而所述第二多功能显示装置从第二广播业务提供商接收所述内容，其中，所述第一广播业务提供商和所述第二广播业务提供商是不同的广播业务提供商。 8. The method of claim I, wherein the first multi-function display device receives the content from the first broadcast service provider, and the second multi-function display device receives a second broadcast service provider the content, wherein the first broadcast service provider and the second broadcast service provider is different broadcast service provider.

9.根据权利要求I所述的方法，其中，所述第一多功能显示装置从第一广播业务提供商接收所述内容，而所述第二多功能显示装置从第二广播业务提供商接收所述内容，其中，所述第一多功能显示装置和所述第二多功能显示装置通过不同类型的传输介质接收所述内容。 9. The method according to claim I, wherein the first multi-function display device receives the content from the first broadcast service provider, and the second multi-function display device receives a second broadcast service provider the content, wherein the first display means and the second multi-function multi-functional display means receives said content by different types of transmission media.

10.根据权利要求9所述的方法，其中，所述内容的格式、EPG信息、所述传输介质的协议、与所述内容相关联的频道号码或者所述内容的标题中的至少一个在所述第一广播业务提供商和所述第二广播业务提供商之间是不同的，并且其中，服务器将所述请求转换成与相应的广播业务提供商相对应。 Protocol header channel number 10. The method as claimed in claim 9, wherein, the format of the content, the EPG information, the transmission medium associated with the content or the content of the at least one of is the difference between said first and said second broadcast service provider broadcast service provider, and wherein the server request into the corresponding broadcast service provider, respectively.

11. 一种多功能显示装置，该多功能显示装置包括： 被配置成接收输入的接口； 用于显示内容的显示器； 网络接口；以及控制器，其被配置成控制广播节目和包括至少一个频道号码的频道地图的显示，检测用于选择所述广播节目的第一输入，检测用于选择所述至少一个频道号码中的一个的第二输入，并响应于所检测到的第二输入生成请求至少一个远程多功能显示装置显示所选择的广播节目的请求， 其中，所述请求包括用户信息、与发送所述广播节目的物理频道相关的信息、所述广播节目的业务名称、所述广播节目的业务识别符ID、与所述广播节目相关联的频道号码、所述广播节目的标题、所述广播节目的传输流ID、所述广播节目的网络ID、与提供所述广播节目的业务提供商相关的信息、与传输所述广播节目的传输介质相关的信息或者与所述业务提 A multifunctional display apparatus, the multifunction display apparatus comprising: an interface configured to receive an input; a display for displaying content; a network interface; and a controller configured to control the broadcast program comprises at least one channel and channel number display of a map, for selecting the broadcasting program detecting a first input, a second input for detecting a selection of at least one of said channel numbers, and a second input responsive to the detected generation request to at least one remote multifunction display means to display the selected broadcast program request, wherein the request includes user information, information related to the physical channel transmitting the broadcast program, the broadcast program service name, the broadcast program service identifier ID, transport stream ID the channel number associated with the broadcast program, a title of the broadcast program, the broadcast program, the broadcast program of the network ID, and providing the broadcast program service provider commercially relevant information related to the transmission media of the broadcast program and provide the information or service商的广播区域相关的信息中的至少一个。 Related information's broadcast area of ​​at least one.

12.根据权利要求11所述的多功能显示装置，其中，所述频道地图中显示的所述至少一个频道号码对应于与所述至少一个远程多功能显示装置相关联的个体的社交网络业务SNS帐号，并且其中，所述频道地图还包括频道名称、事件名称或在与所述频道号码相关联的远程多功能显示装置上显示的广播节目中剩余的时间量中的至少一个。 Multifunctional according to claim 11, wherein the display means, wherein the displaying the channel map corresponding to the at least one channel number of the at least one individual remote multifunction display device associated social network service SNS account number, and wherein said channel map further includes a channel name, event name, or at least the amount of time a broadcast program on a display device remaining in the display of the remote multi-functional channel number associated.

13.根据权利要求11所述的多功能显示装置，其中，所述控制器被配置成生成发送给所述远程多功能显示装置的用于识别观看所述广播节目的频道的信号，该信号包括频道名称、所述广播节目的标题或所述广播节目中剩余的时间量中的至少一个。 Multifunctional according to claim 11, wherein the display means, wherein the controller is configured to generate for transmission to the multifunction display device identifying the remote viewing of the broadcast program signal of the channel, the signal comprising channel name, the amount of time the title of the broadcast program or the broadcast program in at least one remaining.

14.根据权利要求11所述的多功能显示装置，其中所述网络接口被配置成从所述至少一个远程多功能显示装置接收观看第二广播节目的第二请求；以及所述控制器被配置成确定是否能够从所述多功能显示装置访问在所接收到的第二请求中识别的业务提供商。 Multifunctional according to claim 11, wherein the display means, wherein the network interface is configured from at least one remote viewing multifunction display device receives a second request for a second broadcast program; and the controller is configured It means to determine whether the request identified in the second access to the received service provider from the multi-function can be displayed.

15.根据权利要求11所述的多功能显示装置，其中，所述控制器被配置成从所述频道地图检索与所述频道号码相关联的SNS识别符，基于所检索到的SNS识别符获取所述至少一个远程多功能显示装置的地址，并利用所获取的地址控制发送显示所选择的广播节目的请求。 Multifunctional according to claim 11, wherein the display means, wherein the controller is configured to acquire from the channel map identifier SNS retrieving the associated channel number based on the retrieved identifier SNS at least one remote address of the multifunction display apparatus, and transmits a control request to display the selected broadcast program using the acquired address.

CN201210030583.3A2011-02-102012-02-10 Display apparatus and method in which the contents of the multifunction display CN102638719B
(en)